Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat
Symbol of the Government of Canada

ARCHIVED - 2012-13 RPPs - Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Warning This page has been archived.

Archived Content

Information identified as archived on the Web is for reference, research or recordkeeping purposes. It has not been altered or updated after the date of archiving. Web pages that are archived on the Web are not subject to the Government of Canada Web Standards. As per the Communications Policy of the Government of Canada, you can request alternate formats on the "Contact Us" page.




Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC) and Canadian Polar Commission



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. Not available  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. Not available  
Existence of strategic framework. No  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC) Green Buildings Strategic Framework (GBSF) will be implemented during the first quarter of the 2012-2013 FY.
  2. AANDC is unable to report on the number of new construction, build-to-lease, and major renovation projects that will be subject to the departmental strategic framework prior to the framework's implementation.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. Baseline: 13.2 L/100km  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. FY 2011-2012 0%  
FY 2012-2013 50%  
FY 2013-2014 90%  
Existence of strategic framework. No  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC) Green Buildings Strategic Framework (GBSF) will be implemented during the first quarter of the 2012-2013 FY.
  2. AANDC is unable to report on the number of existing buildings over 1000m² owned by AANDC that will be subject to the departmental strategic framework prior to the framework's implementation.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. Not available  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. Not available  
Existence of strategic framework. No  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC) Green Buildings Strategic Framework (GBSF) will be implemented during the first quarter of the 2012-2013 FY.
  2. AANDC is unable to report on the number of new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m² that will be subject to the departmental strategic framework prior to the framework's implementation.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. Not available  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. Not available  
Existence of strategic framework. No  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC) Green Buildings Strategic Framework (GBSF) will be implemented during the first quarter of the 2012-2013 FY.
  2. AANDC is unable to report on the number of fit-up and refit projects that will be subject to the departmental strategic framework prior to the framework's implementation.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-2021, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 17% by March 31, 2021  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 0.65  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-2012 0.58  
FY 2012-2013    
FY 2013-2014    
FY 2014-2015    
FY 2015-2016    
FY 2016-2017    
FY 2017-2018    
FY 2018-2019    
FY 2019-2020    
FY 2020-2021    
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 -11.042%  
FY 2012-2013 -11.704%  
FY 2013-2014    
FY 2014-2015    
FY 2015-2016    
FY 2016-2017    
FY 2017-2018    
FY 2018-2019    
FY 2019-2020    
FY 2020-2021 -17%  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The AANDC Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reduction Strategy was developed and implemented during the 2011-2012 FY.
  2. AANDC's Departmental GHG reduction target was misreported as "23.45% by March 31, 2021" in the department's last RPP for 2011-2012. This target was based on erroneous baseline emissions for 2005-2006 which were corrected and accepted by the Office of Greening Government Operations (OGGO) during 2011, and was expressed relative to the department's actual emissions for 2009-2010 rather than 2005-2006 as required.
  3. This target does not apply to buildings owned by AANDC. Targeted emission sources include department-owned vehicles.
  4. For the purposes of this target, AANDC is treating fuel purchased on "non-specific" fleet credit cards and consumed by vehicle types such as all-terrain vehicles, snowmobiles, materiel handling equipment, marine vessels, heavy trucks, special purpose trucks, and heavy mobile equipment as having been used by normal "on-road" (passenger/light-duty) vehicles. 
  5. The AANDC Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reduction Strategy includes: roles and responsibilities, regional GHG reduction targets, potential methods to decrease emissions (i.e. vehicle right-sizing, driver training, up-fitting, etc.), and performance management strategies.
  6. Departmental GHG emissions in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent stated above have been rounded to two decimal places.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 18% (13 locations in the National Capital Region)  
FY 2012-2013 33% (13 locations in the National Capital Region and at least 11 regional locations)  
FY 2013-2014 100% (All departmental locations)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The AANDC Implementation Plan for Departmental Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment (EEE) was developed and implemented during the 2011-2012 FY.
  2. Current definition of departmental locations requiring EEE implementation plans: Operational facilities (72 total), including leased accommodations (63) and department-owned (9) buildings which support departmental operations. Locations do not include staff housing and non-operational real property owned by AANDC for future transfer to First Nations. This definition may be subject to change during the finalization of the department's implementation plan for the disposal of departmentally-generated EEE.
  3. AANDC's Asset Information Management System tracks most departmental surplus EEE directed to disposal mechanisms.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-2012 N/A  
FY 2012-2013 N/A  
FY 2013-2014 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The department's overall ratio of office employees to printing devices during the 2010-2011 FY was approximately 2:1.
  2. Methods for determining the approximate ratio of departmental employees to printing units stated above: regional consultation, information contained in the department's asset information management system, and the TBS Population Affiliation Report.
  3. AANDC anticipates that it will achieve the 8:1 target ratio of office employees to printing devices during the 2013-2014 FY.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 8622 sheets per office employee during 2010-2011  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-2012 Not available  
FY 2012-2013 10%
7760 Sheets/employee
 
FY 2013-2014 20%
6898 Sheets/employee
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target applies to all AANDC employees and departmental operations.
  2. Method for determining the number of departmental employees: TBS Population Affiliation Report.
  3. AANDC did not establish an internal paper consumption reduction target for the 2011-2012 FY.
  4. AANDC provides regular communications regarding paper consumption and greening operations in the department's weekly "AANDC Express" newsletter.
  5. Method used for determining paper consumption: PWGSC Report on Fiscal Year Standing Offer Paper Purchases – Indian and Northern Affairs Canada – 2010-2011.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The AANDC Green Meetings Guide was developed and implemented during the 2011-2012 FY.
  2. AANDC adopted a guide for greening meetings by adapting the guide developed by Environment Canada, and incorporating best practices established in similar guides prepared by other government departments.
  3. The draft AANDC Green Meetings Guide applies to all types of meetings. The guide includes a basic checklist for all meetings, and additional checklists for larger events.
  4. Roles and responsibilities: DG of Corporate Accounting and Materiel Management is target lead. The Chief Financial Officer and Senior Assistant Deputy Minister of Regional Operations are co-champions for greening departmental operations.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

8.10.1 By March 31, 2014, 100% of copy paper purchases contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have forest management certification or EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Volume of paper purchases meeting the target relative to total volume of all paper purchases in the given fiscal year <90% (during 2010-2011)  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 Not available  
FY 2012-2013 95% (expected)  
FY 2013-2014 100% (expected)  

Strategies / Comments

Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity.
  2. Measurable: Information available through Public Works and Government Services Canada Standing Offers and AANDC's financial information system.
  3. Achievable: Forthcoming departmental policy will mandate the use of Public Works and Government Services Canada standing offers for all copy paper purchases during 2012-2013. Target is already partially implemented since most departmental paper purchases utilize PWGSC standing offers and have some recycled content.
  4. Relevant: Paper is a highly visible commodity to employees and provides a constant reminder of the Federal Government's commitment to greening operations. The target also complements departmental efforts on FSDS targets 8.7 and 8.8 for reducing printing devices and paper consumption.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. AANDC established this target late in the 2011-2012 FY for implementation during 2012-2013, and is therefore unable to report on anticipated progress against the target for 2011-2012.
  2. For reference, 90% of all departmental paper purchases through PWGSC standing offers during 2010-2011 had at least 30% recycled content.
  3. Exclusions include paper used by departmental operations which print maps and paper supplies used with laboratory equipment. Target is restricted to paper used in office machines such as photocopiers and printers.
  4. Isolated locations where local suppliers are unable to provide recycled paper at or above 30% will be exempted from the target.


8.10.2 By March 31, 2014, the average fuel efficiency (in litres per 100 km) of all new light-duty vehicles purchased in the fiscal year by AANDC will be 15% improved over the average light-duty vehicle fleet fuel efficiency (in litres per 100 km) in fiscal year 2010-2011.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average light-duty vehicle fleet fuel consumption relative to kilometres travelled in 2010-2011. Baseline: 13.2 L/100km  
Average fuel consumption relative to kilometres travelled of new light-duty vehicles purchased FY 2011-2012 Target not established  
FY 2012-2013 12.1 L/100km  
FY 2013-2014 11.2 L/100km  

Strategies / Comments

Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity.
  2. Measurable: Information available in the PWGSC Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide and completed AANDC Vehicle Purchase Information and Justification Forms.
  3. Achievable: All departmental vehicle purchases require approval from Headquarters Asset Management, and AANDC is confident that new vehicles purchased to replace existing vehicles will be comparatively efficient. Resources have been identified for target implementation.
  4. Relevant: Vehicle purchases represent a significant proportion of the department's overall purchases of goods. The target also complements departmental efforts on FSDS target 8.5 for reducing greenhouse gas emissions from departmental light-duty vehicles.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Scope: All light-duty vehicles available through the PWGSC Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide (GMVOG)
  2. Baseline is provided by the Automotive Resources International (ARI) Financial Services Inc. Partnership Review report for Indian and Northern Affairs Canada for the period of April 2010 to March 2011.
  3. Performance indicator: Average fuel efficiency of all new vehicles acquired per year, based on average of manufacturer/GMVOG-stated (not actual) fuel consumption values. Each new vehicle's average fuel efficiency is to be calculated based on the assumption of equal use on city and highway roads (50%/50%).
  4. Expected environmental benefits: Reduced fuel consumption and fuel purchases. Target also supports departmental implementation of FSDS target 8.5.
  5. AANDC established this target during the 2011-2012 fiscal year for implementation during 2012-2013 and 2013-2014.

 

8.10.3 By March 31, 2014, 50% of contracts for professional services will be consistent with environmental criteria identified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Volume of professional services contracts awarded that meet target criteria relative to total volume of contracts for professional services during the 2012-2013 fiscal year. Not available*  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2012-2013 25% (expected)  
FY 2013-2014 50% (expected)  

Strategies / Comments

Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Target applies to all contracts for professional services, including low-dollar value (LDV) contracts, sole-source contracts, advanced contract award notice (ACAN) procurements, departmental standing offers for services, PWGSC contracts, and call-ups against PWGSC Standing Offer Arrangements (SOAs) and Supply Arrangements (SAs).
  2. Measurable: Inclusion of green procurement criteria in service contracts is tracked in the mandatory AANDC Procurement and Contracting Checklist. Green procurement is also tracked by the department's financial information system
  3. Achievable: During 2010-2011, over 50% of departmental contracts by volume were call-ups and competitive procurement processes. AANDC is confident that it can include environmental considerations in such procurement processes and others.
  4. Relevant: Services constitute the majority of AANDC's procurement expenditures. For reference, over 66% of departmental procurement expenditures were for services during 2010-2011.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. * AANDC will establish the baseline for this target during the 2012-2013 FY.
  2. Expected environmental benefits: decreased resource consumption due to departmental procurement operations and acquired services, and demonstration of the department's commitment to greening operations to both suppliers, clients and employees.
  3. During the 2012-2013 FY, AANDC will develop and implement tools to support the inclusion of environmental considerations in service contracts.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

As of March 31, 2011, 75% of procurement and materiel management staff will be trained in Green Procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of procurement and materiel management staff having completed the Canada School of Public Service course C215 relative to the total number of procurement and materiel management staff in the Department for the given year. 14%
(in 2010-11)
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. >75%  

Strategies / Comments

Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Defined achievement level of 75% and type of employee.
  2. Measurable: Information available from the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) and in-house HR tracking systems.
  3. Achievable: CSPS Course C215 can be completed in half a day.
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: Employee positions encompassing Procurement-related duties are defined as procurement functional specialists, materiel management functional specialists, real property functional specialists, managers of procurement, materiel management and/or real property functional specialists, and acquisition cardholders.
  2. In-house training used: None – CSPS Course C215 only.
  3. Reporting requirements: Collect data from CSPS annually. AANDC Procurement and Materiel Management maintains a list of training courses completed by its employees.
  4. Plans for engagement: To be addressed through the employee performance management process, and discussed by AANDC's Materiel Management (or "MATMAN") working group.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2014 15% of performance evaluations for Managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management will incorporate environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management that incorporate environmental considerations relative to total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management. 4%
(in 2010-2011)
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. <15% (expected)  

Strategies / Comments

Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Defined achievement level of 15% and types of employees. 15% represents the proportion of AANDC managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management located in the National Capital Region, and with responsibility to lead Green Procurement Implementation.
  2. Measurable: Information available from in-house HR tracking systems.
  3. Achievable: Target only applies to employees with responsibility for green procurement implementation and performance.
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees (managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management in the National Capital Region / AANDC Headquarters).
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: Managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management are defined as individuals with responsibility to manage procurement and materiel management activities. Detailed criteria have been established to further define procurement and materiel management activities for the purposes of this target.
  2. Plans for engagement: Inclusion in future Employee Performance Agreements.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2014, AANDC will ensure that all departmental management processes and controls relating to procurement support green procurement, as appropriate
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of departmental procurement processes and controls which support green procurement relative to the number of departmental procurement processes and controls which remain to be updated to include support for green procurement. Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Not available  

Strategies / Comments

Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Target applies to all departmental management processes and controls which relate to procurement.
  2. Measurable: During the 2012-2013 FY, AANDC will develop an inventory of all current departmental management processes and controls which relate to procurement.
  3. Achievable: AANDC recently completed a review of all departmental procurement policies, and has resources dedicated to procurement policy and the implementation of this target.
  4. Relevant: AANDC management processes and controls which relate procurement do not all support green procurement at present.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: Analysis of departmental management processes and controls relating to procurement to identify those that should be updated to include environmental considerations.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. Not available  
Top of Page

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events. GGO represents Goal #8 of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy, under Theme IV: Shrinking the Environment Footprint – Beginning with Government. This supplementary table includes 11 targets for achieving this goal, from Target 8.1 to Target 8.11.

Please note the following clarification regarding the information presented in the individual tables below:

  • Each table identifies performance measures for a specific GGO target.
  • A column with the heading "RPP" is included for reporting planned/expected results for each performance measure through the annual Report on Plans and Priorities (RPP).
  • A column with the heading "DPR" is included for reporting actual results for each performance measure through the annual Departmental Performance Report (DPR). This column is grey shaded when reporting through the RPP.
  • For certain performance measures, multiple fiscal years are identified for reporting through the RPP and DPR. Where multiple fiscal years are not identified, the information for each performance measure refers to the fiscal year of the RPP or DPR that is identified at the beginning of the overall supplementary table.
  • A "target status" is also included in each table at the beginning of the performance measures. This element allows departments to report their progress on achieving each target by inserting one of six traffic light indicators into the box located to the right of "target status". This element is only required in the DPR cycle. The RPP and DPR columns have been grey shaded as they do not apply at this time.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) 0  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) 0  
Existence of strategic framework (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes: Completed February 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of environmental performance for this target: Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Silver level
  2. Minimum project dollar threshold for target applicability: $5M
  3. Minimum building size threshold for target applicability: 3000m2
  4. Applicable building types for target: laboratory/office complex


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) 4  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 25%  
FY 2013-14    
Existence of strategic framework (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes:
Completed February 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of assessment: Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) BESt assessment
  2. Minimum building size threshold for target applicability: 1000m2 (same as target requirement)
  3. Applicable building types for target: office buildings
  4. AAFC's owned buildings over 1000m2 are mostly specialized buildings such as labs, greenhouses, and barns, and as such, do not have appropriate industry-recognized assessment tools as outlined in the Office of Greening Government Operations' (OGGO) Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Guideline for Targets 8.1- 8.4: Developing a Strategic Framework for Green Buildings (v1.0, March 2011) document. AAFC will continue however to assess prioritized buildings using comprehensive, environmental aspect-specific studies conducted by third party specialists with the continued goal to identify related environmental performance and opportunities for improvements.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes:
Completed February 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Applicable building types: Office buildings. In the very few cases where Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC) leases directly with third-party building owners, this involves non-office buildings (eg: labs), and as such, do not have appropriate industry-recognized assessment tools as outlined in the Office of Greening Government Operations' (OGGO) Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Guideline for Targets 8.1- 8.4: Developing a Strategic Framework for Green Buildings (v1.0, March 2011) document. Consequently, AAFC does not lease buildings which fall under the scope of this target to report upon. As such, the levels of assessment and appropriate thresholds are not applicable and have not been specified.
  2. AAFC leases office accommodations through Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC), and AAFC will support PWGSC's efforts in meeting this target at these buildings.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) 0  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-12) 0  
Existence of strategic framework (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes:
Completed February 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of environmental performance for this target: either Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Commercial Interior Silver level or Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes - choice will be made according to best fit for the particular project
  2. Applicable building space type: Office space
  3. Minimum project dollar threshold for target applicability: $5M of the office space portion of the project.
  4. Minimum building size threshold for target applicability: 1000m2 of office space.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 10.1%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 97.19kt  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 96.12kt  
FY 2012-13 95.15kt  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21 87.37kt  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-06 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 -1.1%  
FY 2012-13 -2.1%  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21 -10.1%  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions   Yes:
Building GHG Plan and Fleet GHG Plan both completed April 2011
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted GHG emission sources include both facilities and fleet.
  2. Base-year emissions from some very small Agri-Environment Services Branch facilities (97 sites) were derived from fiscal year 2004-05 data, and the data will be updated periodically (i.e. not annually). These smaller sites are included in the scope of this target, and account for about 1.5% of AAFC's total building energy use.
  3. As per the Federal GHG Tracking Protocol, the 2005-06 base-year includes emissions from the central heating plant (CHP) at the Central Experimental Farm (CEF) located in Ottawa, which was controlled by PWGSC and are accounted as indirect emissions (Scope 2). However, the use of heating from the CHP is being phased out and replaced with AAFC-controlled decentralized natural gas heating systems, which are reported as direct emissions (Scope 1).
  4. Implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions includes: conducting comprehensive building energy efficiency feasibility studies at candidate facilities with GHG reduction potential, and completion of retrofit projects; continued purchases of renewable power; fleet renewal with more efficient vehicles and fleet reduction; and employee awareness.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes: Completed March 2012  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 70%  
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. AAFC implementation plan will be implemented and communicated at all AAFC locations across Canada. The plan will focus on the use of the tools put in place by PWGSC for disposal and recycle of surplus EEE and that are accessible at various locations across Canada.
  2. AAFC is on track to implement the EEE Plan by March 31, 2014. The EEE Plan will be communicated to the Department's Asset Management personnel responsible for disposal services.
  3. Locations defined as: Research Centres; Eastern Service Centre (Montreal); Western Service Centre (Regina) and Corporate Materiel Management Centre (National Capital Region) that provide disposal services for AAFC owned and leased facilities across Canada, for a total of 22 locations.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow (Optional) N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow FY 2011-12 6:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition: For the purposes of the ratio above, a printing device is all desktop printers, networked printers and multi-function devices.
  2. Scope: Due to AAFC's portfolio of laboratories and many small buildings, the Department will be scoping out some printers predominantly due to building occupancy levels or space configuration limitations and specialized laboratory requirements (such as printers to spectrometers), as well as a limited amount due to security requirements. The corresponding employees will also be scoped out as applicable to ensure a representative ratio is reported.
  3. Method used for determining number of printing units: AAFC will use special software for monitoring and managing network printer devices. In addition, AAFC will use its asset management system to provide a total number of printers supplemented by a physical count for scoped-in facilities.
  4. Method used for determining the number of office employees subject to this target: Departmental Performance Report (DPR) Full-Time Equivalents (FTEs) count for the same fiscal year, which originates from AAFC's Internal Salary Forecast Report as its data source, minus the corresponding number of employees associated with the scoped-out printers determined via internal analysis. AAFC defines office employees to include all departmental employees (i.e. not a strict definition of office employees).
  5. Number of office employees subject to the target: this will be determined at the end of the reporting period (ie DPR). It is estimated to be approximately 5,500 FTEs (6,117 FTEs (FTE count reported in fiscal year 2012-13 RPP) minus 617 FTEs not subject to the target (based on preliminary internal analysis)).
  6. Adjustments to the reporting methods may be required resulting from transferred FTEs to Shared Services Canada once the operational implications are known.
  7. Other info: A thorough physical inventory of all AAFC printing devices completed in 2011 will inform the strategy for achieving the 8:1 target by March 31, 2013.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-06 and 2011-12, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope (Optional in RPP 2011-12) 4362 Sheets/Office Employee in 2010-11  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected (Optional in RPP 2011-12) FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 5%
4,144 Sheets/Office Employee
 
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: AAFC defines office employees to include all departmental employees (i.e. not a strict definition of office employees).
  2. Definition of paper includes internal multi-use paper used for office related operations within the Department (i.e. 8.5x11, 8.5x14, 11x17 stock).
  3. Method used for determining paper consumption: PWGSC standing offer usage data.
  4. Method used for determining number of office employees: Departmental Performance Report Full Time Equivalents (FTEs) count for the same fiscal year, which originates from AAFC's Internal Salary Forecast Report as its data source.
  5. Number of employees subject to the target in the 2010-11 base-year: 6,828 FTEs (FTE count reported in the 2010-11 DPR). This comprised 6,266 funded through AAFC's appropriated resources, 25 FTEs funded through collaborative agreements, 9 FTEs funded from other government departments, and 528 FTEs as students.
  6. The total number of sheets in the 2010-11 base-year: 29,781,700 sheets normalized to letter size equivalency.
  7. Adjustments to the reporting methods may be required resulting from transferred FTEs to Shared Services Canada once the operational implications are known.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes: Completed March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Adoption of Environment Canada's Green Meeting Guide with adaptation for AAFC supporting practices and services.
  2. Communication and awareness program for meeting organizers, including permanent intranet posting of reference material.
  3. Departmental adoption is defined as the communication of AAFC's Green Meeting Guide to employees.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

By March 31, 2014, 80% of all AAFC annual purchases of computers, printers and video-conferencing equipment will be energy efficient.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Note: The second performance measure is the basis for determining the progress against the target, with baseline levels to be reported in the columns to the right, if available. The third performance measure indicates progress in the given fiscal year towards achieving the target.
Target Status  
Percentage by dollar value of purchased energy efficient Information Technology (IT) equipment items identified above Baseline data not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 75%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 80% for above-referenced purchases;
  2. Measurable: Information available from AAFC's financial system;
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy is to purchase energy star IT equipment;
  4. Relevant: AAFC purchases a significant quantity of IT equipment, and this will contribute to energy savings and reduced greenhouse gas emissions;
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. Energy efficiency will be determined by Energy Star or other labelling.


By March 31, 2014, 80% of annual copy paper purchases will contain a minimum of 30% recycled content (pre-consumer waste and/or post-consumer fibre).
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Note: The second performance measure is the basis for determining the progress against the target, with baseline levels to be reported in the columns to the right, if available. The third performance measure indicates progress in the given fiscal year towards achieving the target.
Target Status  
Percentage by volume of recycled content copy paper purchased Baseline data not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 75%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 80% for above-referenced purchases;
  2. Measurable: Information available from AAFC's financial system;
  3. Achievable: Departmental directive will be to purchase paper from PWGSC standing offer;
  4. Relevant: AAFC purchases a significant quantity of paper, and this will contribute to reduced consumption of virgin paper and logging; and
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. AAFC will develop, communicate and implement a procurement directive on preferred purchases of recycled paper.
  7. The total amount of paper that meets the target requirements is comprised of two categories of recycled paper, one with 30% and another with 100% recycled content.
  8. Method used for determining paper consumption of recycled content: PWGSC standing offer usage data.


Between April 1, 2011 and March 31, 2014, 80% of all janitorial service contracts tendered annually will incorporate the use of environmentally friendly cleaning products.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Note: The second performance measure is the basis for determining the progress against the target, with baseline levels to be reported in the columns to the right, if available. The third performance measure indicates progress in the given fiscal year towards achieving the target.
Target Status  
Percentage of janitorial service contracts tendered that incorporate the use of environmentally friendly cleaning products Baseline data not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 80%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 80% for above-referenced contracts;
  2. Measurable: Information available from the Procurement Review Board reports;
  3. Achievable: Departmental directive is that all new janitorial contracts tendered will require environmentally friendly cleaning products as a mandatory requirement as part of the procurement process;
  4. Relevant: This target will ensure green products and practices are used at custodial locations across AAFC;
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. This target will be achieved as existing contracts expire at which time the competitive procurement process can proceed. The proposed procurement process for all janitorial services contracts is vetted through the departmental Procurement Review Board.
  7. All janitorial contracts tendered after April 1, 2011, are to include specifications relating to the use of environmentally friendly cleaning products. The approval to proceed with the procurement is a condition of this requirement.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Beginning April 1, 2011, 80% of all new indeterminate employees appointed to a Purchasing and Supply (PG) position will undertake and complete mandatory training within two years to become familiar with the principles of materiel management and procurement best practices relating to green procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Note: The second performance measure is the basis for determining the progress against the target, with baseline levels to be reported in the columns to the right, if available. The third performance measure indicates progress in the given fiscal year towards achieving the target.
Target Status  
Percentage of indeterminate PG appointees that complete training within two years of being appointed on an annual basis Baseline data not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 80%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 80%, type of employee and type of training;
  2. Measurable: Information available from an in-house tracking system;
  3. Achievable: Treasury Board Secretariat directive is that all new indeterminate PG appointees will complete training within two years of being appointed;
  4. Relevant: This target will ensure procurement staff are familiar with green procurement so as to incorporate within their decision-making;
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. New procurement staff will complete the online course Green Procurement C215 offered through the Canada School of Public Service.
  7. For new PG appointees from within government that have already taken the training, or equivalent, within five years of being appointed, they will be counted as having taken the training and will not retake it.
  8. The progress reporting will include those that have completed the training and those that are still within the two year period to complete the training. The percentage of those that have completed training for that year will also be identified in parentheses.


By March 31, 2012, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the annual performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Note: The second performance measure is the basis for determining the progress against the target, with baseline levels to be reported in the columns to the right, if available. The third performance measure indicates progress in the given fiscal year towards achieving the target.
Target Status  
Percentage of identified key positions that have included environmental considerations related to green procurement initiatives in performance evaluations Baseline data not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 100% and type of employee;
  2. Measurable: Information available from in-house tracking system;
  3. Achievable: All functional heads of procurement and materiel management will be required to include environmental considerations in their performance evaluations;
  4. Relevant: Targets relevant employees;
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. AAFC has identified four positions as functional heads of procurement of and materiel management. Key positions (4) have been identified (Director General, Asset Management; Director, Integrated Services; Deputy Director, Integrated Services, and Director, Materiel Management).


By March 31, 2014, as part of AAFC's key management procurement process the Procurement Review Board (PRB) will incorporate environmental considerations into its decision-making for 70% of the procurement files for applicable commodities it reviews annually.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Note: The second performance measure is the basis for determining the progress against the target, with baseline levels to be reported in the columns to the right, if available. The third performance measure indicates progress in the given fiscal year towards achieving the target.
Target Status  
Percentage of procurement files that contemplated environmental considerations for applicable commodities reviewed by the PRB Baseline data not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 50%  

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 70% for key procurement management control process for applicable commodities;
  2. Measurable: Information available from PRB reports based on PRB files submitted each fiscal year;
  3. Achievable: PRB will require that environmental considerations are contemplated for PRB submissions as part of the process for significant procurements for applicable commodities;
  4. Relevant: This target captures significant procurement actions in which environmental considerations should be contemplated.
  5. Time-Bound: Date established for target implementation.
  6. The Procurement Review Board template was updated and communicated in November 2011 to include a section to be completed by clients, incorporating environmental considerations.
  7. Applicable commodities are all groups of goods and/or services that are presented to PRB for approval that may have environmental impacts.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year (Optional for all RPPs) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Purchases of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits are not anticipated in 2012-13 since it is expected that AAFC will generally not lead any events in which the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events would be applicable.

Top of Page

Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE. Yes (by March 31, 2012)   
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 N/A   
FY 2012-13 33%   
FY 2013-14 100%   

Strategies / Comments

  1. Implementation strategies: An implementation plan is being developed for the disposal of the Agency’s surplus EEE and is on track to be completed by March 31, 2012. The plan will be fully implemented at all locations by March 31, 2014. 
  2. Scope: During 2012-13, ACOA will implement the EEE disposal plan in 33% of departmental locations. 
  3. Definition of Location: For the purposes of EEE disposal, the locations are defined as the Agency’s regional offices (located in each of the four Atlantic provinces), the office in the National Capital Region, and the head office in Moncton. Total locations: 6. 
  4. In addition, the Agency will develop a tracking tool to report on the quantity of surplus EEE generated. 

Printing Unit Reduction Target


By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configurations allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configurations allow. 3.6:1   
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configurations allow. FY 2011-12 5:1   
FY 2012-13 8:1   
FY 2013-14 Not applicable   

Strategies / Comments

  1. Implementation Strategies: During 2012-13, ACOA will implement the printing device consolidation strategy to reduce the number of printing units to an 8:1 ratio. 
  2. For the purposes of this target, ACOA has defined printing units as follows: Network printers, desktop/stand-alone printers and multifunctional devices (networked and non-networked). 
  3. Scope: Considerations include building occupancy levels, security and space configurations. 
  4. Method used for determining number of print units: The number of network printers was obtained through an Information Technology report. In addition to this number, a manual count was conducted to determine the number of non-network/stand-alone and multifunctional devices in order to arrive at the total number of printing units for the Agency.  
  5. Method used for determining number of office employees: For the purposes of this target, the number of office employees was calculated by using Human Resources data from an executive dashboard - number of office employees = 577.1
  6. Key Consideration: Anticipated fluctuations in total number of office employees may necessitate the recalibration of the method used to calculate the ratio. Further analysis will be conducted in 2012-13 and the numbers may be adjusted accordingly in future years. 

Paper Consumption Target


By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 4,835 sheets
FY 2009-10 
 
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-12 5%
(4,593 sheets)
 
FY 2012-13 10%
(4,351 sheets)
 
FY 2013-14 20%
(3,868 sheets)
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Baseline year: 2009-10 
  2. Scope: Includes all paper types (multi-use paper for office-related operations within the Agency [i.e. 8.5x11, 8.5x14, and 11x17 stock]). 
  3. Method used for determining number of office employees: For the purposes of this target, the number of office employees was calculated by using Human Resources data from an executive dashboard: number of office employees = 577.2
  4. Method used for determining paper consumption: Regional offices were asked to report to head office their actual purchases of paper. Head office then aggregated paper purchases from the regional and head offices to determine the overall count. 
  5. Implementation Strategies: In 2012-13, ACOA will implement a strategy to reduce internal paper consumption per office employee to 20% less than the baseline year (2009-10) by March 31, 2014. 
  6. Key Consideration: Anticipated fluctuations in total number of office employees may necessitate the recalibration of the method used to calculate the ratio. Further analysis will be conducted in 2012-13 and numbers may be adjusted accordingly in future years. 

Green Meetings Target


By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes (by March 31, 2012)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. A green meeting guide is being developed and is on track to be implemented by March 31, 2012. 
  2. ACOA’s adoption of a guide for greening meetings will include drafting the guide, establishing a communications and implementation plan, and obtaining support and approval from senior management. 

Green Procurement Targets

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

By March 31, 2014, ACOA will reduce the number of printed telephone books received by 40% relative to the baseline year 2010-11.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of printed telephone books received in the baseline year (2010-11). 678   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 40% (407)   

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements.
    (i.e. Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound)  
  2. Implementation Strategies: In 2012-13, ACOA will work with telephone service providers to maintain a 40% reduction in the number of printed telephone books relative to the baseline year of 2010-11. 
  3. Method of counting number of phone books: Telephone service provider to provide number of copies sent to Agency in the given year. 


As of April 1, 2011, 83% of IT hardware purchases will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Baseline percentage of IT hardware purchases that are environmentally preferred models in the baseline year (2010-11) 83%   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 83%   

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements.
    (i.e. Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound) 
  2. Definition of Environmentally Preferred: Models purchased through Public Works and Government Services Canada’s Green Standing Offer. 
  3. During 2012-13, 83% of IT hardware purchases will continue to be environmentally preferred models. 


By March 31, 2014, ACOA will reduce the number of printed agendas by 25%.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of agendas ordered in baseline year
(2009-10)
336  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 20% (202)   

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements.
    (i.e. Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound) 
  2. During 2012-13 ACOA will reduce the number of printed agendas ordered by a further 10%, achieving a cumulative reduction of 20% relative to the baseline year of 2009-10. By March 31, 2014, ACOA will achieve a 25% reduction against the baseline year of 2009-10. 
  3. Scope: This target refers to the physical agenda notebooks used to keep track of daily appointments.  Reducing the number ordered and encouraging the use of electronic calendars commonly available as part of e-mail programs will have an impact on the amount of paper that is consumed. 
  4. Method for determining number of booklets ordered: Each regional office was asked to provide the total number of printed agenda booklets in the baseline year of 2009-10. ACOA’s head office then aggregated the number of printed agenda booklets from all regions and head office to determine the overall count. This will be compared to the total number ordered in future years. 

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

Training for Select Employees.

By March 31, 2014, all designated employees and acquisition card holders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service, or any other federal government department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of acquisition card holders who have green procurement training (Baseline 2010-11) 28%  
Percentage of designated employees who have completed green procurement training (Baseline 2011-12) N/A (not required until March 31, 2012)  
Percentage of acquisition card holders who have completed green procurement training at the end of the given fiscal year. 100%  
Percentage of designated employees who have successfully completed green procurement training by the end of the given fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements.
    (i.e. Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound) 
  2. Scope:
    Select Employees:
    In addition to acquisition card holders, 90% of designated employees will have completed green procurement training.
    Recognized training course: For acquisition card holders, this will be achieved by means of an online course offered through the Government of Canada’s training website. 
  3. Scope of target for acquisition card holders: All new cardholders will be required to take the course before receiving a card. 

Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.



Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of March 31, 2012, all identified managers and functional heads will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of identified managers and functional heads with environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations in baseline year (2011-12) N/A (not required until March 31, 2012)  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements.
    (i.e. Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound) 
  2. In 2012-13 and subsequent years, ACOA will ensure that identified positions have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations. 


Management Processes and Controls

By March 31, 2014, a minimum of three management processes and controls will include environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of management processes and controls that include environmental considerations in baseline year (2011-12) N/A (not required until March 31, 2012)  
Number of management processes and controls that include environmental considerations at the end of the fiscal year. FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 1
FY 2013-14 3  

Strategies / Comments

  1. ACOA has ensured that this target meets SMART target requirements.
    (i.e. Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-bound) 
  2. In fiscal year 2012-13, ACOA will implement environmental considerations in at least one management process and control, and will implement three by March 31, 2014. 

Notes:

  • 1 All offices with less than eight ACOA employees were excluded from this target, due to the fact that achieving the 8:1 ratio of employees to printers would not be possible in these locations. Therefore, for the purposes of this target, total number of employees is calculated by taking the Agency’s forecast for total number of employees and subtracting from it the total number of employees working in locations with less than eight employees.
  • 2 All offices with less than eight ACOA employees were excluded from this target, due to the fact that these locations are often shared spaces and paper purchases are not centrally managed. This method is consistent with the approach taken for the printer target. Therefore, for the purposes of this target, total number of employees is calculated by taking the Agency’s forecast for total number of employees and subtracting from it the total number of employees working in locations with less than eight employees.
Top of Page

Canada Border Services Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to the CBSA strategic framework, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework 5  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework 5  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes:
Completed
March 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of environmental performance: LEED NC Silver.
  2. Threshold: All buildings will be contracted to achieve LEED NC Silver.
  3. Industry-recognized assessment and verification tool used: LEED.
  4. Certification to be sought: Only on buildings over >2000m2.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to the CBSA strategic framework, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per the CBSA strategic framework 13  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per the CBSA strategic framework FY 2011-12 30%  
FY 2012-13 40%  
FY 2013-14    
Existence of strategic framework. Yes:
Completed
March 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of assessment: BOMA BESt Level 1.
  2. Threshold: >1000m2.
  3. Applicable building types: All custodial buildings over 1000m2.
  4. Industry-recognized assessment tool used: BOMA BESt.
  5. Certification to be sought: Yes.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to the CBSA strategic framework, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target is not applicable to the CBSA as all new lease and lease renewal projects are negotiated through Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) on behalf of the Agency. As the client, the CBSA can request inclusion of this target in its lease requirements.
  2. The PWGSC will be renewing 11 leases over 1000m2 in 2012-2013 on behalf of the CBSA.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to the CBSA strategic framework, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework 3  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the CBSA strategic framework 3  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes:
Completed
March 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of environmental performance: Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes.
  2. Threshold: >$1 million and/or 1000m2.
  3. Applicable building types: All buildings.
  4. Industry-recognized verification tool used: Green Globes.
  5. Exemptions: Spaces provided to the CBSA under Section 6 of the Customs Act.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
The CBSA GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-2021, relative to fiscal year 2005-2006 11%  
The CBSA GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-2006, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent 10.9  
The CBSA GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 10.8  
FY 2012-13 10.7  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21 9.7  
Percent change in the CBSA GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year FY 2011-12 -1.1%  
FY 2012-13 -2.2%  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21 -11%  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions Yes:
Completed
March 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Targeted emissions sources included facilities and the CBSA fleet.
  2. Emissions sources excluded from GHG inventory: No exclusions.
  3. Change to the CBSA GHG reduction target: There have been no changes to the target since it was established in RPP 2011-2012.
  4. Base year adjustments: Base year emissions reported in RPP 2011-2012 have been recalculated based on newly available data.
  5. Anticipated increase of emissions: Emissions are expected to increase in the next year due to the acquisition of the Rigaud Learning Centre from PWGSC (+ 1130 t CO2e).
  6. GHG management strategy: The CBSA continues to maintain a GHG inventory and management strategy for custodial facilities, the fleet, leased space, employee commuting and emissions from idling vehicles at land border crossings. This inventory provides insight into the Agency’s energy consumption and cost trends and identifies where cost saving and GHG reduction measures can be implemented.
  7. Key components of GHG reduction plan:
    • Energy audits and retrofit implementation in selected facilities;
    • Development of a CBSA lighting guide for new construction and major renovation projects;
    • Completion of a fleet utilization review;
    • Increase the purchase of hybrid, electric and ultra-compact vehicles;
    • Address plug-load energy consumption through employee awareness and the purchase of energy-efficient equipment.
  8. Additional Information:
    • Overall GHG intensity of the CBSA facilities (in CO2e/m2) decreased by 11.5% from 2005-2006 through 2010-2011.
    • The reduction in GHG intensity from facilities can be attributed to the construction of new, more efficient buildings as well as a slight reduction in fuel use (i.e. diesel, heating oil) at existing facilities.
    • From 2005-2006 through 2010-2011, the GHG intensity of the CBSA fleet (in CO2e/km) has reduced by 15%.
    • The reduction in GHG intensity from the fleet is due to increased purchases of ethanol and biodiesel along with the replacement of old vehicles with new fuel-efficient models, including hybrid and ultra-compact vehicles.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, the CBSA will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally-sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all CBSA-generated EEE Yes:
Completed
March 2012
 
Total number of CBSA locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year FY 2011-12 100%*
(applies to
CBSA-owned
equipment)
 
FY 2012-13 100%*
(applies to
CBSA-owned
equipment)
 
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Electronic and electric waste is defined as all surplus electronic and electrical assets/materiel that have reached the end of its useful life. This includes all information technology, laboratory, security, telecommunication, audio-visual and office equipment as well as all other equipment powered by electricity.
  2. Definition and number of locations:
    • For the purposes of measurement, “CBSA locations” are all facilities with network connectivity. This represents 319 locations, including ports of entry, inland enforcement offices, headquarters and regional offices.
    • *Electronic equipment located within headquarters accounts for approximately 33 percent of all electronic equipment used within the CBSA. Regionally located electronic equipment is owned and managed by the Canada Revenue Agency on behalf of the Agency.
    • For the purposes of this target, “fully implemented” is defined by the presence of the CBSA Policy on Disposal of Surplus Materiel Assets, including electronic and electric waste, which is accessible to all employees.
  3. Security considerations: Information, Science and Technology Branch is arranging for sanitization of the information technology asset.
  4. Process to track EEE:
    • In headquarters, the Information Technology Asset Inventory tracks disposal records of headquarters electronic waste.
    • Each regional/district materiel manager maintains disposal records, and responds to reporting requests from headquarters.
  5. Streams used for reusing or recycling: The CBSA ensures that all surplus materiel assets are disposed in accordance with the Federal Electronic Waste Strategy and Treasury Board Secretariat Directive on Disposal of Surplus Materiel and makes use of the following mechanisms:
    • Computers for Schools;
    • Crown Assets Distribution Centres;
    • Donation or transfer to other qualifying organizations;
    • Provincial Extended Producer Responsibility Programs;
    • Other waste programs (e.g. Departmental Individual Standing Offer).

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, the CBSA will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. The CBSA will apply the target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of CBSA office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 3:1  
Ratio of CBSA office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow FY 2011-12 3.5:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition: “Printing units” include all stand-alone and network printers (LAN printers), multifunctional devices, faxes, scanners and photocopiers.
  2. Scope: To reduce the reporting and simplify tracking of this target, the CBSA has scoped all buildings, space configurations and employees. While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to building occupancy or security considerations, the CBSA will meet this target for all employees.
  3. Performance measurement:
    • The number of printers is determined by the Printing Unit Inventory;
    • The number of office employees is available in the Human Resource Staffing Reports;
    • All the office employees (i.e. headquarters and regions) are subjected to the target.
  4. Reporting requirements: Information Technology Asset Inventory will track the average ratio of office employees to printing units.
  5. Stakeholder roles and responsibilities:
    • Senior management ensures sustainable development guidelines are communicated and endorsed within the CBSA.
    • Information Technology Shared Services Management Division is leading the Device Rationalization Initiative;
      • Development of awareness material will outline efficiencies and opportunities to ensure that the target ratio is met and sustained, while enabling employees to have the appropriate tools for the job.
    • Managers ensure requests for new devices are accompanied with business rationale/justification, and ensure disposable items (such as paper and print cartridges) are recycled.
    • Information technology procurement officers ensure devices are purchased with environmentally-friendly considerations.
    • Information technology support ensures that devices are configured to take advantage of environmentally-friendly settings, and ensures end-of-life equipment is disposed of in a secure and environmentally-friendly manner.
  6. Plan for engagement:
    • Strategic Review of all information technology devices indicated an opportunity to reduce the number of devices in use within the CSBA. This reduction has begun in 2011–2012 and will be accomplished through a reduction in ever-greening (end-use renewal) of aging equipment. It is anticipated that the Agency will be able to reduce the number of printers within the organization by 3,100.
    • The Device Rationalization Initiative is targeting stand-alone and network printers as well as laptops in Phase I and faxes, scanners and photocopiers in Phase II.
    • Multifunctional devices are being considered as an option for printer, photocopier, scanner and fax replacement.
    • Approaches to greening information technology will be factored into asset management practices with an aim to reduce the overall environmental footprint.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, the CBSA will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. The CBSA will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per the CBSA scope 7639
Shts/OE in
2008-2009
 
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to the baseline year 2008-2009 FY 2011-12 -10%
6875
Shts/OE
 
FY 2012-13 -15%
6493
Shts/OE
 
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: All the CBSA employees are included.
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: Usage data based on PWGSC National Standing Offer.
  3. Method used for determining number of office employees: The CBSA Demographic Reports 2008-2013.
  4. Number of employees subject to the target: 14 706 employees.
  5. Reporting requirements: The CBSA collects PWGSC National Standing Offer information quarterly.
  6. Roles and responsibilities: The Infrastructure and Environmental Operations Directorate & Asset Management and Acquisition Directorate are target leads.
  7. Plans for engagement:
    • Implement a paper consumption directive, program and action plan;
      • All procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders will be required to purchase paper through the PWGSC National Standing Offer.
    • Develop a communication plan to educate all employees about the economic, social and environmental impacts of paper consumption.
    • Prepare an annual paper consumption report to ensure continuous improvement.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, the CBSA will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes:
Adopted
March 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: The green meeting guide is applicable to all meetings held within the CBSA premises.
  2. Evidence of adoption: The download rate of the green meeting guide from the Agency’s sustainable development intranet site and/or a post-implementation survey will be used as evidence.
  3. Reporting requirement to track the use of the guide: A new internal audit tool will be developed and implemented or tracking will be integrated into the Agency’s existing audit processes. The audit will be conducted on a yearly basis.
  4. Roles and responsibilities:
    • Environmental Programs Division will be responsible for reviewing the green meeting guide every three years to evaluate and update as required.
    • All CBSA employees are responsible for carrying out activities consistent with the green meeting guide.
  5. Key components of the guide:
    • Composed of environmental best practices and tools;
    • Raises awareness of green meetings and sustainable practices in the workplace, reducing the environmental footprint of Agency-hosted meetings, in particular, large meetings and events.
  6. Communication of the guide: The guide is easily accessible on the Agency’s sustainable development intranet site and will be communicated during selected national green events.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, the CBSA will establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 90 percent of vehicles purchased annually will be right-sized for operational needs and will be the most fuel-efficient vehicles in their class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide and/or will be alternative fuel vehicles.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of vehicle purchases that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all vehicle purchases in the given year 80%
in 2012–2013
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. + 10%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target is specific to the fleet and clearly identifies precise procurement objective.
    • Measurable: The CBSA vehicle matrix and Automotive Resources International management tool will guide right-sizing purchases of vehicles.
    • Achievable: The national fleet manager will develop and implement the CBSA fleet management framework to ensure the completion of this target.
    • Relevant: By right-sizing the fleet, fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced, offering significant environmental benefits.
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.


By March 31, 2014, five percent of the CBSA vehicles will be hybrid or ultra-compact.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of vehicles bought in the given fiscal year relative to the total number of all hybrids or ultra-compacts that the CBSA has in its vehicle inventory 4%
in 2012–2013
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. +1%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target identifies a clear and quantifiable fleet objective.
    • Measurable: An accurate fleet inventory that tracks the required information will be used to measure target performance.
    • Achievable: Resources and responsibilities for target completion have been identified. The national fleet manager, in collaboration with regional fleet managers, will determine operational needs and feasibility of purchasing hybrid and/or ultra-compact vehicles.
    • Relevant: By purchasing hybrid and/or ultra-compact vehicles, fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced, offering significant environmental benefits.
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.
  2. Key actions to meet target:
    • Priority for vehicle replacement will be in place for clients requesting hybrid or ultra-compact vehicles.
    • In 2012-2013, the CBSA will purchase ten hybrid vehicles.


By March 31, 2013, 90 percent of solicitation documentation, including requests for proposal, evaluation criteria and contracts, will incorporate environmental clauses.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of solicitation documents that incorporated environmental clauses relative to the total number of solicitation documents 75%
in 2012–2013
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. +5%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target precisely defines the type and percentage of solicitation documents that will include environmental clauses.
    • Measurable: Information available from contracting system and various procurement templates will serve to measure performance.
    • Achievable: The national contracting and procurement manager will integrate environmental clauses in appropriate solicitation documents.
    • Relevant: The CBSA contracts a significant amount of goods and services. By including environmental clauses in solicitation documents, the CBSA can ensure the goods and services it contracts are made and/or delivered in an environmentally-friendly manner.
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, the CBSA will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.


Training for Select Employees.

By March 31, 2014, 90 percent of procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders will have successfully completed a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service, or other federal government organization.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of procurement personnel and new acquisition cardholders who have successfully completed training relative to the total number of procurement personnel and acquisitions cardholders 90%
in 2012–2013
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. +5%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target clearly states who will be required to complete green procurement training, and what types of courses are acceptable.
    • Measurable: Information from the Canada School of Public Service will measure the successful completion rate of the green procurement course. The CBSA Central Feedback Management System will measure the successful completion of the CBSA online acquisition card training.
    • Achievable: Both training courses are available online at no cost.
    • Relevant: The CBSA procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders will be better able to integrate environmental considerations into the goods and services that they procure.
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2013, all procurement and materiel management functional specialists, associated managers and functional heads will have environmental clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of performance evaluations of targeted procurement personnel that have environmental clauses relative to the total of procurement personnel 80%
in 2012–2013
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 0%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target precisely identifies the positions that should have environmental clauses incorporated into performance evaluations.
    • Measurable: The CBSA Contracting and Assets Division will track the percentage of performance evaluations with environmental clauses.
    • Achievable: A responsible authority has been identified to ensure that clauses are included in performance evaluations.
    • Relevant: By incorporating environmental clauses into targeted employee performance evaluations, clear accountability will enhance green purchasing.
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2013, the CBSA fleet management framework will be developed and implemented.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of the CBSA fleet management framework Yes:
Implemented
April 2013
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. The target meets the SMART principle as described below:
    • Specific: The target clearly identifies an output related to a specialized area of procurement.
    • Measurable: Measurement is based on the completion of the target.
    • Achievable: Resources and responsibilities for target completion have been identified. The national fleet manager, in collaboration with other stakeholders, will develop and implement appropriate policy, standards and guidelines to complete the framework.
    • Relevant: The CBSA has a significant vehicle fleet. Having a fleet management framework that combines traditional fleet practices with green procurement principles will ensure that the CBSA fleet is procured and managed in a manner that contributes to a sustainable Canada.
    • Time-bound: A firm date is established for target completion.


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

Canada Industrial Relations Board



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Strategies / Comments

The CIRB continues to support the protection of the environment and sustainable development by ensuring environmental considerations form part of the procurement decision-making process and choosing preferable goods and services within the green market.

In Fiscal year 2012–13, the Canada Industrial Relations Board (the CIRB) will monitor its continued compliance with the requirements of the Policy on Green Procurement by implementing the following strategies:

  1. By March 31, 2013, the CIRB will have established a formal process for the disposal of all departmentally-generated surplus electronic and electrical equipment in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
  2. By March 31, 2014, the CIRB will reuse or recycle 100% of surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
  3. By March 31, 2014, 100% of printer, faxes, scanners and photocopiers purchased will have one or more environmental features.
  4. The CIRB will continue to purchase paper that has a minimum of 30% recycled content.
  5. By March 31, 2013, all incumbents in key positions involved in the CIRB procurement process will take the online Green Procurement Course (C215E) offered by the CSPS.
  6. By March 31, 2013, all incumbents in key positions involved in the CIRB procurement process will have at least one performance and/or training objective related to green procurement. It will be integrated to the Employee learning and performance planning and review agreement.

Notes:

  • 1 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Canada Revenue Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary tables apply to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned/expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target

8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) greenhouse gas (GHG) reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-2021, relative to fiscal year 2005-2006.
17%
 
CRA GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-2006, in kilotonnes of carbon dioxide (CO2) equivalent.
403
 
CRA GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent.
FY2011-12
397
 
FY 2012-13
395
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
FY 2014-15
 
 
FY 2015-16
 
 
FY 2016-17
 
 
FY 2017-18
 
 
FY 2018-19
 
 
FY 2019-20
 
 
FY 2020-21
334
 
Percent change in CRA GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year.
FY 2011-12
-1.5%
 
FY 2012-13
- 2.0%
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
FY 2014-15
 
 
FY 2015-16
 
 
FY 2016-17
 
 
FY 2017-18
 
 
FY 2018-19
 
 
FY 2019-20
 
 
FY 2020-21
-17.0%
 
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions.
Yes: Completed March 2011
 
Strategies/Comments
Targeted GHG emissions sources: CRA fleet vehicle emissions only (approximately 85 vehicles in 2010-2011).
Emissions sources excluded: Emissions from CRA facilities and emissions from other mobile equipment are excluded.
Key components of the CRA implementation plan: The CRA will implement activities to achieve this target and regularly report on progress through the CRA Sustainable Development (SD) Performance Reporting (PR) tool.
The CRA will report its GHG emissions inventories using the Federal Greenhouse Gas Tracking Protocol - a Common Standard for Federal Operations.
CRA Sustainable Development Strategy 2011-2014 National Action Plan activities that contribute to this target:
  • Ensure all vehicles purchased are right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class based on operational requirements (annual)
  • Promote fleet management training initiatives to fleet managers and drivers (by 2012)
  • Planned activities to reduce non-targeted emissions:
  • Promote sustainable business travel options (annual)
  • Introduce/update SD criteria in policy instruments and processes related to business and commuter travel during regular review cycles (annual)
  • Promote and support sustainable travel options (annual)
Key GHG emissions reduction strategies that have been implemented, including any quantified impacts on GHG emissions:
  • Vehicles purchased since 2006 have been either hybrid or alternative fuel capable, where operationally feasible
  • Provided training to fleet managers and drivers: in-house sustainable business travel course
  • Communicated best practices for vehicle operation and management to fleet managers and drivers
  • Promoted anti-idling initiatives Agency-wide
  • Implemented strategies to reduce non-targeted emissions:
  • Promoted sustainable business and commuter travel options to employees
Anticipated or actual increase in emissions, and associated mitigation strategies: There are no anticipated increases in emissions for the CRA.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to ensure that this target is met.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all CRA-generated EEE (optional in RPP 20112012).
Yes: Completed Mar. 2012
 
Total number of CRA locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year.
FY 2011-12
10%
 
FY 2012-13
50%
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
Strategies/Comments
Definition of a location: A location is considered a facility that is occupied by CRA employees.
Number of CRA facilities: Approximately 135.
Key components of the EEE disposal process: The CRA will establish a national implementation plan for the disposal of all surplus EEE in 2011-2012, implement surplus EEE disposal programs in facilities annually, and track and report on surplus EEE by March 31, 2014.
Tracking and reporting will be based on key equipment types directed to established disposal mechanisms, where feasible, at all locations that have a fully implemented EEE implementation plan. Reporting will be based on the Agency's specific disposal processes.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will coordinate activities to achieve the target and the SD Centre of Expertise will regularly report on progress through the CRA SD Performance Reporting (PR) Tool.
Key activities/activity areas: The CRA will implement surplus EEE implementation plans in locations. The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 supports this target and includes an interim target of having 50% of CRA facilities with an EEE implementation plan fully implemented by March 31, 2013. The surplus EEE national implementation plan will consider the required elements outlined in the Federal SD Strategy Guideline for Target 8.6 Putting into Action an Implementation plan for the Disposal of Federal Electronic and Electrical Equipment. The CRA surplus EEE national implementation plan will be communicated internally.
Security considerations: The CRA will apply appropriate handling and disposal security protocols to ensure that all applicable CRA security requirements are addressed prior to disposal.
Processes to track EEE directed to each disposal mechanism: The CRA will track EEE disposal directed to established disposal mechanisms, where feasible, based on the Agency's specific disposal processes.
Reporting requirements: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Mechanisms to evaluate plan effectiveness (audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will determine the effectiveness of the plan through an annual monitoring and evaluation process.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to ensure that this target is met.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communications: The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.
Plans/strategies for intradepartmental engagement: The CRA will liaise with the Office of Greening Government Operations, Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC), as required, to ensure surplus EEE disposal plans and reporting requirements are in line with the government-wide approach.
Tools and resources: The Federal SD Strategy Guideline for Target 8.6 Putting into Action an Implementation Plan for the Disposal of Federal Electronic and Electrical Equipment will be used as a resource for developing and implementing EEE implementation plans, where feasible.
The CRA will report on progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
The CRA internal Web site will be used to house tools and resources to support activities related to this target.
Streams used for reusing or recycling EEE: Key components of the EEE disposal process may include the following:
Dispose of EEE in a way that maximizes re-use, where possible, through:
  • donation to Computers for Schools
  • using public and/or private sector entities when appropriate
  • transfer or donation to other departments and agencies or other qualifying charitable or non-profit organizations
  • other means as identified in the CRA donation procedures
Recycle surplus EEE in an environmentally sustainable manner
  • Recycle through provincial e-waste recycling programs, if applicable
  • Recycle or destroy in an environmentally sustainable manner
Relationship between Agency asset management systems and EEE implementation plan: Although the links between the Agency asset management systems and the EEE implementation plan have not been identified, the CRA has identified the stakeholders.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Ratio of CRA office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow (optional in RPP 2011-2012).
not available Footnote 1
 
Ratio of CRA office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
FY 2011-12
4:1
 
FY 2012-13
8:1
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
Strategies/Comments
Printing units include: Desktop printers, network printers, and multifunctional devices.
Scope of target: To streamline reporting and simplify tracking of this target, CRA has scoped in all buildings, space configurations, and employees to achieve an average ratio of 8:1 employees to printing units. While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to building occupancy, security, and space considerations, on average, the CRA will meet this target for all employees.
Method used for determining number of printing units: CRA's information technology (IT) equipment tracking system will be used to track the number of printing units.
Method used for determining number of office employees: The CRA tracks and annually publishes Agency employee demographics. This data will be used to measure performance against this target.
Any other exclusion to the target (duty to accommodate, business contingency planning, etc.): The CRA has excluded from the target printing units required for:
a) a duty to accommodate;
b) a telework agreement; or
c) a printing unit assigned to justified operational requirements.
Process/reporting requirements to track the average ratio of office employees to printing units: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will coordinate activities to achieve the target and the SD Centre of Expertise will regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR Tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to ensure that this target is met.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communications: The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.
Footnote 1 The CRA was not able to determine a baseline ratio for 2010-2011 since the reporting criteria had not been established.

Paper Consumption Target

8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per full-time equivalent (FTE) in 2005-2006, as per CRA scope (optional in RPP 2011-2012).
6,407 (in 2005-06)
 
Cumulative reduction in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to 2005-2006 (optional in RPP 2011-2012).
FY 2011-12
24%
4,869 sheets/FTE
 
FY 2012-13
26%
4,741 sheets/FTE
 
FY 2013-14
 
 
Strategies/Comments
Scope of target: Multi-purpose office paper used for internal operations.
Definition of employee: Employee is defined as an FTE employee. FTE data is based on the total number of hours worked by CRA employees and a standard work schedule.
Method used for determining paper consumption: Paper consumption is based on the quantity of multi-purpose office paper purchased. It is mandatory that all Agency multi-purpose office paper be purchased through Synergy, the Agency's on-line procurement tool. Paper purchases are broken down by branch and region, paper type, and quantity.
Method used for determining number of office employees: The CRA tracks FTE employee data. This data will be used to measure performance against this target.
Processes/reporting requirements to track the reduction of paper consumption: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The SD Centre of Expertise will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The CRA SD Centre of Expertise, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will coordinate activities to achieve the target and regularly report on Agency-level progress through the CRA SD PR Tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will prepare an annual paper consumption report to assess performance against this target and liaise regularly with branches and regions to implement paper reduction initiatives to ensure continuous improvement.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.

Green Meetings Target

8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Presence of a green meeting guide (optional in RPP 2011-2012).
Yes: Adopted March 2012
 
Strategies/Comments
Definition of adoption within the green meeting guide: In order to be considered adopted, the CRA Guide will have senior management approval, be distributed and promoted throughout the Agency, and posted on the national SD Web site.
Scope of target (e.g., size and type of meetings to which the Guide is applicable): The Guide will be applicable to all sizes and types of meetings.
Process/reporting requirements to track the use of the Green Meeting Guide: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Evidence that the Guide has been adopted: Information such as Web site hits, the number of communications, and survey results will be used to show the extent that the Guide has been adopted throughout the Agency.
Roles and responsibilities: The SD Centre of Expertise, Finance and Administration Branch, will lead this initiative and will develop, disseminate, promote, and report on the adoption of the Guide at the national level. Branches and regions will be responsible for promotion and ensuring green meetings at the branch/regional level. The SD Centre of Expertise will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Key components of the Guide: The Guide includes relevant sections on: planning green meetings, information sharing, and measuring the environmental benefits of green meetings (e.g., paper reduction, waste reduction, reduced transportation, energy reduction, green accommodations, and green procurement).
Opportunities for continuous improvement: One of the challenges the CRA will face is the difficulty in defining and measuring the “adoption” of the Guide. The Guide will be available on the national SD Web site and will be disseminated and promoted through the Agency. As the lead, the SD Centre of Expertise will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to ensure that this target is met.
Mechanisms to evaluate the effectiveness of the Guide (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The effectiveness of the Guide will be evaluated by obtaining feedback from the branches and regions and employee surveys.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.
The Guide will be disseminated throughout the Agency, posted and promoted on the national SD Web site, and communicated through other targeted means (e.g., promoted during national SD events).

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts. First green procurement target: As of April 1, 2011, the CRA will include SD clauses and environmental specifications in all new contractual arrangements valued over $1M.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Percentage of contractual arrangements valued over $1M with SD clauses and environmental specifications.
not available
(in 2010-11) Footnote 2
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
100% (2011-12)
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self-Selected Target is SMART:
i. Specific: Refers to all CRA contractual arrangements over $1M
ii. Measurable: Information available from CRA procurement and financial systems
iii. Achievable: CRA supports the integration of SD clauses and environmental specifications into contractual arrangements and will provide adequate resources to achieve this target
iv. Relevant: SD clauses and environmental specifications in all new contractual arrangements valued over $1M will contribute directly to the Agency's commitments to support green procurement
v. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: This target applies to all CRA contractual arrangements over $1M.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target. The SD Centre of Expertise will play a key role in providing appropriate SD clauses and environmental specifications for inclusion in contractual arrangements and will regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR Tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities to improve the number and quality/value of the SD clauses and environmental specifications as the green procurement program matures.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.
Footnote 2 This specific green procurement target was established on April 1, 2011. Contractual arrangements valued over $1M were not tracked for SD clauses and environmental specifications prior to this date.
Second green procurement target: By March 31, 2014, 10% of CRA spending on products and services will be green procurement.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Percentage of annual green procurement spending on products and services
not available
(in 2010-11) Footnote 3
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
8%
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
i. Specific: Refers to CRA total spending for goods and services
ii. Measurable: Information available from CRA financial systems
iii. Achievable: The CRA is committed to green procurement, when feasible, and this target was determined to be achievable based on previous annual green procurement achievements for green products
iv. Relevant: This target and related activities will support the CRA green procurement program and contribute directly to CRA commitments to integrate environmental considerations into CRA procurement processes
v. Time-bound: Dates established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: All procurement spending as identified through CRA procurement and financial systems.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target. The SD Centre of Expertise will play a key role in identifying green procurement within the CRA financial systems and will regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR Tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will promote the purchasing of green products and services throughout the Agency and build capacity for including and measuring green products and services. The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out in order to continually increase the level of green procurement.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.
Footnote 3 This specific green procurement target was established on April 1, 2011. Agency-wide green procurement tracking of products and services was not tracked prior to this date
Third green procurement target: As of April 1, 2011 the CRA will ensure all vehicles purchased are right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class based on operational requirements.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Percentage of right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class vehicles purchased.
not available
(in 2010-11) Footnote 4
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
100%
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
i. Specific: Refers to all CRA vehicle purchases
ii. Measurable: Information is available and can be tracked
iii. Achievable: Previous commitments and achievements in this area and supporting policy instruments indicate that this target is achievable
iv. Relevant: Ensuring right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class vehicles will support the CRA commitment to green procurement and the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) from fleet vehicles
v. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: All CRA vehicle purchases.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target. The SD Centre of Expertise will regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR Tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will ensure the purchase of right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class vehicles throughout the Agency. The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement as the related activities are carried out to reduce the environmental impacts of its vehicle operations.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.
Estimated environmental benefits incurred from achieving this target: Annual change in GHG emissions will be measured and reported annually.
Footnote 4 This specific green procurement target was established on April 1, 2011. Percentage of right-sized and most fuel-efficient in class vehicles purchased was not tracked prior to this date.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making. Training for select employees: As of April 1, 2011, the CRA will ensure all procurement officers with procurement authority have received green procurement training
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Percentage of procurement officers with procurement authority that have received green procurement training.
71%
(in 2010-11)
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
100%
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
i. Specific: Refers to all CRA procurement officers with procurement authority
ii. Measurable: Information is available from CRA training and learning tracking systems
iii. Achievable: Green procurement training is a requirement for obtaining procurement authority and the Canada School of Public Service offers an appropriate on-line course (C215) at no cost to the Agency through Campus Direct
iv. Relevant: Ensuring procurement officers with procurement authority are trained in green procurement will contribute directly to CRA commitments to integrate environmental considerations into CRA procurement
v. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: Applies to all procurement officers with procurement authority.
Targeted training: The Canada School of Public Service on-line Green Procurement course C215.
Methodology for designating/identifying employees: This target will apply to all procurement officers with procurement authority throughout the CRA.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target. The SD Centre of Expertise will regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR Tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement in order to ensure that all procurement officers with procurement authority are trained in green procurement and apply green procurement principles in their jobs.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (e.g., audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.
Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management: As of April 1, 2011, the CRA will include environmental measures in the performance agreements of all managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Percentage of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management that include environmental measures in their performance agreements.
100%
(in 2010-11)
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
100%
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
i. Specific: Refers to all CRA managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management
ii. Measurable: Information is available from CRA human resources tracking systems
iii. Achievable: CRA supports this initiative and will ensure functional heads of procurement and material management continue to include environmental measures in their performance evaluations
iv. Relevant: Ensuring managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management with environmental measures in their performance agreements will contribute directly to the Agency's commitments to integrate environmental considerations into CRA procurement processes
v. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: All CRA functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
The methodology for designating/identifying employees: This target will apply to all CRA employees that are managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management. This includes directors general, directors and managers within the Administration Directorate as well as other employees identified as procurement and/or material management functional heads.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target. The SD Centre of Expertise will regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR Tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement in order to ensure that all managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management include meaningful environmental measures in their performance agreements.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.

Management processes and controls: By March 31, 2014, the CRA will ensure 75% of procurement management processes and controls include environmental considerations.
Performance Measure
RPP
DPR
Target Status
 
 
Percentage of procurement management processes and controls that include environmental considerations.
not available Footnote 5
(in 2010-11)
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.
50%
 
Strategies/Comments
Why This Self Selected Target is SMART:
i. Specific: Target includes a firm percentage to be obtained and specifically addresses management processes and controls outlined in the PWGSC guideline
ii. Measurable: Assessment will be done against baseline list of all formalized management processes and controls as outlined in the PWGSC Guideline
iii. Achievable: The CRA supports integrating environmental considerations into CRA procurement and will direct resources to meet this target
iv. Relevant: Ensuring 75% of procurement management processes and controls include environmental considerations will contribute directly to CRA commitments to green procurement
v. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Scope of target: All applicable CRA processes and controls identified in Annex C of the PWGSC Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Guideline for Target 8.11: Setting Green Procurement Management Framework Targets.
Methodology for designating/identifying processes and controls: Annex C of the PWGSC Guideline will serve as the baseline for the total number and the nature of processes and controls targeted. All CRA relevant processes and controls will be included in the scope of this target.
Processes/reporting requirements to track progress: The CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 will be used to monitor and report on activity-level performance related to this target. The CRA will report progress through the CRA SD PR Tool on a semi-annual basis.
Roles and responsibilities: The Administration Directorate, Finance and Administration Branch, is the lead on this initiative and will implement activities to achieve this target. The SD Centre of Expertise will regularly report on progress through the CRA SD PR Tool.
Opportunities for continuous improvement/communication: The CRA will identify opportunities for continuous improvement in order to ensure that all processes and controls include meaningful and effective environmental considerations.
Mechanisms to evaluate the target (audit, periodic review, monitoring): The CRA will periodically review and evaluate progress on this target through the implementation of the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014.
Plans/strategies for CRA engagement/communication: The CRA's communications strategy for the CRA SD Strategy 2011-2014 outlines the engagement and communication tools used to ensure the Federal SD Strategy targets are met.
Footnote 5 This specific green procurement target was established on April 1, 2011. Percentage of procurement management processes and controls that include environmental considerations was not tracked prior to this date.
Top of Page

Canada School of Public Service



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Targets

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


Procurement Processes and Controls
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100% 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. All procurement staff have been trained on green procurement and a chapter on green procurement is included in the course for administrative assistants;
  2. The Procurement Unit is releasing Request for Proposals electronically and is accepting submissions of bids electronically;
  3. All contracts are double sided printing; and
  4. All already used folders are reused or recycled.


Paper
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100% 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. As the School delivers various courses and supplies the course material, paper that is purchased is from recycled material.


Binders
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100% 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. As the School delivers various courses and supplies the course material, binders that are purchased are from recycled material.

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100% 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. All procurement staff have been trained on green procurement and a chapter on green procurement is included in the course for administrative assistants.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

Training for Acquisition Cardholders
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100% 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. When administrative officers take their course on purchasing, a chapter of the course is devoted to green procurement.


Management processes and controls.

Performance Evaluations
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100% 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. Green procurement is included in performance evaluations.
Top of Page

Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

As a micro-agency of 10 FTEs (and actual strength of 7 FTEs), the Canadian Artists and Producers Professional Relations Tribunal does very little procurement. It has no stand-alone building facilities and no vehicles. Its IT hardware and IT services are provided by Internal Support Services with the Public Service Labour Relations Board, and it uses limited office equipment and supplies (e.g., it has one photocopier/printer/fax machine for the entire organization). Nonetheless, the Tribunal will ensure that its procurement practices are consistent with the Policy on Green Procurement, and it will take steps over the 2012-2013 planning period to solidify its commitment to greening government operations.

  1. Approach: The Tribunal’s Manager of Corporate Services has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  2. Management processes and controls: The Tribunal’s management will work to ensure that all procurement decisions are consistent with the Policy on Green Procurement. Specifically, management will analyze procurement relative to electrical and electronic equipment, printing, paper consumption, and meetings, identify environmental risks, and develop, in consultation with PWGSC, measures to mitigate the risks.
  3. Setting targets: Tribunal management, with the assistance of PWGSC as necessary, will set appropriate targets where necessary to mitigate risks. We will set targets for disposal of surplus electrical and electronic equipment, paper consumption, and green meetings.
  4. Training: At least one Tribunal staff member will complete the Canada School of the Public Service on-line course on green procurement in 2012-2013.
  5. Performance evaluations: Objectives related to implementation of the Policy will be included in the performance management agreements of staff responsible for procurement. 


Notes:

  • 1 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.


Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


1. By fiscal year 2012–13, the Agency will reduce the dollar value per employee spent on office supplies by 5%.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Based on 255 employees $149/employee  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: The target is one of the key commodities identified by the Office of Greening Government Operations (OGGO).
  2. Measurable: Information is easily retrievable from the Agency's financial system to assess progress.
  3. Achievable: The Agency is committed to sustainable development.
  4. Relevant: Office supplies are among the Agency's most common acquisition actions because it has very limited procurement requirements.
  5. Time-bound: Communications to engage management will start as of 2011–12 for a reduction target date of 2012–13.

Other Considerations

  1. Scope: Agency-wide office supplies.
  2. Processes/Reporting Requirements: Financial system.
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: Supported by the Agency's senior management with the Director of Finance and Administration as the lead.
  4. Plans for Engagement: Ongoing communications to all staff with the participation of the Agency's Green Team, which is supported by senior management. Decentralized approach and allocate budget as per target.
  5. Estimated Benefits: Reduced waste and increased reuse and recycling.


2. Maintain or exceed the use of consolidated green procurement instruments provided by Public Works and Government Services Canada's acquisitions branch for 95% of information technology (IT) hardware equipment purchases.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Total volume of IT hardware acquisitions against volume of green vehicles utilized. 95%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: The target is one of the key commodities identified by the OGGO.
  2. Measurable: Information is easily retrievable from the Agency's financial system to assess progress.
  3. Achievable: Acquisitions of IT hardware are managed by only one cost centre manager.
  4. Relevant: IT hardware equipment is assessed to be the highest dollar value and most routinely procured item for the Agency.
  5. Time-bound: Ongoing.

Other Considerations

  1. Scope: All IT hardware.
  2. Processes/Reporting Requirements: Financial system.
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: The Manager of Information Services is the lead.
  4. Plans for Engagement: Maintain collaboration with IT service provider for participation in Request for Volume Discount (RVD) acquisition vehicle.
  5. Estimated Benefits: Longer life cycle of goods and reduced waste.


3. By fiscal year 2012–13, 95% of faxes, scanners, copiers, and printers will have environmental features.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Total number of units possessing environmental features against total number of units. 95%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: The target is one of the key commodities identified by the OGGO.
  2. Measurable: Rental of multifunction units is managed centrally.
  3. Achievable: The target is departmental-policy driven.
  4. Relevant: This smart target is aligned with the "Minimizing the environmental footprint of government operations" initiative.
  5. Time-bound: The transition will take place over fiscal years 2011–12 and 2012–13.

Other Considerations

  1. Scope: All faxes, scanners, copiers, and printers Agency-wide.
  2. Processes/Reporting Requirements: Financial system.
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: The Director of Finance and Administration is the lead.
  4. Plans for Engagement: Maintain collaboration with IT service provider for participation in RVD acquisition vehicle. The new printer policy approved by senior management, which is being implemented, will reduce the number of units and raise the ratio of employees per unit.
  5. Estimated Benefits: Reduced waste and increased energy efficiency/conservation.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for select employees.

Ensure green procurement training for 95% of functional specialists and acquisition cardholders by fiscal year 2012–13.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Combined total of functional specialists and acquisition cardholders against total of those who have received green procurement training to date. 95%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: Ninety-five percent of targeted employees will be trained.
  2. Measurable: Procurement functions and issuance of acquisition cards are centralized and easily tracked.
  3. Achievable: The target will be integrated into the Departmental Green Procurement Plan as required.
  4. Relevant: Increased awareness for greater results.
  5. Time-bound: The transition period will take place over fiscal years 2011–12 and 2012–13 and will continue on an ongoing basis according to employee turnover.

Other Considerations

  1. Roles and Responsibilities: The Director of Finance and Administration is the lead.
  2. Plans for Engagement: Green procurement training will be included in all training plans for functional specialists and in the protocol to obtain an acquisition card.
  3. Estimated Benefits: Employees are aware of the potential environmental impact of acquisitions (either goods or services) and/or the purchasing mechanism used.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of April 1, 2012, 100% of functional heads and the manager of procurement and materiel management will have environmental considerations integrated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have integrated environmental considerations relative to the total number of identified positions. 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: Achieve integration into performance evaluations for 100% of identified positions.
  2. Measurable: Limited number of positions to measure.
  3. Achievable: Obligation under the Departmental Green Procurement Plan.
  4. Relevant: Increase awareness for greater results.
  5. Time-bound: 2011–12 evaluation period and ongoing.

Other Considerations

  1. Roles and Responsibilities: The Director of Finance and Administration is the lead.
  2. Plans for Engagement: Part of the Departmental Green Procurement Plan, supported by senior management to make it mandatory.
  3. Estimated Benefits: Increased environmental awareness.


Management processes and controls.

Establish Departmental Green Procurement Plan by fiscal year 2013–14.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Total number of green mechanisms currently in place relative to those required by completion date. 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. No progress in 2010–11  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: Acquire the tools to provide the framework to achieve the objectives of the "Minimizing the environmental footprint of government operations" initiative.
  2. Measurable: Based on the current number of mechanisms in place against those to be developed.
  3. Achievable: Small centralized procurement unit.
  4. Relevant: Provides the framework to achieve the objectives of the "Minimizing the environmental footprint of government operations" initiative.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Considerations

  1. Roles and Responsibilities: The Director of Finance and Administration is the lead.
  2. Plans for Engagement: Senior management's support will allow the framework to be sustainable.
Top of Page

Canadian Food Inspection Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 13%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 6.43 Kt CO2e  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 N/A  
FY 2013-14 N/A  
FY 2014-15 N/A  
FY 2015-16 N/A  
FY 2016-17 N/A  
FY 2017-18 N/A  
FY 2018-19 N/A  
FY 2019-20 N/A  
FY 2020-21 5.59 Kt CO2e  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 N/A  
FY 2013-14 N/A  
FY 2014-15 N/A  
FY 2015-16 N/A  
FY 2016-17 N/A  
FY 2017-18 N/A  
FY 2018-19 N/A  
FY 2019-20 N/A  
FY 2020-21 13%  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target only captures CFIA's GHG emissions from its fleet sources (e.g. on-road vehicles, marine vessels, agricultural equipment, recreational vehicles and lawn and garden equipment).
  2. Excluded emission sources in certain instances are those from operations during which primary function is national safety or security.
  3. Indirect emission sources are excluded (e.g. business travel employee commuting, movement of goods, private mileage and outsourced activities).
  4. CFIA is developing a Ground Transportation Management Strategy; this strategy will include emissions reduction action items.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE.

Yes

(Completed April 2010)

 
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 80%  
FY 2012-13 90%  
FY 2013-14 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Location is defined as all CFIA locations where CFIA personnel maintain a physical presence.
  2. Number of locations within the Agency is 445.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.    
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Printing units are defined as: desktop printers, network printers, multifunctional devices (MFD), photocopiers, faxes and scanners. This definition has been expanded since 2011-2012 when it only comprised desktop printers, network printers, MFDs and photocopiers.
  2. Work locations with less than 20 CFIA employees have been excluded because efficiency increase opportunities are minimal. Further, all laboratories are excluded, as many of their units are connected to specialized equipment and cannot be replaced by a MFD.
  3. Excluded printing units include plotters, label printers, and thermal printers.
  4. Printing unit inventories will be determined using software that counts all networked printing units, as well as units connected to networked computers at one date in time. Faxes are non-networked and will be counted manually; a physical count will also be completed to exclude certain locations.
  5. Office employees are defined as indeterminate staff.
  6. The method used to determine the number of office employees will be CFIA's internal accommodation reports with employees located in scoped-out facilities subtracted.
  7. The estimated number of employees subject to the target is approximately 4,800 - 74% of CFIA indeterminate staff

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the 2008-2009 fiscal year. 3,702  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-12 -10%  
FY 2012-13 -15%  
FY 2013-14 -20%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Office employees are defined as indeterminate, term, student, seasonal, and as required staff.
  2. Paper is defined as printer paper purchased in bundles of 500 sheets
  3. The method used to determine paper consumption is a manual count of printer paper bundles purchased by canvassing CFIA locations with over 30 people. This accounts for approximately 70% of CFIA staff. The method used to calculate the remaining 30% is an extrapolation based on the known 70% as this is a reasonable representation of employee base.
  4. The method used to determine the number of office employees is using the CFIA Human Resources "Population Snapshot" website. Year end population totals will be used as the number of office employees for each fiscal year.
  5. The number of employees subject to the target changes in a given year as it is based on employee numbers. For the baseline year 2008-2009, the count performed March 31, 2009 was 7,053 employees.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  Adoption of the green meetings guide is defined by its approval by senior management.
  2. The Guide is applicable to all internal CFIA meetings as well as external meetings with other government departments, industry and stakeholders. It provides green options in the areas of hospitality, paper use, procurement, accommodations, and travel.
  3. The Guide defines the roles and responsibilities of CFIA managers, meeting planners and the National Environmental Office in terms of its application and implementation.
  4. The Guide will be communicated to all staff via the CFIA internal newsletter.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of photocopiers and printers procured in 2011-2012. No  
Percent of photocopiers and printers procured in a given fiscal year where green consolidated procurement instruments were used. FY 2011-12 75%  
FY 2012-13 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The target only includes photocopiers and printers procured by CFIA's Contracting and Procurement Policy Directorate.
  2. This self-selected target is SMART:
    1. Specific: Well defined achievement level of 95%
    2. Measurable: Allows comparison over time
    3. Achievable: Tools are in place to achieve results
    4. Relevant: CFIA procures a significant amount of photocopiers and printers and using green procurement instruments will reduce energy use and green house gas emissions
    5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation

By April 1, 2013, the CFIA will utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for 95% of its computers procured in a given fiscal year.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of photocopiers and printers procured in 2011-2012. N/A  
Percent of computers procured in a given fiscal year where green consolidated procurement instruments were used. FY 2011-12 75%  
FY 2012-13 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The target only includes computers procured by CFIA's Contracting and Procurement Policy Directorate.
  2. Computers are defined as the CPUs of PCs, as these have the most green procurement opportunities.
  3. This self-selected target is SMART:
    1. Specific: Well defined achievement level of 95%
    2. Measurable: Allows comparison over time
    3. Achievable: Tools are in place to achieve result
    4. Relevant: CFIA procures a significant amount of computers and using green procurement instruments will reduce energy use and green house gas emissions
    5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation

By March 31, 2014, 75% of vehicles purchased annually will be from the CFIA Preauthorised Vehicle List (PAVL), where operational requirements allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of vehicles procured in 2011-2012. N/A  
Percent of vehicles procured in a given fiscal year from the CFIA Preauthorised Vehicle List (PAVL). FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The target does not include farm equipment, boats, ATVs or snowmobiles.
  2. This self-selected target is SMART:
    1. Specific: Well defined achievement level of 75%
    2. Measurable: Allows comparison over time
    3. Achievable: Tools are in place to achieve result
    4. Relevant: The CFIA develops a PAVL every year based on vehicles that are the most fuel-efficient in their class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide.
    5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of new materiel managers, procurement personnel and acquisition card holders in 2011-2012. N/A  
Percent of new materiel managers, procurement personnel and acquisition card holders who have completed the online course on Green procurement provided by the Canada School of the Public Service. FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Materiel managers and procurement personnel are identified only as those who work in CFIA's Contracting and Procurement Policy Directorate.
  2. This self-selected target is SMART:
    1. Specific: Well defined achievement level of 100%
    2. Measurable: Allows comparison over time
    3. Achievable: Tools are in place to achieve result
    4. Relevant: The CFIA procures a significant amount of goods; procuring "green" goods minimizes the CFIA's environmental footprint
    5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation

By March 31, 2013, all identified procurement and materiel management functional specialists and their managers and functional heads will have environmental considerations clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses in their performance evaluations in 2011-2012. 0  
Percentage of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations. FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The number of identified positions equals two, both of which are procurement managers.
  2. This self-selected target is SMART:
    1. Specific: Well defined achievement level of all (100%)
    2. Measurable: Allows comparison over time
    3. Achievable: Tools are in place to achieve result
    4. Relevant: CFIA procures a significant amount of goods and services, and procuring "green" goods or services minimizes CFIA's environmental footprint
    5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation

By March 31, 2014, the CFIA Ground Transportation Management Strategy will be developed.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of Ground Transportation Management Strategy FY 2011-12 No  
FY 2012-13 No  
FY 2012-14 Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This self-selected target is SMART:
    1. Specific: The target identifies processes related to a specialized area of procurement
    2. Measurable: Allows comparison over time
    3. Achievable: Resources and responsibilities for target completion have been identified.
    4. Relevant: CFIA procures a significant amount of vehicles and having a ground transportation management strategy that marries traditional fleet practices with green procurement principles will ensure CFIAs fleet is procured and managed in a manner that contributes to a sustainable Canada.
    5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation
Top of Page

Canadian Forces Grievance Board



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The manager Financial and Administrative services has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy in Green Procurement.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: The Canadian Forces Grievance Board (CFGB) will ensure that staff has taken in consideration the environmental directive on green procurement purchases when initiating a purchase. CFGB will continues to support the protection of the environment by having network printers set to duplex by default, by using the RDIMS to classify documents electronically therefore reducing the usage of paper and by reducing travel by using videoconferencing equipment to hold meetings with members outside NCR.
  3. Setting Targets: The CFGB purchases primarily involve office supplies, office furniture and IT equipment. These purchases will continue to be made through the use of PWGSC Standing Offers on products and services that provide best prices, better quality and a green procurement guarantee (e.g. recycled material, environmental performance)
  4. Meeting Targets: Targets will be tracked and reported in the DPR.
  5. Training: CFGB will require that all credit cards holders take the CSPS Course C215 before being given their credit card. The department will also require that all new functional specialists take the green procurement course within three months of being hired.
  6. Performance evaluation: The manager of Finance and Administrative Services and the functional specialist will have an objective included in their performance management agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.
Top of Page

Canadian Grain Commission



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status Status will be assessed in the 2012-13 DPR

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: Investigating and incorporating opportunities for green procurement continues to be an ongoing process at the CGC. The CGC's Chief Financial Officer is responsible for addressing all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: The CGC follows the procurement process established by Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC). Internal strategies for green procurement related to printers and printer maintenance, asset management, and green procurement training were adopted in April, 2010.
  3. Setting Targets: The CGC's green procurement targets are consistent with the overall objectives of value for money in procurement. The following targets have been established:
    1. Reduce the total number of printers by April, 2015 to increase the ratio of printers to FTEs from 1:1.5 to 1:5
    2. Replace obsolete printers with duplex printers
  4. Meeting Targets: To be assessed in the 2012-13 Departmental Performance Report.
  5. Training: All existing CGC functional specialist staff and acquisition card holders have taken Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) Course C215. All new functional specialist staff will take CSPS Course C215 or be provided with in-house training/information sessions within three months of being hired.
  6. Performance Evaluation: The Head, Procurement, Contracting, and Materiel Management has an objective included in his performance management agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.


Notes:

  • 1 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Canadian Heritage



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12)  N/A  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12)  N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12)  N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  
  2.  
  3.  


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) 1  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) FY 2011-12 0%  
FY 2012-13 100%  
FY 2013-14 100%  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The strategic framework will be completed in March 2012.
  2. In 2012-13, the strategic framework implementation will carry out the first building environmental assessment to determine reference levels.
  3. In 2013-14, the evaluation tools to obtain the Boma Best environmental certification program will be operational.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12)  N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12)  N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12)  N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  
  2.  
  3.  


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12)  N/A  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12)  N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12)  N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  
  2.  
  3.  

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06.  N/A  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent.  N/A  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12  N/A  
FY 2012-13  N/A  
FY 2013-14  N/A  
FY 2014-15  N/A  
FY 2015-16  N/A  
FY 2016-17  N/A  
FY 2017-18  N/A  
FY 2018-19  N/A  
FY 2019-20  N/A  
FY 2020-21  N/A  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-06 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12  N/A  
FY 2012-13  N/A  
FY 2013-14  N/A  
FY 2014-15  N/A  
FY 2015-16  N/A  
FY 2016-17  N/A  
FY 2017-18  N/A  
FY 2018-19  N/A  
FY 2019-20  N/A  
FY 2020-21  N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  
  2.  
  3.  

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 1/6  
FY 2012-13 4/6  
FY 2013-14  N/A  

Strategies / Comments

Definition of Location: Region
Number of Locations with Canadian Heritage:

  • Canadian Heritage operates in 6 Regions in Canada:
    1. Western Region (British Columbia, Alberta, Yukon)
    2. Prairies and Northern Region (Saskatchewan, Manitoba, North West Territories, Nunavut)
    3. Ontario Region
    4. Québec Region
    5. Atlantic Region
    6. National Capital Region
  • Approximately 80% of all Canadian Heritage employees are based in the National Capital Region.

Implementation Strategies:

  • In the National Capital Region, surplus EEE is centrally controlled by Contracting and Materiel Management Directorate (CMMD). Disposal takes place in accordance with the Treasury Board Secretariat’s Directive on Disposal of Surplus Materiel requirements and practices.
  • An ongoing assessment of the remaining regional practices and funding implications will be conducted to determine a process for rolling out the implementation plan to the regions. All regions will have fully implemented the EEE implementation plan by March 31, 2014.

Roles, Responsibilities and Key Activity Areas:

  • Responsibility Centre Managers are responsible for the management of assets. Once an asset is no longer required, they are responsible for identifying the asset as surplus and for informing the proper functional areas (e.g. CMMD, Facilities Management, Knowledge, Information and Technology Services (KITS), etc.).
  • CMMD manages the warehousing and storage functions associated with surplus EEE and oversees proper surplus EEE disposal, once the necessary verifications have been done by other potential stakeholders (e.g. KITS), using the appropriate disposal mechanism (Computers for Schools Program, Crown Assets Disposal, E-Waste Recycling Departmental Individual Standing Offer (DISO) or Provincial Program, etc.).

Mechanisms to Evaluate Plan Effectiveness:

  • Canadian Heritage will rely on internal reports that will be generated through its Internal Financial Management System (SAP), as well as disposal records to evaluate the effectiveness of its EEE disposal activities.

Plans/Strategies for Intradepartmental Engagement:

  • Communications with regional offices will continue in order to ensure a proper understanding of the strategy’s objectives as they relate to surplus electronic and electrical equipment and to allow for a successful implementation of EEE disposal practices.
  • Facilities Management and KITS will be involved in the disposal of surplus assets for which they have some responsibilities.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  • Canadian Heritage defines a printing unit as a printer or a photocopier.
  • Canadian Heritage’s criteria for exclusions include: employees with limited mobility, high output volume requirements, compatibility with software applications, specific technical imaging devices (i.e. plotters, printers linked to laboratory equipment, etc.), and printer requirements associated to formal telework arrangements.
  • Surplus printers will be removed from operating areas as offices are vacated.
  • A consolidation exercise will be initiated to reduce the overall number of printers and multi-functional devices.
  • An implementation plan is being developed in consultation with the Sectors.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-12, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 10%  
FY 2013-14 N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  • Information to track this progress against this target is available from the SAP system. Total amounts of paper purchase will be divided by the amount of employees reported in the RPP in order to calculate a consumption average. A comparison to the baseline year data will then be done to evaluate progress.
  • Employees will be encouraged, through the printer and multi-functional device exercise, to be creative in the use of alternative tools and work arrangements in order to support a reduction in the consummation of paper.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) (HRBSC)
Human Resources Business Services Committee
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Green Meeting Guide was developed.
  2. The recommendations in the guide will be implemented gradually during 2012-13. The guide will be integrated progressively as the structure of the Department becomes more stable, following the implementation of various modernization initiatives.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 80% of furniture purchases will be through PWGSC Green Standing Offers.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of furniture purchased through PWGSC green standing offers, relative all furniture purchases in the given fiscal year. 80%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:

  • Specific: This target applies to a specific percentage of departmental furniture purchases.
  • Measurable: The source of purchase, in comparison to the total volume of purchases will be used to determine success rate. Information to track this progress against this target is / will be available from the SAP system.
  • Achievable: Consolidation of requirements and information sharing to increase awareness will be used to guide the Department in meeting its target.
  • Relevant: Furniture is among the top spend categories for the Department.
  • Time bound: Target must be complete by March 31, 2014.

Implementation Strategy:

  • Canadian Heritage will continue to monitor furniture procurement activities to ensure that the established targets are met.
  • Recommendations will be made to clients purchasing furniture, promoting green procurement items.


By March 31, 2014, 80% of IT Hardware purchases will have at least one environmental attribute (e.g., energy star).
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of IT hardware purchases that have at least one environmental attribute, relative to all IT hardware purchases in the given fiscal year. 80%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:

  • Specific: This target applies to a specific percentage of departmental IT hardware purchases.
  • Measurable: The source of purchase and product specifications will be used to determine the success rate. Information to track this progress against this target is available from the SAP system.
  • Achievable: Consolidation of requirements and information sharing to increase awareness will be used to guide the Department in meeting its target.
  • Relevant: IT hardware is among the top spend categories for the Department.
  • Time bound: Target must be complete by March 31, 2014.

Implementation Strategy:

  • Canadian Heritage will continue to monitor IT hardware procurement activities to ensure that the established targets are met.
  • Recommendations will be made to clients purchasing IT hardware, promoting green procurement items.


As of April 1, 2011, Canadian Heritage will ensure that 90% of paper purchases have a minimum of 30% recycled content.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of paper purchased through the green standing offer and printing contracts, relative to all paper purchased in the given fiscal year. 90%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  • Specific: This target applies to a specific percentage of departmental paper purchases.
  • Measurable: The source of purchase, in comparison to the total volume of purchases will be used to determine success rate. Information to track this progress against this target is available from the SAP system.
  • Achievable: Consolidation of requirements and information sharing to increase awareness will be used to guide the Department in meeting its target.
  • Relevant: This target presents an opportunity for Canadian Heritage to procure available greener alternatives to virgin paper.
  • Time bound: Target is ongoing and will be reported against in each year of the Department’s Sustainable Development Strategy.

Implementation Strategy:

  • Canadian Heritage will continue to monitor paper procurement activities to ensure that the established targets are met.
  • Recommendations will be made to clients purchasing paper, promoting green procurement items.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

By March 31, 2014, 90% of materiel managers and procurement personnel will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service and 90% of new acquisition cardholders will have been trained on green procurement practices through departmental training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of materiel managers and procurement personnel who have completed training relative to the total number of materiel managers and procurement personnel.
Number of new acquisition cardholders (cannot be estimated) who have completed training relative to the total number of new acquisition cardholders.
80%

N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:

  • Specific: This target applies to a designated percentage of materiel managers and procurement personnel. There are 17 such positions within the Department. New acquisition cardholders (cannot be estimated) will also be targeted.
  • Measurable: The number of materiel managers, procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders that have Green Procurement training. Information to track this progress against this target is available through Individual Learning Plans, Human Resources and Workplace Management reports and listings of new card issuances and related training.
  • Achievable: Trainings will be included in the annual training plans.
  • Relevant: Materiel managers and procurement personnel generally handle departmental procurements over $10,000.
  • Time bound: Target must be complete by March 31, 2014.

Implementation Strategy:

  • Canadian Heritage will continue to monitor training activities to ensure that the established targets are met.
  • Canadian Heritage will see if control measures or measurement instruments can be implemented to facilitate the tracking of training activities as they relate to green procurement.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2012, all identified managers and functional heads will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified managers and functional heads that have included environmental consideration clauses relative to the total number of identified managers and functional heads. 4/4
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:

  • Specific: This target applies to 1 designated Manager and 3 Functional Heads of procurement and materiel management.
  • Measurable: This applies to individuals in the targeted positions.
  • Achievable: Performance agreements will include Green Procurement provisions.
  • Relevant: Procurement functional specialists report to these managers and functional heads.
  • Time bound: Targets are established for a specific period (one fiscal year).

Implementation Strategy:

  • Canadian Heritage will continue to monitor the content of performance evaluations for the identified resources to ensure that environmental considerations are included.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2014, a minimum of 3 designated procurement and materiel management processes and controls will include environmental performance considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of designated procurement and materiel management processes and controls that include environmental performance considerations, relative to all designated procurement and materiel management processes and controls. N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

Canadian Heritage has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria, including:

  • Specific: Target refers to a specific number of identified management processes and controls.
  • Measurable: Canadian Heritage will be developing/modifying three management processes and controls to include environmental performance considerations by the end of fiscal year 2013-14.
  • Achievable: The mandate will be modified accordingly.
  • Relevant: Priority will be given to processes and controls that affect procurement in excess of $10,000.
  • Time bound: Target must be complete by March 31, 2014.

Implementation Strategies

  • Canadian Heritage will identify procurement and materiel management processes and controls in regards to the incorporation of environmental performance considerations in its ongoing activities.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  
  2.  
  3.  

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section5.


Strategies / Comments

  1.  
  2.  
  3.  

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


[ENTER TARGET OR INITIATIVE]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  
  2.  
  3.  


[ENTER TARGET OR INITIATIVE]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status (Optional)  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  
  2.  
  3.  


[ENTER TARGET OR INITIATIVE]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status (Optional)  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  
  2.  
  3.  


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.
  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.
  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.
  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.
  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.
Top of Page

Canadian Human Rights Commission



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 4:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 6:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Method for Tracking Printing Units: All network-connected devices are traceable in a database; stand-alone devices will be converted to network-connected.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per Commission scope. 11,393  
Paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-12 90%  
FY 2012-13 80%  
FY 2013-14 75%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Baseline fiscal year selected: 2010-11
  2. Method for Tracking Paper Consumption: PWGSC Paper Standing Offer
  3. Implementation Strategies:
    1. As part of its efforts to reduce paper consumption, the Commission is implementing default two-sided printing.
    2. The Commission is committed to making greater use of electronic formats for distribution of documents and reports.

Green Procurement Targets

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

The Commission will provide green procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Training for Acquisition Cardholders

Percentage of new acquisition cardholders who have completed the training in the assessment period.
100%  
Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff

Percentage of materiel managers and procurement personnel who have completed the Canada School of Public Servants Green Procurement training.
100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. All new Acquisition cardholders will receive training on the requirements for green procurement.
  2. Plans for engagement: All procurement and materiel management professionals will receive green procurement training as it applies to the materiel life cycle.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

The Commission will ensure that environmental consideration clauses are incorporated into performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of managers and functional heads that have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. All procurement and materiel management managers will have green procurement terms in their annual performance agreements.
  2. Plans for engagement: Performance review process.


Management processes and controls.

The Commission will follow green procurement principles.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of new computers, monitors and other electronic devices purchased that meet Energy Star certification or equivalent. 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Plans for engagement:
    1. Review process documentation, including, but not limited to, policies, standards, guidelines, guides and manuals to incorporate a green component into the procurement strategy;
    2. Establish relative priorities of possible actions and identify and consult stakeholders;
    3. Establish Green selection criteria for goods (templates CID, RFP, etc.) to ensure environmental performance considerations are integrated into the procurement process to direct personnel towards the purchase of the environmentally preferable models.
Top of Page

Canadian Institutes of Health Research



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Green Procurement Targets

Training for select employees
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status:  
% of Procurement and Material Management Staff Trained 100%  

Strategies / Comments



Training for Acquisition Card Holders
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status:  
% of Acquisition Card Holders Trained 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Ongoing Green Procurement training will continue to be an essential requirement for all new Acquisitions cardholders.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status:  
Green Procurement policy objectives integrated into the performance evaluation for the Manager, Procurement 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2012-2013, environmental considerations in support of Green Procurement Policy objectives will continue to form an integral part of the yearly performance evaluation of the Manager, Procurement.


Procurement Processes and Controls
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status:  
% of paper used is made with recycle paper 100%  
% of applications and reviews submitted and distributed online 100%  
% Implementation of duplex default printing 100%  
Estimated number of training sessions where Green Procurement will form an integral part of the training program 10  

Strategies / Comments

  1. All paper used in printing/copying will continue to be derived from recycled paper.
  2. CIHR will continue to reduce use of paper by eliminating the need to submit paper copies of the applications for funding.
  3. All printers, both in business centres and desktops print duplex, and where possible, duplex printing will continue to be the default setting.
  4. Ongoing scanning to email capacity in business centres will continue to reduce use of paper.
  5. Green procurement training will continue to be provided on an ongoing basis to both new acquisition cardholders as well as Managers and their employees involved in the procurement process.
  6. CIHR will continue to promote and update if required, the Green Procurement Plan to build employee awareness on the importance of green procurement.
Top of Page

Canadian Intergovernmental Conference Secretariat



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The Canadian Intergovernmental Conference Secretariat’s (CICS) approach to implementing green procurement is to target the use of PWGSC procurement instruments, the delivery of training to key personnel and the inclusion of green procurement objectives in the employee performance evaluations of key decision makers.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: CICS will maximize the use of PWGSC procurement instruments such as standing offers and supply arrangements. This fiscal year CICS will also review and update internal processes and controls in order to integrate environmental considerations.
  3. Training: CICS will ensure that all staff with procurement responsibilities complete the CSPS course C215 by the end of the fiscal year (5 employees in total). CICS will also require that all new staff with procurement responsibilities complete the course within three months of being hired.
  4. Performance Evaluations: This fiscal year CICS will ensure that an objective to include environmental considerations in procurement activities is integrated into individual performance evaluations.
  5. Meeting Targets: CICS will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.
Top of Page

Canadian International Development Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO) at CIDA 2012-2013

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE. Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 50%  
FY 2012-2013 100%  
FY 2013-2014 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The EEE strategy applies to all five locations in the National Capital Region (NCR); Place du Centre, 105 Hotel de Ville, 119 Promenade du Portage, the Agency Record Centre at 45 Sacré-Coeur and the warehouse at 1770 Pink Road. The Agency also has a regional presence in seven satellite offices, but with only five employees for these locations that are not part of this strategy. Disposal and reuse of surplus EEE is part of the Agency’s Framework for Asset Management. All activities related to handling surplus EEE are being centralized at the Agency’s warehouse and managed in accordance with government policies and best practices. CIDA adheres to the Treasury Board Directive on the Disposal of Surplus Materiel and disposes of surplus EEE through the recommended mechanisms including Computers for Schools and the Crown Assets Distribution Directorate.
  2. Surplus EEE are picked up in a specific location by the Facilities Services at each building, sent to the warehouse, assessed for re-use or bundled together for disposal. Informatics equipment is gathered centrally at Place du Centre by Information Management and Technology Branch (IMTB) employees and prepared for transfer to different programs or disposal.
  3. Roles and responsibilities have been defined in the Framework for Asset Management and rest with Infrastructure Services. This demonstrates that proper disposal procedures are respected.
  4. The centralization of Asset Management functions has allowed CIDA to focus all disposal activities in one location. This has increased the logistical efficiency of the process, allowing CIDA to capture 99 percent of EEE.
  5. Security considerations are also included in the process. IMTB labels the different types of assets and disposal or re-use is carried accordingly. BlackBerry and cell phones are disposed through a specialized firm that ensures the destruction of any residual data while recycling close to 100 percent of the equipment. The warehouse where the destruction takes place has limited access and robust security systems.
  6. CIDA minimizes the risk of loss or theft of EEE during storage and transport. Prior to shipment all surplus EEE is carefully packaged and materiel is not transported in bulk. Processes to track EEE are conducted during pre-disposal sorting of the equipment under all disposal mechanisms.
  7. Opportunities for continuous improvement include the potential to add a special field in the asset management data bank that would identify the type of recommended disposal once the life cycle of the object is completed.
  8. As a separate initiative related to electronic waste, CIDA will also continue to recycle 100% of used batteries, used ink cartridges, and compact disks.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.    
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-2012 5.6:1  
FY 2012-2013 8:1  
FY 2013-2014 10:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. "Printing units" are defined to include devices such as desktop printers, networked printers, multifunctional devices, photocopiers, faxes and scanners.
  2. CIDA is currently developing a printer strategy to achieve the target ratio of 8:1 for the year 2012-2013. The strategy will be aimed at achieving further improvement in future years on a continuous basis in carefully planning and monitoring the use of the printing units within CIDA.
  3. A detailed inventory of all the printing units within CIDA will be developed early 2012-2013 (details of networked printers and photocopiers are available with the Information Technology and Facilities units). The final verification will be confirmed manually to verify the data collected.
  4. All employees at CIDA’s 5 locations in the NCR are subject to the target reduction.
  5. Currently, the roles and responsibilities for printing units are divided between two Branches in the Agency. The Chief Financial Officer Branch (CFOB - Infrastructure Services) is responsible for the photocopiers and the fax units and IMTB is responsible for all printing devices linked to the network. Both groups manage the financial, contractual and services related issues for their respective equipment. As part of the strategy currently in development, this relationship will evolve in the next fiscal year. The CFOB responsibilities will be transferred to IMTB as of April 1, 2013.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected (2006-2007), as per departmental scope.  8,147.9  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-2012 46%  
FY 2012-2013 46%  
FY 2013-2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. All Agency employees at all locations have been subject to the paper reduction initiative; double-sided printing has been a default setting for all since 2007.
  2. Paper consumption is calculated by dividing the total number of sheets of paper purchased (normalized to letter size equivalent) by the total number of employees.
  3. The number of employees for this calculation is provided by the Human Resources Branch and does not include field presence, temporary help or leave without pay (LWOP).
  4. In 2010-2011, 2,310 employees were subject to this measure.
  5. Overall, since the base year, the Agency has reduced its paper consumption by 37% (2010-2011) despite a 20% increase in the total number of employees over the same period. The bulk of this reduction is associated with the double-sided printing, the new technologies in the boardrooms and also environmental awareness campaigns held by the Agency’s Green Team.
  6. Paper purchase is an item in the Infrastructure Manager budget and is tracked consistently over the year; it is also included as part of budget planning for future years. The Infrastructure Manager is the only representative signing for purchases and all transactions brokered through the contracting group, using only recycled paper from the PWGSC green National Master Standing Offer (NMSO).
  7. Minor paper purchases are done by individual Branches for special orders (i.e., color paper) and these are not monitored with the regular paper. As we change the type of equipment at CIDA as part of the revised printing strategy, the special order of paper will no longer be required. This will represent an overall reduction in cost for the Agency, an increase in the cost to the Infrastructure group and, this will affect the cost to employee ratio as well as the number of sheets consumed by employee. It will however allow CIDA to capture in one snapshot the total cost and volume of paper consumption.
  8. The digitalization of a number of forms, pads and promo materials is being implemented, reducing the amount of paper forms purchased and kept in stock. This paper usage is not tracked in the reduction number, but contributes to the overall Government goals.
  9. Additional paper consumption initiative: The program for recycling paper towels in CIDA’s main office building in the NCR was put in place following demands from CIDA, and was extended from the office tower at Place du Centre to the Commercial Centre, accessible to various other government departments and businesses. CIDA will continue to encourage, develop, and support joint initiatives with PWGSC and property management firms for the recycling of used hand towels.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes, since 2008.  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Environmental Officer and Green Team developed the protocol that was published on CIDA’s intranet site in May 2008. It is applicable to all Agency meeting rooms in all Agency locations by every employee and for meetings outside the Agency.
  2. Projection equipment and computers linked to the network have been in place since 2009 in all corporate meeting rooms, video-teleconferencing rooms, and VP boardrooms.
  3. The green meeting protocol is currently being reviewed by the Green Team (the Environmental group), to try to identify areas for improvement and to raise awareness among Agency employees on how to maximize the use of existing technology.
  4. The following are part of the protocol for in-house meetings:
    • Let participants know it will be a green meeting and talk about why you have chosen to follow this protocol.
    • Ask participants to bring their own reusable cups.
    • Introduce the green meeting concept to participants at the beginning of the meeting by pointing out the location of solid-waste recycling centres.
    • Avoid handouts. If they must be used, ensure they are concise and printed on both sides (and not in color).
    • Place handouts on a table for those who really want hard copies. Make note of the email addresses of participants who would prefer to receive handouts by email.
    • Use the "handouts" option when printing a PowerPoint presentation.
    • Procure green meeting supplies, such as an erasable board with non-toxic dry markers, a blackboard, an overhead projector, and PowerPoint slides.
    • Request that the caterer provide fair-trade products such as coffee and tea, and local products such as pastries and fruit.
    • Ensure that the caterer uses reusable containers for condiments (sugar and so on) and reusable dishes.
    • When possible, do not throw out leftovers: distribute them to participants or donate them to a local food bank.
    • Turn off electrical appliances and lights before leaving the room.
  5. These are also part of the protocol, but meant for meeting outside the Agency’s space or when travelling outside the NCR:
    • Consider the option of organizing or taking part in a teleconference or video-conference, rather than travelling to and from the event. (Thirteen different points within the Agency’ space are equipped with video-teleconferencing equipment. As well, negotiations with DFAIT have resulted in the possibility of using their network to communicate with CIDA staff in missions or in embassies.)
    • Whenever possible, select a hotel with an eco-rating. Check the Audubon Green Leaf Eco-Rating Program website.
    • Book online whenever possible, rather than using printed forms.
    • If the hotel offers this service, use the energy-efficient option whereby linens are not changed daily.
    • Use public transit or car pool, or better yet, walk.
    • When going out of town, take the train. It is more environmentally friendly than driving or flying.
    • Collect presenters' business cards and ask them to send you desired information by email rather than accumulating hard-copy versions of their documents.
    • Return your plastic name-tag holder at the end of the meeting.
    • When leaving your hotel room, turn off the lights, television, and air conditioning or heating.
  6. The protocol also includes a note advising employees to refrain from using perfume out of respect for colleagues who suffer from environmental sensitivities, allergies, or asthma.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


8.10.1 Green Procurement Targets (self-selected) - By March 31, 2013, CIDA will purchase only computers that meet the green standards of PWGSC.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Computer purchase reports in SAP. Baseline: 2009  
Percentage of computers purchased in 2012-2013 that meet the green standards of PWGSC.  100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Upon review of Agency expenditures, computer purchases are one of the most significant cyclical investments and offer a great opportunity for volume, value, and monitoring. With the rate of replacement for workstation computers and laptops, the disposal, even using the Computers for School Program and Crown Assets, have an impact on the environment. In 2010-2011, the Agency activated an SAP module allowing for the tracking of green purchases and provided training to all procurement officers on its mandatory usage as well as the importance of buying green whenever possible. Recommendations were also made to always use PWGSC NMSO to ensure that the green connotation had been indeed warranted.
  2.  IMTB plans all computer purchases only through their dedicated procurement officers. At reception, the equipment is bar-coded by the Infrastructure group and tracked through its life cycle by the User group. Once the life cycle is complete, disposal proceeds according to Government policies. These processes, roles and responsibilities are part of the Agency’s Asset Management Framework and Policy.


8.10.2 Green Procurement Targets (self-selected) - By March 31, 2013, CIDA will purchase only furniture that meets the green standards of PWGSC.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Furniture purchase reports in SAP. Baseline: 2009  
Percentage of furniture purchased in 2012-2013 that meets the green standards of PWGSC. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Upon review of Agency expenditures, furniture purchases are one of the most significant cyclical investments and offers a great opportunity for volume, value and monitoring. With the rate of replacement of workstations, the internal re-use, transfer to other departments, and potential for refurbishing disposal using Crown Assets makes furniture an asset that has an impact on the environment. Consideration for the amount of plastic, steel, and wood utilized in the manufacturing of furniture is key to sustainable use of natural resources. In 2010-2011, the Agency activated an SAP module allowing for the tracking of green purchases and provided training to all procurement officers and infrastructure staff involved in accommodation projects on its mandatory use as well as the importance of buying green whenever possible. Recommendations were also made to always use PWGSC NMSO to ensure that the green connotation had been indeed warranted.
  2. The Agency’s Infrastructure group plans all furniture purchases only through their dedicated procurement officers. At reception, the equipment is bar-coded by the Infrastructure group and tracked through its life cycle by the User group. Once the life cycle is complete, disposal proceeds according to Government policies. These processes, roles, and responsibilities are part of the Agency’s Asset Management Framework and Policy.
  3. A pilot project was conducted in 2009-2010 to verify the benefits of refurbishing existing screens instead of purchasing new ones. Cost, timing, quality of product and potential compatibility with other type of furniture were assessed. Results indicated that for the type of screens in inventory, the quality of the refurbished product did not equal the quality of the new product. The production time, especially considering the in-house co-ordination, was less economical than ordering new. The manufacturer has since discontinued these specific screens and did not offer any viable options for work surface usage. The cost of refurbishing was about the same as buying new furniture. All the material (steel, plastic, fabrics) removed from existing screens were recycled by the refurbishing company. Based on our analysis, the best option would be to purchase new furniture only where required. The surplus furniture could then be either disposed through Crown Assets or offered to other federal departments that use this type of furniture.
  4. The Agency has donated surplus shelving to other federal departments instead of disposing through Crown Assets where appropriate.


8.10.3 Green Procurement Targets (self-selected) - By March 31, 2013, CIDA will only purchase vehicles that are either hybrids or use alternate fuels when this alternative is available.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Vehicle purchase reports in SAP. Baseline: 2009  
Percentage of vehicles purchased in 2012-2013 that are either hybrid or use alternate fuels. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Upon review of Agency’s expenditures, vehicles, although not one of the most frequent purchases, are nevertheless an investment that is cyclical and inherently poses an impact on the environment.
  2. The current Agency fleet is composed of:
    • 2 executive vehicles for the Minister and the President both of which are eligible for replacement in 2012-2013;
    • A former Ministerial vehicle which is currently being re-used for mailing operations:
    • A truck used for light deliveries and pick-ups;
    • A cargo van for the delivery of records between the different Agency locations and the Record Centre; and,
    • A cube van used for the transportation of assets between the warehouse and the different Agency locations.
  3. All vehicle purchases are co-ordinated through the Infrastructure Manager and the procurement officer dedicated to that group. Only vehicles with special consideration for alternate fuels or hybrid vehicles from the PWGSC NMSO will be considered for replacement.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

8.11.1 As of April 1, 2011, all procurement pfficers will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
System access is only granted to procurement officers that have taken the course.    
Percentage of procurement officers that have access to the procurement system that have completed a recognized training course on green procurement. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Procurement officers acquire the majority of goods on behalf of the Agency. They are strategically positioned to ensure that all actions required to ensure green purchases are not only taken, but also considered as part of the entire purchasing process.
  2. Team sessions have been held internally with all stakeholders, representatives from IMTB and Infrastructure groups, the environmental coordinator, procurement officers and managers to explain the initiative and the requirement to comply with green purchasing. Subsequently, the SAP green module was activated on April 1, 2011 and is now part of the mandatory fields for executing a transaction.
  3. In an effort to capture as much of the Agency's acquisition as possible, all credit card holders have also been trained and new applicants must complete the training before they are allowed to use the credit cards.
  4. The Infrastructure Manager uses a SAP report, which clearly identifies green and non-green purchases, to monitor all purchases annually. The managers of the cost centres in default will be consulted to inform them of the different options available in green purchasing and to ensure that their purchasing practices are in line with both Agency and Federal Government objectives.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

8.11.2 For the fiscal year 2012-2013, all procurement officers’ performance evaluations will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated therein.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Confirmation by the Contracting DG that objectives have been met. Baseline: 2011  
Percentage of procurement officers’ performance evaluations for 2012-2013 that incorporate clauses of environmental considerations.  100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. An agreement has been reached with the Chief Financial Officer to develop a special clause in the performance evaluation of procurement officers in fiscal year 2012-2013.
  2. The Director of Corporate Security, Infrastructure and Management Services will develop a new clause and an evaluation process to be used in the 2012-2013 performance evaluations, in collaboration with HR and the Contracting Directorate. The evaluation process will be based on the review of SAP reports on green purchasing by the Infrastructure Manager.
  3. Once the process is well in place, the potential for expanding to credit card holders and the managers of these responsibility centers will be considered.


Management processes and controls.

8.11.3 By April 1, 2011 a minimum of 1 management processes and controls related to procurement and/or materiel management will be adjusted to support departmental green procurement implementation.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Roll out in SAP.    
New module activated in SAP for 2012-2013.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. On April 1, 2011 and after 12 months of planning, a new module was activated in SAP for green procurement. A new line in the contracting procedures was activated to identify if the purchase was green, not green or of an unknown nature. This field is mandatory to be able to execute transactions. The data gathered on green procurement and other relevant details regarding the transaction is available in a report that will be reviewed annually in May by the Infrastructure Manager. The findings in the report will be used to adjust the module, identify problems with data entries, identify percentage of goods purchase that are green, not green or of unknown nature, verify the practices and performance of procurement officers, provide overall information on green procurement for the Agency and ensure that all efforts are made to improve where necessary.
  2. The data gathered on the level of green procurement will also be reported to the Green Team to inform the development and implementation of strategies to raise awareness with the Agency population in the areas where improvements are required.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. CIDA is not planning to purchase any greenhouse gas emission offset credits in 2012-2013.
Top of Page

Canadian International Trade Tribunal



Greening Government Operations

Overview

The Greening Government Operations (GGO) supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

For guidelines on how to complete the GGO supplementary table, please refer to the Public Works and Government Services Canada Publiservice site: http://publiservice.tpsgc-pwgsc.gc.ca/greening/text/strategie-strategy-e.html

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned/expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Targets

SMART Green Procurement Targets


8.10 As of April 1, 2012, the Tribunal will establish three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.
1. By March 31, 2015, the Tribunal will reduce the dollar value per employee spent on office supplies by 20 percent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Performance measure baseline: $42,000 spent on office supplies (3 year average from 2008-2009 to 2010-2011) for 85 employees $495/employee spent on offices supplies
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 6.87%
($461/employee)
 

Strategies/Comments

1. Specific: The target is one of the key commodities identified by the Office of Greening Government Operations (OGGO).
2. Measurable: Information is easily located in the Tribunal's financial system in order to assess progress.
3. Achievable: Procurement officers will be tracking the Tribunal's progress as we move forward.
4. Relevant: Office supplies are necessary for employees in order to do their work, therefore supplies are a common expenditure that can easily be assessed.
5. Time-bound: A strategy is already being developed in order to track expenditures throughout the coming fiscal year (2012-2013).

Other Considerations

1. Scope: Department-wide office supplies.
2. Process/Reporting requirements: Financial System, various suppliers on National Master Standing Offer (NMSO).
3. Roles and responsibilities: Lead by the department's Strategic and Financial Planning Coordinator.
4. Plans for engagement: Ongoing communication with staff.
5. Estimated benefits: Reduces waste, increase reusability.



2. By March 31, 2014, the Tribunal will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of employees to printing units. The Tribunal will apply the target where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Performance measure baseline: Ratio of the Tribunal's employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 2.7:1
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 5.3:1  

Strategies/Comments

1. Specific: The target is one of the key commodities identified by the OGGO.
2. Measurable: Information is retrievable using printer/work-centre tracking methods and by comparing the result with the number of FTEs in a given year.
3. Achievable: Materiel Management and Information Technology sections are working in collaboration to achieve the desired ratio.
4. Relevant: Printer, scanner, photocopier costs will be reduced by replacing some of this equipment with multifunction work centres.
5. Time-bound: In progress.

Other Considerations

1. Scope: All printer, photocopier requirements.
2. Processes/Reporting requirements: Financial system as well as other monitoring tools (Excel spreadsheet).
3. Roles and responsibilities: Materiel Management Section in collaboration with the Information Technology Section.
4. Plans of engagement: Maintain collaboration with Information Technology Section for participation in re-allocating work-centre devices once printers have been removed.
5. Estimated benefits: Less printing devices within the department resulting in less waste and less maintenance on various machines.



3. By March 31, 2014, the Tribunal will reduce internal paper consumption per employee by 20 percent from the 2010-2011 baseline.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per employee in the baseline year, as per departmental scope. Baseline: 14,953 sheets of copy paper per FTE in 2010-2011 14,953 sheets per employee
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 13%
13,000 sheets per employee
 

Strategies/Comments

1. Specific: The target is one of the key commodities identified by the OGGO.
2. Measurable: Information is retrievable from the Tribunal's financial system and through NMSO holders.
3. Achievable: Copy paper purchases are managed by only one cost-centre manager.
4. Relevant: Paper is one of the most procured items of the department.
5. Time-bound: Ongoing.

Other Considerations

1. Scope: All copy paper used throughout the department.
2. Processes/Reporting requirements: Financial system and NMSO holders.
3. Roles and responsibilities: Materiel Management.
4. Plans of engagement: Maintain collaboration with the Information Technology Section in order to ensure that default settings on copy devices promote environmental practices.
5. Estimated benefits: Reduced waste, reduced consumption and reduce costs.


SMART Targets for Training

As of April 1, 2011, the Tribunal will establish SMART targets for training as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, the Tribunal will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for select employees.

By March 31st, 2014, 75 percent of materiel managers and procurement personnel (including acquisition card holders, as well as employees and managers identified as a procurement and/or materiel management functional specialist) will receive green procurement training through course C215, given by the Canada School of Public Service, or an in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Percentage of functional specialists and acquisition card holders who have acquired green procurement training. Baseline year 2010-2011: 0%. 0%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 37.5%  

Strategies/Comments

1. Specific: Obtain training for 75 percent of targeted employees.
2. Measurable: Procurement functions and the issuance of acquisition cards are centralized and easily tracked.
3. Achievable: Integrate training and functional specialists training plan.
4. Relevant: Increase awareness for greater results.
5. Time-bound: Ongoing as new employees join the Contracting and Administrative Services group.

Other Considerations

1. Scope: All functional heads; recommended for other acquisition card holders.
2. Processes/Reporting requirements: Canada School of Public Service.
3. Roles and responsibilities: Manager, Finance, Planning and Administration, and Coordinator, Contracting and Administrative Services leading.
4. Plans for engagement: Will be included in all training plans for functional specialists; recommended for acquisition card holders.
5. Estimated benefits: Employee awareness of potential environmental impact of government acquisitions.


SMART Targets for Employee Performance Evaluations

As of April 1, 2012, the Tribunal will establish SMART targets for employee performance evaluations as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2013, managers and functional heads will add green procurement considerations to 100 percent of performance evaluations of procurement and materiel management employees.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Include green procurement in the performance evaluations of all procurement and materiel management employees at the Tribunal. Baseline year 2010-2011: 0%. 0%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies/Comments

1. Specific: Achieve integration with performance evaluations for 100 percent of identified positions.
2. Measurable: A limited number of positions are to be measured.
3. Achievable: Target is to be added to employee performance evaluations by managers and retained in the employee file by Human Resources.
4. Relevant: Increase awareness for greater results.
5. Time-bound: Beginning in fiscal year 2012-2013 and ongoing.

Other Considerations

1. Scope: All functional heads.
2. Process/Reporting requirements: Manager's record on employee performance evaluation forms.
3. Roles and responsibilities: Manager, Finance, Planning and Administration as well as Coordinator, Contracting and Administrative Services leading.
4. Plans for Engagement: Support from affected managers.
5. Estimated Benefits: Increased awareness and environmental consciousness.


SMART Target for Management Processes and Controls

As of April 1, 2011, the Tribunal will establish SMART targets for management processes and controls as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2013, green consideration will need to be incorporated into all new contract requests.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target status  
Include green considerations as an item on the departmental procurement checklist. Baseline year 2010-2011: 0%. 0% of new contract requests
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies/Comments

1. Specific: Add environmental considerations to the Contracting Checklist that will accompany all new contract files.
2. Measurable: Target will be measured based on the checklists added to files which will require the signature of the Coordinator, Contracting and Administrative Services.
3. Achievable: the Tribunal has a small centralized procurement unit.
4. Relevant: Provides a constant reminder to functional heads that environmental considerations need to accompany all contract requests.
5. Time-bound: Beginning in fiscal 2012-2013 and ongoing.

Other Considerations

1. Scope: All functional heads in Procurement and Contracting. Affecting responsibility centre managers preparing contract requests.
2. Process/Reporting requirements: File verification.
3. Roles and responsibilities: Coordinator, Contracting and Administrative Services leading.
4. Plans for engagement: Support from senior management as well as Manager, Finance, Planning and Administration.
5. Estimated benefits: Environmental considerations for each applicable request.

Top of Page

Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act

Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section.


Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach:  The Agency’s approach to implementing green procurement is to target several practices which include: the use of PWGSC procurement instruments; ensuring that key staff are trained in green procurement objectives; making certain that a high percentage of shared-use office equipment is multifunctional; ensuring an adequate ratio of office employees to printing units; and adopting measures for greening meetings.

  2. Management Processes and Controls: The Agency will use PWGSC green procurement instruments where it is not in contradiction with land claims objectives.  In some cases, the use of these instruments may contradict the objectives of comprehensive land claims agreements in communities where CanNor has offices.  In these instances, CanNor will determine how to meet the principles of green procurement while responding to the objectives of these agreements.

  3. Setting Targets:  The Agency has the following targets:
    • to ensure that the contracting review committee incorporates considerations for green procurement in all deliberations on all contract proposals;
    • to ensure that procurement staff are trained in green procurement; and
    • to ensure that the Agency’s head of procurement and materiel management be required to integrate goals for green procurement into their performance agreement.
  4. Training: The Agency will ensure that staff engaged in providing procurement services will be trained in green procurement practices.  The same training will be provided to administrative staff using acquisition cards.

  5. Performance Evaluations: The Agency will ensure that an objective to take environmental considerations into account for all procurement activities is included in the performance management agreement of the Director of Corporate Services (the Agency’s head of procurement and materiel management) when the position is staffed.

  6. Meeting Targets: The Agency will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.
Top of Page

Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission



Greening Government Operations

Annex A

2012-13 Report on Plans and Priorities

Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the PWGSC Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  • Approach: CNSC’s DG of Finance and Administration has been mandated to address all aspects of the PWGSC Policy on Green Procurement.
  • Management Processes and Controls: The CNSC is reviewing its contracting activities to include environmental considerations in the performance of the work where applicable. To this end CNSC will be completing in early 2012 a benchmark review of both its motor vehicle and printer fleets after which the CNSC will be integrating environmental considerations in the future life cycle management of these commodities.
  • Setting Targets: For 2012-13, the CNSC will:
    • implement a new imaging device strategy with the view of reducing the fleet by 50% by 2013-14,
    • reduce its fleet of motor vehicles by 8%,
    • assess adequacy of the mailroom equipment at headquarters for value, efficiency and environmental footprint.
  • Meeting Targets: The CNSC expects to meet the targets for 2011-12. The CNSC will have completed training of over 95% of acquisition cardholders on the Policy on Green Procurement.
  • Training: All indeterminate functional specialists in the CNSC have taken CSPS course Green Procurement (C215). All new procurement staff will be expected to complete this course. 
  • Performance Evaluations: Performance objectives related to green procurement continue to be included in the performance evaluation of a senior contracting officer and the manager of the contracting unit. 
Top of Page

Canadian Transportation Agency



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.

Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The Department’s approach to implementing green procurement is to target the use of PWGSC procurement instruments, the delivery of training to key personnel and the inclusion of green procurement objectives in the employee performance evaluations of key decision makers.

  2. Management Processes and Controls: The Agency uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism and leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers by PWGSC. Furthermore:
    • In 2012-13, the Department’s procurement and materiel management policies will be reviewed to ensure environmental considerations are integrated;
    • Since 2010-11, the Federal Electronic Waste Strategy is followed by the Department for electronic and electrical equipment; and
    • The Statement of Work templates used for contracting for services and the contract review checklist will be reviewed in 2012-13 to identify opportunities to include environmental considerations.

    These management processes and controls were selected through an analysis of the Agency’s decision-making processes and controls.

  3. Setting Targets: In addition to commitments identified in ii., iv., and v., the department has the following target:
    • Ensure to buy only recycled paper and reduce by 5% the total amount of paper used by the Agency.

    This target was selected through an analysis of the Department’s spend, in consideration of the Department’s mandate and the nature and risks of the Department’s purchases.

  4. Training: The Agency will ensure that all existing procurement and materiel management functional specialist staff  take the CSPS course C215 by the end of the fiscal year (2 employees in total). The Department will also require that all new functional specialist staff take CSPS course C215 within three months of being hired.

  5. Performance Evaluations: This fiscal year the Agency will ensure that an objective to take environmental considerations into account for all procurement activities is included in the performance management agreement of each manager of procurement functional specialists (1 manager total).

  6. Meeting Targets: The Department will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.
Top of Page

Citizenship and Immigration Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Tables 8.1 to 8.4 do not apply to Citizenship and Immigration Canada’s (CIC’s) activities so those tables are not presented here.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 17%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 90 tonnes  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 −1.8 tonnes  
FY 2012-13 −1.8 tonnes  
FY 2013-14 −1.8 tonnes  
FY 2014-15 −1.8 tonnes  
FY 2015-16 −1.8 tonnes  
FY 2016-17 −1.8 tonnes  
FY 2017-18 −1.8 tonnes  
FY 2018-19 −1.8 tonnes  
FY 2019-20 −1.8 tonnes  
FY 2020-21 −1.8 tonnes  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 −2%  
FY 2012-13 −2%  
FY 2013-14 −2%  
FY 2014-15 −2%  
FY 2015-16 −2%  
FY 2016-17 −2%  
FY 2017-18 −2%  
FY 2018-19 −2%  
FY 2019-20 −2%  
FY 2020-21 −2%  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. To be implemented  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Interim target: The Department’s cumulative annual interim target is a 2-percent absolute reduction in GHG emissions annually, relative to the baseline fiscal year of 2005–06. This represents 11.76 percent of the Department’s overall GHG reduction target. Therefore, by the end of the given fiscal year (the second year of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy), the Department should have achieved a 4-percent reduction of GHG emissions.
  2. Scope: Fleet.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Director General of Administration, Security and Accommodation is the target lead.
  4. Key activities: Replacement and/or disposal of old vehicles.
  5. Reporting requirements: Any project that has the potential to increase or decrease GHG emissions is reported to CIC’s Assistant Deputy Minister of Corporate Services, after the project has been assessed using the Federal Greenhouse Gas Tracking Protocol—A Common Standard for Federal Operations.
  6. Plans for engagement: Further management meetings among CIC’s Directors General and Regional Directors General.
  7. Tools and resources: Federal Greenhouse Gas Tracking Protocol—A Common Standard for Federal Operations.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. YES  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. The main location is situated at CIC National Headquarters in Ottawa plus six regional offices that manage disposal centrally for a total of seven locations, which would be expressed as 100% (Please note: Departmental locations can be defined as a facility or organizational unit. CIC has established the location as an organizational unit—one per region).
  2. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, CIC will link to the Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) EEE implementation plan (E-Waste) on its intranet, which will include all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in the GGO targets table.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
   
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 3:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: To reduce departmental reporting and simplify tracking of this target, the Department has scoped in all buildings, space configurations and employees to achieve an average ratio of 8:1 by 2012–13 for employees working at National Headquarters. While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to building occupancy or security considerations, on average the Department will meet this target for all employees by 2014.
  2. Method used for determining number of printing units: Information Technology (IT) Branch undertook a departmental initiative to barcode all new and existing printing units.
  3. Method used for determining number of office employees: Treasury Board Secretariat (TBS) Population Affiliation Report. As well, an internal working group has established to develop a printer reduction strategy by March 2012.
  4. Reporting requirements: Director General of Information Management collects printing unit information annually.
  5. Roles and responsibilities: Director General of Information Management is target lead.
  6. Plans for engagement: Further management meetings among CIC’s Directors General and Regional Directors General.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 3,156 sheets⁄ employee in FY 2010-11  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-12 −10%
2,840 sheets/employee
 
FY 2012-13 −15%
2,683 sheets/employee
 
FY 2013-14 −20%
2,525 sheets/employee
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: CIC has elected to include all departmental employees (approximately 5,800 employees).
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: PWGSC standing offer usage data.
  3. Method used for determining number of office employees: TBS Population Affiliation Report.
  4. Reporting requirements: Director General of Administration, Security and Accommodation uses PWGSC standing offer information annually.
  5. Roles and responsibilities: Director General of Administration, Security and Accommodation is target lead.
  6. Plans for engagement: Procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders are now required to purchase paper only through PWGSC standing offers. This has been disseminated via central communication and is documented in the procedures manuals available on the website.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. YES  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope of the green meeting guide: All departmental or interdepartmental meetings held at CIC offices with at least 10 participants.
  2. Reporting requirement: CIC’s Administration, Security and Accommodation Branch is responsible for creating a strategy to implement the green meeting guide and monitor its use. The objective is to adopt the green meeting guide and promote it among key groups like administrative staff, cardholders, etc. CIC will publish information on its intranet and its Wiki, and work with internal communications to inform all employees.
  3. Evidence that the green meeting guide has been adopted: None to date as the data is expected next fiscal year.
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Director General of Administration, Security and Accommodation Branch is target lead.
  5. Key components: Planning, travel/accommodations, procurement/hospitality and tracking/accountability.
  6. Opportunities for continuous improvement: It has proven difficult to monitor the use of the guide. CIC has formed a working group to consider monitoring mechanisms to track progress. The activities are to review the green meeting guides developed by other government departments and incorporate aspects that apply to CIC. Activities also include developing a departmental green meeting checklist that would fit on one page.
  7. Mechanisms to evaluate: The effectiveness of the green meeting guide will be evaluated in 2014.
  8. Plans for engagement: Departmental policy mandating use, e-mail dissemination, topic for management meetings, green meeting training seminar.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


Utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for 95% of IT hardware purchases.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Performance Measure Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Not available  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism.
  2. Measurable: Information available from CIC’s financial system.
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of PWGSC standing offers.
  4. Relevant: High volume of IT hardware purchases.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Scope: All IT hardware purchases.
  2. Processes/reporting requirements: Financial database.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of IT Procurement is target lead.
  4. Opportunities for continuous improvement: For select IT hardware not available from PWGSC, the Department will work to ensure that IT hardware purchases incorporate environmental considerations.
  5. Plans for engagement: E-mail dissemination and meetings with Directors General.


Utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for 80% of IT Professional Services purchases.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Performance Measure Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Not available  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism.
  2. Measurable: Information available from CIC’s financial system.
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of PWGSC standing offers.
  4. Relevant: High volume of professional services contracts.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Scope: All IT professional services.
  2. Processes/reporting requirements: Financial database.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of IT Procurement is target lead.
  4. Opportunities for continuous improvement: For select IT professional services not available from PWGSC, the Department will work to ensure that purchases incorporate environmental considerations.
  5. Plans for engagement: E-mail dissemination and meetings with Directors General.


Use of standardized processes including the encouragement of consolidation of requirements.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Performance Measure Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Not available  

Strategies / Comments

Working with technical authorities to encourage planning through regular communication and reporting.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

As of April 1, 2011, 95% of materiel managers and procurement personnel (including all PG classified employees, as well as employees and managers identified as a procurement and/or materiel management functional specialist) will receive green procurement training through the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) Green Procurement course (C215) or in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Performance Measure Not applicable  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Procurement specialists will complete the CSPS Green Procurement (C215) course. Administrative assistants have access to in-house equivalent training.
  2. Reporting requirements: Collect data from CSPS annually; Human Resources maintains an up-to-date list of employees with/needing training.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Director General of Administration, Security and Accommodation is target lead.
  4. Opportunities for continuous improvement: Targeting 100% of employees is difficult due to turnover. However, in future years, acquisition cardholders could also be targeted.
  5. Plans for engagement: E-mail dissemination of policy.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of April 1, 2012, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Procurement specialists in place. 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 100% for all National Headquarters procurement and contracting specialists.
  2. Measurable: Information available from in-house Human Resources tracking system.
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandates that performance evaluations for all existing and new functional heads of procurement and materiel management include environmental considerations.
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: Directors General and Directors of PG classified employees and employees identified as a procurement functional specialist (11 in total).
  2. Reporting requirements: Managers to report to target lead.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Director of Administration is target lead.
  4. Plans for engagement: Inclusion in employee performance management agreement.


Management processes and controls.

As of April 1, 2013, management processes and controls relating to procurement will have incorporated environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Performance Measure Not available  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Not available  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of all identified processes and controls.
  2. Measurable: Existence of baseline list of all formalized management processes and controls.
  3. Achievable: Dedicated employees responsible for target.
  4. Relevant: Decision-making authority for purchases decentralized.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

N/A

Top of Page

Courts Administration Service



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Canada School of the Public Service Green Procurement course 215 for CAS Personnel
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
% of Contracting and Material Management Staff 100%  
% of Contract Review Committee Members 100%  
% of key acquisition cardholders 75%  

Strategies / Comments

Approach: The DG, Finance and Contracting for the Courts Administration Service will play a co-ordination role for initiatives related to green procurement in collaboration with key internal stakeholders in the Judicial, Registry and Corporate Services Branches. CAS will enhance its efforts with respect to green procurement by setting specific targets in its 2012‑13 Report on Plans and Priorities.

  1. In 2011-12, all Contracting and Materiel Management Staff were trained on Green Procurement. Any new personnel in that section will be expected to successfully complete the course within 6 months of being hired.

  2. CAS will require that 100% of the members of the Contract Review Committee, as well as 75% of all key acquisition cardholders, successfully complete CSPS Course 215 on Green Procurement. Green procurement training will also be required for new acquisition cardholders as these cards are issued to employees.



Performance Evaluations
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Green Procurement policy objectives integrated into the performance evaluation for all Contracting and Materiel Management employees. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

In 2012-2013, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance appraisal of the employees of the Contracting and Materiel Management section. Procurement process controls will also be closely monitored and assessed to determine level of for compliance.



Procurement Processes and Controls
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
% of paper used containing recycled fibres 100%  
% Implementation of duplex default printing, where possible 100%  
% Use of recycled toner cartridges (black toner) 100%  

Strategies / Comments

In light of CAS' requirements, CAS relies heavily on the use of pre-established Supply Arrangements and Standing Offers that have been prepared by PWGSC for the vast majority of its goods procurements.

  1. All paper used in printing/copying contains recycled fibres as of 2010-11.

  2. Where possible, all printers, including those networked and local desktops, will have duplexing capabilities and this shall be the default setting.

  3. All contract documents will incorporate standard green procurement clauses indicating the need to be mindful of environmental considerations in the performance of the work requested.

  4. A Green Procurement Checklist will be developed for use by the Contract Review Committee to monitor the Green Procurement considerations.

CAS also anticipates a reduction in paper consumption through the implementation of e-filing and digital recording solutions however, these multi-year projects require a substantial investment of resources.

Top of Page

Department of Finance Canada



Greening Government Operations

Overview

The Greening Government Operations supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned or expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) No*  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 N/A  
FY 2012–13 N/A  
FY 2013–14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Location of facilities is 140 O’Connor St., Ottawa, Ontario. This is the only location for the Department. 
  2. *Processes: Disposal of electronic and electrical equipment is currently a shared service provided by the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat (TBS). Processes are being reviewed to ensure that all equipment is reused or recycled in a responsible manner. It is anticipated that by 201314 the disposal of electronic and electrical equipment will be reintegrated into the Department of Finance Canada, at which time the Department will have an implementation plan in place.
  3. Reporting: Establish reporting requirements and define mechanisms to evaluate plan effectiveness.
  4. Continuous improvement: Establish plans and procedures to ensure that the target is met.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 2:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 2:1  
FY 2012–13 8:1  
FY 2013–14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition: The Department of Finance Canada has defined a printing unit as stand-alone and networked printers as well as multi-function devices (copiers).
  2. Scope: Fax and scanning functionality in multi-functional units is currently not operational for security reasons. Therefore, desktop scanners and faxes are currently excluded. Print units supporting other security requirements such as the separate print infrastructure required to support the secure network environment are also excluded.
  3. Number of print units: The number of units will be determined by physical inventory.
  4. Number of employees: All employees of the Department will be included, to be determined in consultation with Human Resources specialists.
  5. Processes: Management of printer and copier resources will need to be centrally managed to reduce indiscriminate purchase of printers and to implement recommendations of the print optimization study conducted in 2011–12. Implementation of the optimized print strategy will begin in 2012–13, with full implementation targeted for the Department’s move to 90 Elgin St.
  6. Communications and continuous improvement: Establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement to ensure that the target is met.
  7. Reporting: Establish reporting requirements and procedures to monitor implementation.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A*   
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12 N/A*   
FY 2012–13 10%  
FY 2013–14 20%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: All paper consumption will be included in the baseline count.
  2. Number of employees: All employees of the Department of Finance Canada will be included, to be determined in consultation with Human Resources specialists.
  3. *Method of determining paper baseline: The warehousing and distribution of photocopy paper is a shared service provided by TBS. The inventory of paper for the departments was not segregated for the 2010–11 and 2011–12 fiscal years. Therefore, a baseline will be determined by using the total usage of paper for TBS and the Department of Finance Canada for the 2011–12 year, and average usage will be determined based on total usage for the two departments. Beginning in 2012–13, paper inventories will be segregated to ensure the most accurate usage data. 
  4. Processes: Acquisition of paper is done solely from Public Works and Government Services Canada’s (PWGSC’s) Green Standing Offer for paper.
  5. Communications and continuous improvement: Improve employee awareness of paper reduction practices through communication, including employee information sessions and intranet presence.
  6. Links: The print optimization and paper reduction targets are closely linked. For example, new print infrastructure could be defaulted to duplex printing to reduce paper usage.
  7. Reporting: Report annually on paper reduction targets.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes (by March 31, 2012)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Meetings held within or by the Department of Finance Canada. 
  2. Processes: The guide is intended to be used by meeting organizers and participants to reduce the environmental impacts of meetings held within or by the Department of Finance Canada.
  3. Reporting: Establish mechanisms to report on the effectiveness of the green meeting initiative.
  4. Communications and engagement: Increase awareness of green meeting practices through information sessions and intranet presence. 

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 70% of contracts for services and/or contracting processes will include environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of service contracts or processes with environmental criteria relative to the total number of service contracts awarded. N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year. 10%  
Progress in the 2012–13 fiscal year. 30%  
Progress in the 2013–14 fiscal year. 70%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: All service contracts awarded under departmental authority. 
  2. Processes: Environmental criteria will be consistent with the Guideline for Green Services Procurement. PWGSC’s consolidated procurement instruments will be used whenever possible.
  3. Reporting: Establish and implement mechanisms to track and report on target progress.
  4. Communications and continuous progress: Continue to communicate to increase employee awareness.


By March 31, 2013, 90% of IT hardware purchases will continue to be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of IT hardware purchases that meet the target relative to the total IT hardware purchases. N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year. 90%  
Progress in the 2012–13 fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: IT hardware is defined as desktop and notebook computers.
  2. Processes: Use PWGSC’s consolidated procurement instrument for IT hardware.
  3. Reporting: Continue to track and report on target progress.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: Continue to work proactively with departmental IT specialists to ensure that environmental considerations are included to the extent possible in all IT procurement.


By March 31, 2013, 90% of furniture purchases will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of furniture purchases meeting the target relative to the total percentage of all furniture purchases. N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year. 60%  
Progress in the 2011–13 fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Office furniture will be defined as chairs, cabinets, shelving, panels and desks.
  2. Processes: Utilize PWGSC’s mandatory consolidated procurement instrument for the various furniture types (chairs, cabinets, shelving, panels and desks) whenever possible. If not, then establish an internal process for adding environmental considerations to office furniture purchases not purchased using a consolidated procurement instrument.
  3. Reporting: Establish process requirements to track and report on target progress.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: Continue to work proactively with departmental facilities specialists to ensure that environmental considerations are included to the extent possible in all furniture procurement.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.


Training for Select Employees.

By March 31, 2014, 95% of
functional specialists of procurement or materiel management will have green procurement training through the CSPS course C215 or in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percent of functional specialists of procurement or materiel management with formal green procurement training relative to the total number of functional specialists of procurement or materiel management deemed as requiring training. N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year. 30%  
Progress in the 2012–13 fiscal year. 60%  
Progress in the 2013–14 fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: All employees of the Procurement and Contracting Section of the Department.
  2. Processes: Use of CSPS course C215 or an in-house alternative and its delivery method. 
  3. Reporting: Monitor to ensure that all new employees receive training and report on target progress.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: Maintain internal communication to ensure employee engagement.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2013, 100% of employee performance evaluations for employees of the Contracting and Procurement Division of the Department will have a target relative to green procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of materiel managers, procurement personnel and functional specialists with a green procurement clause in their performance evaluation relative to the total number of materiel managers, procurement personnel and functional specialist staff deemed as relevant. N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year. 20%  
Progress in the 2012–13 fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: The scope of this target has been broadened to include all functional specialists in procurement. The target previously applied to functional heads.
  2. Processes: Validate the responsible managers and maintain records. 
  3. Reporting: Establish process requirements to track and report on target progress.
  4. Communications and continuous improvement: Maintain internal communication to ensure employee engagement.


By March 31, 2014, 75% of acquisition card holders will have green procurement training through the CSPS course C215 or in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of acquisition card holders trained in green procurement relative to the total number of acquisition card holders. 75%  
Progress in 2011–12 fiscal year. 75%  
Progress in 2012–13 fiscal year. 85%  
Progress in 2013–14 fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Define an acquisition card holder.
  2. Processes: Use of CSPS course C215 or an in-house alternative and its delivery.
  3. Number of acquisition card holders: Procurement will be able to provide the total number of acquisition card holders.
  4. Reporting: Establish process requirements to track and report on target progress.
  5. Communications and continuous improvement: Establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met.


Management processes and controls

By March 31, 2014, 50% of all identified procurement processes and controls will ensure environmental performance considerations are integrated in the procurement process.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status    
Percentage of identified procurement processes and controls with environmental performance considerations integrated relative to the total number of identified procurement processes and controls. N/A  
Progress in the 2011–12 fiscal year. 10%  
Progress in the 2012–13 fiscal year. 30%  
Progress in the 2013–14 fiscal year. 50%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Continue to define what procurement processes and controls will be subject to the integration of environmental performance considerations.
  2. Processes: Identify required changes. Plan and obtain approvals on changes to documents. Implement and publish changes in documents.
  3. Reporting: Establish process requirements to track and report on target progress.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section.1

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Department of Finance Canada is bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy and will meet the requirements of the Policy on Green Procurement through the Departmental Sustainable Development Strategy.

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


The Department will reuse its surplus office supplies internally by offering a Surplus Supplies Store for use by the Administrative Officer community. Any additional surplus office supplies will be donated to non-profit organizations in the NCR.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Quantity of skids reused and sent to non-profit organizations. (Baseline 2010–11) 7 skids  
Progress in 2011–12 fiscal year.    
Progress in 2012–13 fiscal year.    
Progress in 2013–14 fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Sources of supplies: Work with departmental employees, namely the Administrative Officer community to encourage reuse and recycling of surplus office supplies.
  2. Processes: Work with the Green Citizenship Network to have volunteers triage the surplus supplies and place the items on designated shelving and/or place them in boxes for shipping to non-profit organizations.
  3. Donations: Direct surplus to registered non-profit organizations as applicable.
  4. Reporting: Establish a tracking system and reporting mechanism.
  5. Communications and continuous improvement: Establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications.


By March 31, 2014, 7.5% of Finance employees will be members of the Green Citizenship Network. 
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of personnel who are members of the Finance Green Citizenship Network (Baseline November 2010) 6.17%  
Progress in 2011–12 fiscal year. 6.50%  
Progress in 2012–13 fiscal year. 7.00%  
Progress in 2013–14 fiscal year. 7.50%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Processes: Work with the Green Citizenship Network to promote awareness, promote green initiatives, and encourage volunteer and advisory capacities on various files.
  2. Reporting: Establish a tracking system and reporting mechanism.
  3. Communications and continuous improvement: Establish plans and strategies for departmental engagement and communications to ensure that the target is met. 



Notes:

  • 1. Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the green procurement sections 8.10 and 8.11 above.

Top of Page

Department of Justice Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 NCR: 100%  
FY 2012-13 NCR: 100%
Regions: 50%
 
FY 2013-14 NCR: 100%
Regions: 80%
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Location: For this target, Justice Canada has defined location by region.
  2. Number of Locations: Justice Canada IT group supports 6 internal regions (ARO, QRO, ORO, PRO, BCRO, and NRO) across the country and the National Capital Region (NCR), occupying 40 physical sites (points of presence).
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services
  4. Implementation Strategies:
    1. Establish an E-Waste plan that covers the NCR and the Regions.
    2. The established E-waste plan will allow for the expansion of the NCR E-Waste program.
    3. The department will apply an e-waste disposal mechanism for 100% of electronic devices in accordance to the following hierarchy of options:
      • Computer for Schools
      • Crown Assets
      • Provincial Extended Producer Responsibility Programs
      • PWGSC Standing Offer for E-waste Recycling

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 2.4:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 3.5:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Target Scope:
    1. Definition of Printing Units: Printers, photocopiers, and multi-function devices are considered as "printing units".
    2. The print ratio, as of April 1st, 2011 is of 2.4:1 in the NCR.
    3. The IT Print Strategy addresses all print-capable devices nationally.
    4. Due to the size of the Department and its adaptation capacity, the specified targets will apply to the entirety of the organization, regardless of building occupancy levels, space configurations, and percentage of office employees’ considerations, where security considerations allow.
  2. Method for Tracking Printing Units: A mix of both network inventory and physical count will enable the target lead to track the number of printing units.
  3. Method for Tracking Office Employees: Annual Departmental Performance Report. As of April 1st, 2011, there are approximately 4,050 employees – excluding Justice Employees working in other Federal Departments and Agencies.
  4. Roles and responsibilities: ADM of Management Sector
  5. Implementation Strategies:
    1. FY 2010-11: In the spring of 2010, Justice Canada completed Phase I of a Print Management Strategy, which was an independent reporting and auditing of, and recommendations for, all print-capable devices within the NCR. The NCR was chosen for the initial audit as it represents approximately 50% of JUS' staff nationally.
    2. FY 2011-12: Phase 2 of the strategy will be the continuation of the audit and analysis in the other regional sites, as well as the implementation of recommendations of Phase I.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal paper consumed per office employee as of March 31st, 2011. (selected baseline) 12,999 sheets per employee  
Paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-12 93%  
FY 2012-13 86%  
FY 2013-14 80%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Target Scope: Within the scope of this Performance Measure is paper consumption per employee; outside the scope of this Performance Measure are employees Justice Employees working in other Federal Departments and Agencies, and landfill waste.
  2. Method for Tracking Paper Consumption: PWGSC Paper Standing Offer
  3. Method for Tracking Office Employees: Annual Departmental Performance Report (DPR). As of April 1st, 2011, there are approximately 4,050 employees – excluding
  4. Roles and responsibilities: ADM of Management Sector
  5. Implementation Strategies:
    1. As part of its efforts to reduce paper consumption, the Department is implementing default two-sided printing on all black-and-white printers
    2. The department is committed to making greater use of electronic formats for distribution of documents and reports

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope of the green meeting guide: All departmental or interdepartmental meetings and conferences organized by departmental officials.
  2. Reporting requirement: Our SD secretariat is responsible for creating a strategy to implement the guide and monitor its use.
  3. Evidence that the green meeting guide has been adopted: Approval by senior management and use in the department.
  4. Key components: Planning, travel / accommodations, procurement / hospitality, and tracking / accountability.
  5. Plans / strategies for departmental engagement: Use of departmental communications vehicles such as JustInfo, discussion at staff.
  6. Opportunities for continuous improvement: Seek feedback on the guide from Green Teams, managers and employees.
  7. Roles and responsibilities: Sustainable Development Champion

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


Target no.1: As of April 1, 2014, all purchased electronic devices will meet an energy efficiency certification.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of computers, monitors and other electronic devices purchased that meet Energy Star certification or equivalent. FY 2011-12 Computers and monitors: 100%  
FY 2013-14 All electronic devices: 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.      

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide
  2. Plans for engagement:
    1. Review process documentation, including, but not limited to, policies, standards, guidelines, guides and manuals to incorporate a green component into the procurement strategy;
    2. Establish relative priorities of possible actions and identify and consult stakeholders;
    3. Establish a schedule and necessary approval processes for revising identified management processes and controls;
    4. Establish a corporate system (such as IFMS Plant Maintenance module or an equivalent) for monitoring the inclusion of environmental/green procurement considerations in management processes and controls;
    5. Establish Green selection criteria for goods (templates CID, RFP, etc.) to ensure environmental performance considerations are integrated into the procurement process to direct personnel towards the purchase of the environmentally preferable models.
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services
  4. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use and resource consumption.


Target no.2: As of April 1, 2013, paper with a minimum of 30% recycled contents will be used for printing and photocopying.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of paper with minimum 30% recycled contents consumed by the Department for printing and photocopying. FY 2011-12 95%  
FY 2012-13 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.      

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide.
  2. Mandate the use of recycled paper with a minimum 30% recycled content.
  3. Plans for engagement: Incorporate Mandate information into departmental contracting training for IFMS users and Acquisition Card holders.
  4. Monitor progress and address area of non compliance.
  5. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services.
  6. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced resource use.


Target no.3: As of April 1, 2014, the Department will implement and promote a Battery Recycling program.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of facilities with a battery recycling program.* FY 2011-12 NCR: 80%
Regions: 50%
 
FY 2012-13 Regions: 80%  
FY 2013-14 NCR: 90%
Regions: 90%
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.      

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide.
  2. Establish external partners for collection
  3. Plans for engagement: Promote the program through communication channels
  4. Reporting on percentage of regions with programs and amount of batteries disposed of
  5. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services.
  6. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced hazardous material.

*Excluding Department Legal Services Unit and other Justice units residing in commercial buildings shared with the private sector.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Target no.1: As of April 1, 2014, the Department will provide green procurement training for employees as it applies to the materiel life-cycle.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of new acquisition cardholders who have completed the training in the assessment period. 100%*  
Percentage of new administration staff granted limited procurement delegation that has completed the department's contracting training in the assessment period. 100%*  
Percentage of materiel managers and procurement personnel who have completed the Canada School of Public Servants Green Procurement training in the assessment period. 100%*  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide.
  2. Revise training material for procurement training for procurement personnel and Acquisition Card users. All new Acquisition cardholders and administration staff granted limited delegation will receive training on the requirements for green procurement.
  3. Plans for engagement: All procurement and materiel management professionals will receive green procurement training as it applies to the materiel life cycle.
  4. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services.
  5. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use and resource consumption.

*Excluding positions that are vacant.



Target no.2: As of April 1, 2014, the Department will provide Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Number of managers and functional heads that have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.

Number of procurement, materiel management and real property functional specialists and their managers and functional heads that have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.

FY 2011-12 70%*  
FY 2012-13 80%*  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.      

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Department-wide
  2. All procurement and materiel management personnel will have green procurement terms in their annual performance agreements.
  3. Plans for engagement: Performance review process.
  4. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services
  5. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use and resource consumption.

*Excluding positions that are vacant.

Note:

  • This is indirectly linked to our objectives on fostering best practices and alignment with government of Canada agenda on procurement.
  • Not all procurement specialist report to the procurement functional lead. It maybe difficult to implement across all specialist.


Target no.3: As of April 1, 2014, environmental performance considerations will be embedded into the procurement decision-making process.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of standard solicitation documents incorporating sustainable development selection criteria. 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: all departmental competitive procurement processes using standard solicitation documents.
  2. Develop Request for Proposal evaluation criteria and obtain the Departments Sustainable Development Steering Committee approval
  3. Integrate selection criteria into departmental templates and procurement process documentation
  4. Integrate the information into departmental contracting training documentation.
  5. Reporting to be based on the use of template documents.
  6. Plans for engagement: Email dissemination and training for procurement staff.
  7. Roles and Responsibilities: DG Administration Services.
  8. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use / hazardous material.

Note:

This is indirectly linked to our objectives on fostering best practices and alignment with government of Canada agenda on procurement.

Top of Page

Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

The section on greening of government operations (GGO) is intended for departments and agencies which undertake to comply with the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement and the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

The Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec contributes to the attainment of five greening government operations goals from the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy.

Note that information presented in Reports on Plans and Priorities (RPPs) concerns planned results, whereas information presented in Departmental Performance Reports (DPRs) concerns actual results.

Surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) goal


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Existence of an implementation plan for disposal of all electronic and electrical equipment generated by the Agency during the 2010-11 baseline year. Yes,
Commodity Management Framework
 
Percentage of total number of departmental locations whose electronic and electrical equipment plan has been fully implemented at the end of the given fiscal year. Targets  
FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13 100%  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies/comments

  1. The Agency’s Commodity Management Framework covers the life cycle of assets, in particular electronic and electrical equipment. All possible disposal methods are covered in the Framework.
  2. The Agency uses Industry Canada’s Computers for Schools Program and the services of PWGSC for the disposal of Crown assets for reusing surplus electronic equipment, and uses departmental individual standing offers for e-waste recycling.
  3. Currently, the Agency has 16 locations (offices) across Quebec, and disposal of assets and equipment is centralized at the Agency’s Planning, Co-ordination and Administration Directorate.

Printing unit reduction goal


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Proportion of office employees to printing units for the 2010-11 baseline year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 3:1  
Proportion of office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. Targets  
FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 N/A  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: The Agency targets all buildings and premises in order to achieve the goal, even though certain buildings may have a smaller proportion owing to their occupancy level or security considerations.
  2. Definition of printing units: Network printers, local printers and multiplex units.
  3. Method used to determine the number of printing units: The Technology Directorate keeps an updated list of all units in place.
  4. Method used to determine the number of office employees: Population Affiliation Report1 from the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat (TBS).
  5. Renewal of printers is carried out in bulk every three years. The latest renewal took place in March 2010, and the next is planned for late 2012-13, so the target has been established for 2013-14.
  6. The Technology Directorate is responsible for monitoring attainment of the target.
  7. All Agency sectors are responsible for compliance with and attainment of the target.
  8. A communications strategy will be drawn up in order to raise all Agency employees’ awareness.

Paper consumption goal


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-06 and 2011-12, and applicable scope.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Number of sheets of office paper purchased per employee during the 2009-10 baseline year. 5,060  
Cumulative reduction in paper consumption, as a percentage, compared with the chosen baseline year. Targets  
FY 2011-12 6%  
FY 2012-13 12%  
FY 2013-14 20%  

Strategies/comments

  1. Roles and responsibilities: paper purchasing is decentralized. Responsibility for attaining the goal lies with all Agency sectors. The Agency’s Planning, Co-ordination and Administration (PCA) Directorate will handle monitoring, information collection and reporting for this.
  2. Method used to determine paper consumption: the quantity of paper purchased is determined manually from invoices. The baseline year is 2009-10. The data concern only letter-size and legal-size white paper.
  3. Reporting requirements: Each year, the PCA Directorate collects data from all business offices and the Governmental Affairs Branch. Data for head office are centralized at the PCA Directorate.
  4. The Agency uses 100% recycled paper at head office, and will be broadening this application to all its offices.
  5. The Departmental Management Committee (DMC) is now using technology to run paperless meetings.
  6. A communications strategy will be drawn up to encourage employees to reduce paper consumption.

Green meetings goal


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Adoption of a Guide for Greening Meetings. Targets  
Planned for 2012  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope of the Guide for Greening Meetings: all departmental or interdepartmental meetings held in Agency offices.
  2. The PCA Directorate will analyse existing documents already in use by other departments and adapt one of them to the Agency’s needs.
  3. Work concerning the guide will be discussed at the Agency’s Departmental Management Committee (DMC) during 2011-12. Adoption of the Guide will follow approval by the DMC during 2012.
  4. Role and responsibility: All sectors/directorates are responsible for attainment of the target.
  5. The challenge will be to monitor application of the Guide and report on its requirements. The use of telepresence will be an important component in achieving the green meeting goal.
  6. The Departmental Management Committee (DMC) is now using technology to run paperless meetings.
  7. A communications strategy will have to be drawn up to publicize the Guide and the means to be used to attain the target.

Green procurement goals

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART2 green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

As of April 1, 2011, 95% of computer purchases will be based on an environmentally preferable model.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Ratio of purchases of computers which attain the goal to the total volume of computers purchased during the year in question N/A  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year Targets  
FY 2011-12 95%  
FY 2012-13 95%  
FY 2013-14 95%  

Strategies/comments

  1. According to the Agency’s Technology Master Plan, renewal of all desktop computers takes place every three years, in a single purchase. The latest renewal took place in 2011-12. Additional needs arise regularly, however, and ad-hoc purchases are made.
  2. The Agency’s Technology Directorate is responsible for replacing desktop computers and reporting thereon.
  3. When replacing electrical equipment, the Agency purchases ENERGY STAR qualified equipment. This practice helps reduce energy consumption.
  4. In line with the Commodity Management Framework, the procurement of computer hardware is managed according to the principles of life cycle management, which includes the following four stages: planning and acquisition, operation, maintenance and disposal.
  5. In line with the Commodity Management Framework, the Agency optimizes the productivity and use of information technology assets throughout their life cycle.


As of March 31, 2014, 95% of new printers purchased will offer one or more environmental performance factors.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Proportion of printers purchased presenting environmental performance factors. Of the Agency’s 215 printers, 180 are ENERGY STAR qualified and were purchased since 2007. 84%  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year Targets  
FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 95%  
FY 2013-14 95%  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: Printing units are defined as network printers, local printers and multiplex units.
  2. The Agency’s Technology Directorate keeps an updated list of all units in place.
  3. Printers are renewed in bulk every three years. The last renewal took place in March 2010, and the next is scheduled for late 2012-13. That is why no goal has been set for the RPP 2011-12.
  4. Environmental performance factors will be identified for the selection of printers at the next renewal.
  5. The Agency’s Technology Directorate is responsible for monitoring attainment of the target.
  6. More than 60% of photocopiers also have print and fax options, thus minimizing the number of machines.
  7. When replacing electrical equipment, the Agency purchases ENERGY STAR qualified equipment.


By March 31, 2014, 90% of copy paper purchased will contain at least 30% recycled material.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Percentage of paper purchased containing at least 30% recycled material out of the total volume of paper purchased during the 2009-10 baseline year 100%  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year Targets  
FY 2011-12 50%*  
FY 2012-13 100%  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: Paper is defined as 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 14 and 11 x 17 paper.
  2. Roles and responsibilities: paper purchasing is decentralized. Responsibility for attaining the goal lies with all Agency sectors. The PCA Directorate will handle monitoring, information collection and reporting for this.
  3. Method used to determine paper consumption: the quantity of paper purchased is determined manually from invoices.
  4. Reporting requirements: Each year, the Agency’s PCA Directorate collects data from all business offices and the Governmental Affairs Branch. Data for head office are centralized at the PCA Directorate.
  5. * In the 2011-12 RPP, the Agency presented targets for the purchase of recycled paper for 2011-12 to 2013-14, whereas information on the volume of purchases of this type of paper for the baseline year was not yet available. Once the data on the volume of purchases of recycled paper for the 2009-10 baseline year were received, the targets for 2012-13 and 2013-14 were revised upward. The target for 2011-12 remains unchanged, in order to facilitate reporting in the DPR 2011-12.
  6. The Agency uses 100% recycled paper at head office, and will be broadening this application to all its offices (use of 30% recycled paper, purchased via mandatory standing offer).
  7. A communications strategy will have to be drawn up to publicize the Guide and the means to be used to attain the target.

Green procurement training goal

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

From April 1, 2011, 100% of employees (manager, procurement officer and assistant) in the Procurement Sector of the PCA Directorate will receive training on green procurement through Course C215 of the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS).
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Proportion of Procurement Sector employees having taken CSPS Course C215 during the 2010-11 baseline year 67%  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year Targets  
FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13 100%  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies/comments

  1. Three Procurement Sector employees are concerned: one PG-04, one PG-02 and one CR-04.
  2. Two of these three employees have taken training. The third employee is to take the training in 2012-13.
  3. Training used: CSPS Course C215 on green procurement only.
  4. Reporting requirements: Annual data collection from employees and the CSPS.
  5. Roles and responsibilities: The Agency’s PCA Directorate is responsible for monitoring of and reporting on green procurement training.

Goal concerning integration of environmental considerations in performance evaluations


As of April 1, 2011, environmental considerations will be integrated into the performance evaluations of all the Agency’s Procurement sector employees.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Percentage of the Agency’s Procurement Sector employees having in their performance agreements an environmental consideration goal for procurement, for the 2010-11 baseline year 0%  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year Targets  
FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13 100%  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies/comments

  1. Three Procurement Sector employees—one PG-04, one PG-02 and one CR-04—are concerned by the integration of environmental considerations in their performance evaluations.
  2. Since 2011-12, a SMART target has been included in the performance agreements of all PCA Directorate Procurement sector employees, in line with the process in place for the drafting of performance agreements.

Green procurement management processes and controls goal


By March 31, 2013, management processes and controls for procurement will ensure that environmental performance considerations are integrated in the procurement process.
Performance measurement RPP DPR
Progress toward goal    
Number of processes revised in order to integrate environmental performance considerations, for the 2010-11 baseline year.
(Number of processes to be revised: 4)
0  
Progress accomplished with respect to performance measurement for the given fiscal year
(cumulative)
Targets  
FY 2011-12 2  
FY 2012-13 4  

Strategies/comments

  1. Scope: Currently, the four procurement processes are: the Commodity Management Framework, ISO procedure on procurement, request for proposals for drawing up a contract, and procedure for consulting and professional services.
  2. All processes will be revised so as to integrate or enhance existing practices.
  3. Particular attention will be paid to action to be taken to comply with reporting requirements.

Notes:

Top of Page

Environment Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Erratum

Subsequent to tabling in Parliament and online publication of the 2012-2013 Report on Plans and Priorities, Environment Canada (EC) determined that the Supplementary Information Greening Government Operations Table contained an error in both the English and French versions.

In the Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target information table for EC, the percentage change in departmental GHG emissions from FY 2005-2006 to the end of FY 2015-2016 was incorrect. It should have been as follows:

  • Percentage change in departmental GHG emissions from FY 2005-2006 to the end of FY 2015-2016 is -3.4%.

The HTML version has been updated to now include the correct percentage change amount.

Green Building Targets


As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.1
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) None (0) for 2012–2013  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) None (0) for 2012–2013  
Existence of a strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) Yes
Completed in Oct. 2011
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of environmental performance: 3 Green Globes or LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) NC (New Construction) / CI (Commercial Interiors) Silver.
  2. The appropriate threshold (dollar value and floor area): $1M and 400 m2.
  3. Applicable building types: All departmental custodial buildings, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework.
  4. Industry-recognized assessment and verification tool(s) to be used: Green Globes or LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design).
  5. Projects have been identified during the 2012–2013 Integrated Investment Planning process.
  6. The earliest completion date for the identified projects is 2013–2014.

Justification for targets of consisting of None (0):

  • The appropriate threshold (dollar value and floor area): $1M and 400m2.  No projects within this threshold are expected to be completed in 2012–2013.
     
  • The target identified is specific to completed projects. We are identifying projects currently for design in 2012–2013; however, the earliest completion date for projects falling within the specified threshold is 2013–2014.


As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing Crown buildings over 1000 m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.2
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000 m2, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) 18  
Percentage of buildings over 1000 m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) FY 2011–2012 0  
FY 2012–2013 72%  
FY 2013–2014 28%  
Existence of a strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) Yes
Completed in Oct. 2011
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of assessment: BOMA (Building Owners and Managers Association) BESt (Building Environmental Standards) Level 1.
  2. Appropriate threshold (dollar value and floor area): 1000 m2.
  3. Applicable building types: All departmental custodial, Crown-owned buildings over 1000 m2, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework.
  4. Industry-recognized assessment tool(s) to be used: : BOMA (Building Owners and Managers Association) BESt (Building Environmental Standards).
  5. Certification will be sought.


As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000 m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.3
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000 m2 in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) None (0) for 2012–2013  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000 m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) None (0) for 2012–2013  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) Yes
Completed in Oct. 2011
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of assessment: BOMA (Building Owners and Managers Association) BESt (Building Environmental Standards) Level 1.
  2. The appropriate threshold (dollar value and floor area): 1000 m2.
  3. Applicable building types: All departmental custodial, direct leased buildings over 1000 m2, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework.
  4. Industry-recognized assessment tool(s) to be used: BOMA (Building Owners and Managers Association) BESt (Building Environmental Standards).
  5. Certification will be sought.

Justification for targets consisting of None (0):

  • The appropriate threshold (dollar value and floor area): 1000 m2. No projects within this threshold are expected to be completed in 2012–2013.
  • The target identified is specific to completed projects. We are identifying projects currently for design in 2012–2013; however, the earliest completion date for projects falling within the specified threshold is 2013–2014.


As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.4
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) None (0) for 2012–2013  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework. (Optional in FY 2011–2012) None (0) for 2012–2013  
Existence of a strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) Yes Completed in Oct. 2011  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of environmental performance: 3 Green Globes or LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) EBOM (Existing Buildings: Operations and Maintenance) Silver.
  2. The appropriate threshold (dollar value and floor area): $1M and 400 m2.
  3. Applicable building types: All departmental custodial buildings, as per the departmental Green Building Strategic Framework.
  4. Industry-recognized assessment and verification tool(s) to be used: Green Globes or LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design).
  5. Projects have been identified during the 2012–2013 Integrated Investment Planning process.
  6. The earliest completion date for the identified projects is 2013–2014.

Justification for targets consisting of None (0):

  • The appropriate threshold (dollar value and floor area): $1M and 400 m2. No projects within this threshold are expected to be completed in 2012–2013.
  • The target identified is specific to completed projects. We are identifying projects currently for design in 2012–2013; however, the earliest completion date for projects falling within the specified threshold is 2013–2014.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by FY 2020–2021, relative to FY 2005–2006. 17%  
Departmental GHG emissions in FY 2005–2006, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 22.6  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–2012 23.3  
FY 2012–2013 23.2  
FY 2013–2014 23.0  
FY 2014–2015 22.7  
FY 2015–2016 21.9  
FY 2016–2017 21.1  
FY 2017–2018 20.2  
FY 2018–2019 19.4  
FY 2019–2020 19.1  
FY 2020–2021 18.8  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from FY 2005–2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–2012 +2.6%  
FY 2012–2013 +2.5%  
FY 2013–2014 +1.7%  
FY 2014–2015 +0.3%  
FY 2015–2016 -3.4%  
FY 2016–2017 -7.0%  
FY 2017–2018 -10.7%  
FY 2018–2019 -14.4%  
FY 2019–2020 -15.7%  
FY 2020–2021 -17.0%  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. Yes Completed in Oct. 2011  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted GHG emissions sources include facilities and fleet.
  2. EC monitors and reports annually on GHG emissions from its entire fleet inventory and 93% of its owned floor space.  The annual quantification of emissions from the remaining 7% of floor space is a calculated by assuming that the GHG emissions and energy consumption at these facilities will remain constant at 2005 levels. The calculation is necessary because of the excessive amount of time and effort involved in obtaining complete and accurate data for these facilities. EC owns many small structures located in remote areas, such as National Wildlife Areas and upper air stations
  3. Due to program growth since the baseline year, EC’s emissions as of 2010–2011 have increased for its facilities.
  4. EC’s implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions includes site-specific targets and actionable measures focused on specific categories (e.g. operations).

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of an implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) Completed by March 2012  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–2012 33% (2/6)  
FY 2012–2013 66% (4/6)  
FY 2013–2014 100% (6/6)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of “location”: For the purpose of this RPP, departmental locations will be defined as regions.
  2. Number of locations: EC is located within 6 regions across Canada.
  3. Implementation strategies: A department-wide EEE implementation plan has been developed that outlines all considerations as required by the mandatory implementation strategies for this target in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in FY 2010–2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) Data not currently available  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–2012 5:1  
FY 2012–2013 8:1  
FY 2013–2014 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of “printing units”: For this target for 2011–2012, EC will define printing units as network printers and multi-functional devices. In upcoming years, EC will work to include other categories such as desktop printers, scanners, fax machines and/or photocopiers as departmental inventories progress and improve.
  2. EC will include all departmental employees, instead of just office employees, and will track its calculation using annual data from a departmental human resource inventory. Printing units will be tracked using departmental inventory data.
  3. EC anticipates a number of accommodation moves that will allow implementation of printer rationalization and therefore a decrease in network printers.

Paper Consumption Target


By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) 4742:1  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) FY 2011–2012 No target set in 2011–2012  
FY 2012–2013 10%  
FY 2013–2014 20%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. EC established a baseline year of 2010–2011, and has established baseline paper consumption quantities, a tracking methodology, and applicable scope.  Additional implementation strategies will be reviewed in 2012–2013.
  2. EC has had a number of best practices in use for many years, including default duplex printing (i.e. installation of new printers are set on duplex as default) as well as printer rationalization, which contributes to less paper being consumed as fewer printers are employed and used. Other activities include the use of ECollab, an e-document management and collaboration tool that enables better collaboration, improved information management across the Department and offers significant improvement in how we create, store, organize, find and manage documents electronically.

Green Meetings Target


By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–2012) Yes
Updated in July 2011
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. EC developed the Green Meeting Guide and has encouraged its use in all types and levels of meetings since it was released. It is also applied to major events hosted by EC.
  2. Over 100 videoconferencing locations across Canada are accessible to EC employees to have virtual meetings or presentations with colleagues throughout the Department.

Green Procurement Targets5

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By April 1, 2012, Environment Canada will utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for 95% of its standard office desktop computer purchases.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of standard office desktop computer units purchased using green procurement instruments that meet the target relative to the total number of all standard office desktop computer units purchased. 19:20 ratio  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets all criteria of a SMART target that is specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. EC will buy its standard office desktop computer purchases from the PWGSC’s standing offer (SO) for IT equipment. The SO offers equipment that meets internationally recognized and multi-faceted environmental standards such as EPEAT Silver, as well as a number of environmental considerations that include levels of hazardous materials content, energy efficiency, design for end of life/disassembly, reduced packaging, supplier environmental performance and extended life of computer assets.


By March 31, 2014, Environment Canada will achieve a 90% reduction in bottled water purchases from 2007–2008 levels.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental expenditures on bottled water purchased in 2007–2008. 149K  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 75%
reduction
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets all criteria of a SMART target that is specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound. A departmental policy on bottled water has been implemented to support the elimination of supplemental bottled water purchases where potable water is already being supplied through the building’s infrastructure.
  2. EC has implemented the departmental Policy on Bottled Water to support the elimination of supplemental bottled water purchases where potable water is already being supplied through the building’s infrastructure.
  3. Scope: This target is applicable throughout EC and applies to all buildings where employees occupy a full-time place of work.
  4. Exceptions to this target: Bottled water purchased for field work or in remote locations, scientific experimentation, emergencies, travel status as outlined in the National Joint Council Travel Directive and for hospitality as per the Directive on the Management of Expenditures on Travel and Hospitality and Conference.


By March 31, 2014, 90% of copy paper purchases will contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have a forest certification or EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value of paper purchases meeting the target relative to the total dollar value of all paper purchases in the given year of reporting. 185K of 236K  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 85% of purchases  

Strategies / Comments

  1. EC paper purchases are made through Public Works and Government Services Canada Standing Offers. 

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

By March 31, 2014, 90% of designated materiel managers and procurement personnel will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the CSPS, or any other federal department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of designated materiel managers and procurement personnel who have taken the course relative to the total of all designated materiel managers and procurement personnel who must take a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the CSPS, or any other federal department. 32 of 32  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target meets all criteria of a SMART target that is specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. A list identifying the total number of employees impacted has been established.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of April 1, 2014, environmental considerations will be incorporated into 100% of all the performance evaluations of designated functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of designated functional heads of procurement and materiel management that incorporate environmental considerations, relative to the total number of performance evaluations of all designated functional heads of procurement and materiel management. 2 of 2  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The two positions identified (reported) are filled positions; two others (not reported) are currently vacant.
  2. By March 31, 2012, filled positions will incorporate environmental considerations in their performance evaluations.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2014, a minimum of 4 designated management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement, will have incorporated environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of management processes and controls that pertain to procurement that have environmental considerations. 5  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 5  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This will always be a dynamic, variable number as year-round planning and departmental priorities vary from year to year. Increasingly, program areas or enabling services find it necessary to incorporate management frameworks to continually measure and monitor progress in the current results-oriented environment.
  2. Management processes and controls identified: IT Assets Management Policy; Integrated Investment Planning process; Accommodations Investment Planning process; Accommodations Framework; and Real Property Framework.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs)    

Strategies / Comments

The guidelines for this target state: “Given the unique nature of this target, department purchasing offset credits do not need to anticipate the exact quantity of emissions that will be offset. Therefore, the performance measure is optional in every RPP cycle, but mandatory in every DPR cycle, if offset credits have been purchased.”

We have reported on offsets in the past and plan to do so again this year.


Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


[ENTER TARGET OR INITIATIVE]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)]  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. We may in the future be able to provide reporting on and set targets for renewable power purchases. However, we are not prepared to do so this year.


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.MA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the green procurement sections above.

Top of Page

Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


            

Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section.







Strategies / Comments

  1. FedDev Ontario plans to continually improve procurement planning through the maturation of key management processes and controls. These will ensure consistent and appropriate use of the Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments, including paper, imaging devices, information technology (IT) hardware, furniture and toner cartridges.
  2. FedDev Ontario will undertake an education campaign around green workplace behaviour, including:
    1. Appropriate power consumption behaviours
    2. Reduction of reliance on consumables (paper)
    3. Identifying key individuals within procurement services and ensure that necessary training on green procurement is provided.
  3. FedDev Ontario will undertake a complete assessment of existing policy instruments and engage senior management on the inclusion of green procurement objectives into employee performance metrics.
  4. FedDev Ontario remains an active participant in the Government of Canada Digital Office Initiative and expects to significantly reduce the reliance on paper products through this initiative. The main expected benefit of this modernized approach to recordkeeping would be the increased use of electronic records in areas formerly dominated by paper. This will be accomplished through a combination of updated policies, use of modern IT systems and user education on green recordkeeping practices.
Top of Page

Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section.

Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The Centre's approach to implementing green procurement is to target the use of PWGSC procurement instruments, the delivery of training to key personnel and the inclusion of green procurement objectives in the employee performance evaluations of key decision makers.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: The following management processes and controls were selected through an analysis of the Centre's decision-making processes and controls.

    The Centre uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism and leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers by PWGSC. Furthermore:
    • In 2012-13, the Centre's procurement policies will be reviewed to ensure environmental considerations are integrated;
    • Since 2010-11, the Federal Electronic Waste Strategy is followed by the Department for electronic and electrical equipment.
  3. Setting Targets: In addition to commitments identified in ii., iv., and v., the Centre has the following target:
    • Ensure that 90% of all purchases are made through PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments, where available and in consideration of the Centre's security requirements.
    This target was selected through an analysis of the Centre's spend, in consideration of the Centre's mandate and the nature and risks of the Centre's purchases.
  4. Training: The Centre will ensure that all existing procurement specialist staffFootnote 1 take the CSPS course C215 by the end of the fiscal year. The Centre will also require that all new functional specialist staff take CSPS course C215 within a year of being hired.
  5. Performance Evaluations: This fiscal year the Centre will ensure that an objective to take environmental considerations into account for all procurement activities is included in the performance management agreement of the Procurement team lead.

Meeting Targets: The Department will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.



Footnote 1 As defined by the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat’s Procurement, Materiel Management and Real Property Communities Management Office: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/pd-pp/doc/rpmmrpc-rcagmbi/rpmmrpc-rcagmbi-eng.aspx

Top of Page

Fisheries and Oceans Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The Greening Government Operations supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned/expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 1  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 1  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes: completed February 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of environmental performance: LEED NC (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design new construction) Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent for new construction, build-to-lease, and major renovations.
  2. The appropriate threshold (dollar value or floor area): Project must have a minimum cost of $3.5 million.
  3. Applicable building types, structure use and associated minimum floor space:

    Building Type Structure Use Minimum Floor Space
    Laboratory Laboratory 1000m2
    Office Office 1000m2
    Multipurpose Office 1000m2
    Marine Communications and Traffic Services Marine Communications and Traffic Services, Operations 200m2
    Search and Rescue Search and Rescue, Operations 200m2
    Operation (for Marine Communications and Traffic Services and Search and Rescue Stations only) Operation, Control Centre 200m2

  4. Additional criteria used to scope projects in Target 8.1: Building must have Full Time Equivalents (FTE) on site throughout the year, building must be accessible by road, must not be located in the remote areas of Northwest Territories, and must not be declared surplus to programs. Additionally, projects which are currently in the advanced stages of construction and not committed to LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent are excluded.
  5. Location of projects: The Canadian Coast Guard new office accommodation project at the Bedford Institute of Oceanography in Dartmouth, Nova Scotia will be completed in fiscal year 2012-13.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. 27  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. FY 2011-12 N/A
(was not required)
 
FY 2012-13 48%  
FY 2013-14    
Existence of strategic framework. Yes: completed February 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of assessment: BOMA BESt (Building Owners and Managers Association Building Environmental Standards), Green Globes or equivalent.
  2. The appropriate threshold: Buildings with a floor area of 1000m2 or greater.
  3. Applicable building types and structure use:

    Building Type Structure Use
    Laboratory Laboratory
    Office Office
    Multipurpose Office

  4. Additional criteria used to scope projects in Target 8.2: Building must have Full Time Equivalents (FTE) on site throughout the year, buildings must be accessible by road, must not be located in the remote areas of Northwest Territories, must not be declared surplus to programs, and must have at least a building rating of 'fair' in the Directory of Federal Real Property (DFRP).


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes: completed February 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Fisheries and Oceans Canada has a delegated authority for direct leasing or licensing of a real property asset or an office accommodation at an annual consideration of $30,000 under the Treasury Board Policy on Management of Real Property. Over and above this limit, Public Works and Government Services Canada is the common service agency. As a result, when these projects do occur, they are for short-term duration and are often temporary in nature. For this reason, assessing these projects for environmental performance does not make economic sense, nor would it represent value for Canadians. The Canadian Coast Guard may lease or license a piece of real property (non-office) directly from a third party for their program requirements (access road, compound, outdoor storage, cabins, etc.), however, the same transaction limits will apply as delegated to the Minister of Fisheries and Oceans.
  2. If, in the future, the delegation of authority for direct leasing is revised, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will adjust its Strategic Framework for Green Buildings accordingly and examine the specific variables and criteria that should be used for these types of projects.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes: completed February 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Fisheries and Oceans Canada space is comprised of leased space as well as custodial space. In facilities that are leased for Fisheries and Oceans Canada by Public Works and Government Services Canada, the Department does not have the authority to undertake fit-up and re-fit projects without engaging Public Works and Government Services Canada. Any fit-up and re-fit project that is required by the Department is managed and undertaken by Public Works and Government Services Canada as the lessee of the building, not by Fisheries and Oceans Canada as the tenant.
  2. Fisheries and Oceans Canada only has the authority to undertake investment analysis of its custodial facilities which may include space reconfiguration and optimization. These projects are developed by regional offices and submitted via a Project Approval Document to the Department's Long Term Capital Management group for approval. If approved, these projects are completed as part of a major renovation project, not as a separate fit-up or re-fit project. As a result, for the purposes of this target and its associated reporting, these projects are captured under Federal Sustainable Development Strategy target 8.1.
  3. If, in the future, the handling of fit-up and re-fit projects is revised, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will adjust its Strategic Framework for Green Buildings accordingly and examine the specific variables and criteria that should be used for these types of projects.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status  
Departmental greenhouse gas reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 11% by March 31, 2021  
Departmental greenhouse gas emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 38.7  
Departmental greenhouse gas emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 37.3  
FY 2012-13 37.0  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21    
Percent change in departmental greenhouse gas emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 3.5% reduction  
FY 2012-13 4.5% reduction  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21    
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce greenhouse gas emissions Yes: completed March 31, 2011; to be revised by March 31, 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Fisheries and Oceans Canada monitors and reports greenhouse gas emissions on 70% of owned floor space and the entire motor vehicle inventory. The quantification of emissions for the remainder of the floor space is impractical due to the effort involved in obtaining complete and accurate data. Fisheries and Oceans Canada owns many small structures located in remote areas, such as lighthouses, search and rescue stations and sites with seasonal operations.
  2. Greenhouse gas emissions from Canadian Coast Guard vessels and aircraft are monitored and reported; however, these emissions are not part of the greenhouse gas reduction target for national safety and security reasons.
  3. The greenhouse gas emissions in fiscal year 2005-06 (the baseline year) have been adjusted from 39.4 kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent (as reported in the 2011-12 Report on Plans and Priorities) to 38.7 kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. This reflects a review of baseline data that was performed because the data were recognized as being deficient when the 2011-12 Report on Plans and Priorities was written.
  4. The fiscal year 2011-12 greenhouse gas emissions target has been adjusted from 38.0 kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent to 37.3 kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent as a result of the adjustment to Fisheries and Oceans Canada's baseline year. The revised levels remain equivalent to a 3.5% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in fiscal year 2011-12.
  5. Fisheries and Oceans Canada has developed an Implementation Plan which outlines how Fisheries and Oceans Canada can reduce its greenhouse gas emissions in order to achieve the target. Key components of Fisheries and Oceans Canada's Implementation Plan include:
    1. Stakeholder commitment: A commitment by target stakeholders to review and update the Implementation Plan on an annual basis to validate reductions achieved and identify opportunities for continued reductions.
    2. Shutdown of Loran-C transmitter sites: Loran-C is a terrestrial-based maritime navigational aid that was operated by the Department for many years. With the advent of satellite-based Global Positioning System (GPS), Loran-C technology has become redundant, and the service is being discontinued. Loran-C systems typically featured large transmitters that consumed a large amount of energy. In cases where the Loran-C transmitters were remote, the energy was provided by fossil fuels such as diesel generators. The elimination of this service will result in significant greenhouse gas emissions reductions from Fisheries and Oceans Canada's buildings portfolio.
    3. Vehicle fleet review: A vehicle fleet review is being undertaken which will identify opportunities for greenhouse gas reductions from vehicle fleet in the coming years.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated electronic and electrical equipment. Yes,
March 2012
 
Total number of departmental locations with electronic and electrical equipment implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 85%  
FY 2012-13 90%  
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition and number of locations within department: Fisheries and Oceans Canada defines locations as regions and will be reporting on this target by region. There are seven locations for the purposes of this target. By March 31, 2012, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will develop an implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated electronic and electrical equipment. Plan will be rolled out in fiscal year 2012-13.
  2. Fisheries and Oceans Canada will use provincial disposal services where available or Public Works and Government Services Canada Standing Offers where provincial services are not available.
  3. Currently, Fisheries and Oceans Canada uses provincial services in five provinces and Public Works and Government Services Canada in four provinces.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A for 2010–11  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 3:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Departmental action plan is being presented to Information Management/Information Technology governance in fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011-12 for eventual approval. It states proposed roles and responsibilities, and collective targets. For instance:
    • Employee — reviews and understands "Green Information Technology Print Guideline"
    • Responsibility Centre Manager — requests removal of unneeded output devices to Information Technology service desk and follows guidelines before approving new printer requests
    • Regional Directors General, Assistant Deputy Ministers, Canadian Coast Guard Assistant Commissioners — are accountable for print device counts in respective regions and sectors. They are thus responsible for printer reductions to reach target ratios. For printer exclusions, evidence of the operational nature of their equipment must be provided upon request. It is expected that a proactive approach and leading by example will be needed to ensure local success. It is also recommended that a mandatory inclusion be added to their performance accords for this responsibility.
    • Information Management and Technology Services division headed by the Chief Information Officer — performs monitoring and reporting of installed printers detectable by network software, monitors procurement, provides leadership and leads reporting and communications on this initiative. It establishes printer standards and coordinates device disposal. Since Information Management and Technology Services does not own print devices or their associated costs, the responsibility for eventual target reductions rests with Regional Directors General, Assistant Deputy Ministers, Canadian Coast Guard Assistant Commissioners.
  2. Scope of this target: Fisheries and Oceans Canada has defined printing units as: desktop printers, networked printers, and multifunctional devices. It does not include faxes, photocopiers and label makers. Faxes, photocopiers and scanners are being replaced by multi-functional devices with equivalent features. Small USB label makers are excluded.
  3. Scope exclusions:
    • Printers dedicated to specialized printing for specific laboratory and/or field equipment;
    • Printers onboard Canadian Coast Guard and Fisheries and Oceans Canada vessels;
    • Printers identified for applications specific tasks such as issuing of fishing licences or identified for Duty to Accommodate;
    • Printers dedicated to printing Classified documents; and
    • Additional exclusions may be added, if warranted.
  4. Tracking methodologies for printing units: Fisheries and Oceans Canada will use the data from its internal tracking system to determine network connected print devices. All newly purchased and replaced network print devices will be captured in Fisheries and Oceans Canada's asset management system to determine the ratio of its new print devices to employees.
  5. Definition of an "office employee": it has been determined that the most appropriate methodology to use for the purpose of this exercise is to refer to the number of Full Time Equivalents as stated in the Reports on Plans and Priorities for the Department. This best reflects the variances in employee numbers and can be consistently tracked as a baseline. It is also validated against the Treasury Board Secretariat Population Affiliation Report numbers.
  6. On April 1, 2010, the ratio of employees to printers was approximately 2.5 to 1 or 11,025 employees to 4,651 printers.
    Note, the number of print devices counted (i.e. 4,651) may include eventual exclusions as operational requirements are discovered. The number of Full Time Equivalents as stated in the 2010–11 Report on Plans and Priorities was 11,025. The number of Full Time Equivalents as stated in the 2011–12 Report on Plans and Priorities is 11,163.
  7. Fisheries and Oceans Canada will continue to use its Green Information Technology Print Guideline document to review new and replacement requests for print devices.
  8. Fisheries and Oceans Canada will strengthen and communicate acquisition guidelines for print devices.
  9. As a result of this action plan, it is expected that a reduction of printers from 4,651 by 3,000 devices will:
    • Result in a decrease in departmental e-waste and a reduction of operating expenses;
    • Reduce average spend on office equipment per office employee; and
    • Reduce printing of paper and perhaps improve the chance of meeting Federal Sustainability Development Strategy Greening Government Operations target 8.9 "Green Meetings Target".

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between fiscal years 2005-06 and 2011-12, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 2011–12 baseline 11,025 Full Time Equivalents (office employees) with 67 million sheets

6,075 sheets/office employee in 2011–/12
 
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-12 N/A (was not required)  
FY 2012-13 10% reduction
5,468 sheets/office employee
 
FY 2013-14 20% reduction
4,860 sheets/office employee
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope of target: Final numbers for paper will be received after year end; Full Time Equivalent baseline will be based on Fisheries and Oceans Canada's 2010–11 Report on Plans and Priorities reported Full Time Equivalent count of 11,025.
  2. Methodology used to determine paper consumption: Fisheries and Oceans Canada put in place a line object in its ABACUS Financial system to track the purchases of paper, starting April 1, 2010.
  3. Methodology used to determine the number of office employees: Fisheries and Oceans Canada will use the number of Full Time Equivalents as reported in the Department's Reports on Plans and Priorities and Departmental Performance Reports.
  4. Number of employees subject to the target: 11,025.
  5. The Department will develop a policy on the procurement of paper to include the reduction of paper use.
  6. This target is closely tied to the Federal Sustainability Development Strategy Greening Government Operations target 8.7 "Achieving the Printing Unit Reduction". With the use of features such as double sided printing and the increased use of multifunctional printing devices and the reduction of printers in workspaces, paper consumption will be reduced.
  7. Fisheries and Oceans Canada will continue to roll out its EKME file/records management system, in order to encourage employee to save records electronically.
  8. A communication plan and strategy was developed in 2011 that included communiqués and fact sheets. The plan will sensitize employee on the importance of reducing paper consumption.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes: completed by
March 31, 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Adoption of the green meeting guide will include approval from senior management, dissemination to employees, and publishing on Fisheries and Oceans Canada internal webpage.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound) green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


Paper Purchases:
  1. By March 31, 2012, 95% of copy paper purchases will contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have forest management certification, EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.
  2. By March 31, 2013, 10% of copy paper purchases will contain a minimum of 50% recycled content and have forest management certification, EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
A. Percentage of copy paper purchases containing a minimum of 30% recycled content and having forest management certification, EcoLogoM or equivalent certification. 95%  
B. Percentage of copy paper purchases containing a minimum of 50% recycled content and having forest management certification, EcoLogoM or equivalent certification. 10%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 N/A*  
FY 2012-13 Additional 35% of paper purchases will contain a minimum of 30% recycled content ;

Maintain 10% of paper purchases containing a minimum of 50% recycled content
 
Note: Fisheries and Oceans Canada has adjusted this target to permit regions time to setup new contracts to purchase the required paper supplies in advance of the target year.

Strategies / Comments

  1. Fisheries and Oceans Canada has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound.
  2. Target is restricted to paper used in office machines, i.e.: photocopiers/printer. Exclusions include paper used by the Canadian Hydrographic Services for printing maps and paper supplies used with laboratory equipment, chart plotters and any other specified equipment.
  3. Fisheries and Oceans Canada has assigned a line object in its ABACUS financial system, to be used to track/monitor the purchase of paper used for printing and photocopying.
  4. Isolated locations where local suppliers cannot provide recycled paper at or above 30% will be exempted.
  5. Fisheries and Oceans Canada has adjusted this target to permit regions time to setup new contracts to purchase the required paper supplies in advance of the target year. Since Fisheries and Oceans Canada has adjusted the timeframe of this target, the performance measure identified in the 2011–12 Report on Plans and Priorities has been removed as it is no longer valid.
  6. In fiscal year 2011–12, 60% of paper purchased containing a minimum of 30% recycled content or better.


Information Technology (IT) Hardware:

As of April 1, 2011, the service life of an office computer will be extended from four to five years for desktops and from three to four years for laptops thus reducing the number of office computers recycled annually.*
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Using fiscal year 2010–11 as a baseline, 500 fewer desktops per year will be replaced annually. 2010–11 baseline: 3,366 computers replaced  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 At least 500 fewer  
FY 2012-13 At least 500 fewer  
*The original target statement, as found in the 2011–12 Report on Plans and Priorities, was "As of April 1, 2011 the life cycle of office computers (i.e. desktops and laptops only) will be extended, with the replacement period being scheduled for the fifth year of service." This statement was simplified to the current statement (above). There are no changes to the target only a simplification of the statement and a clarification made as to the life cycle period for laptops and desktops.

Strategies / Comments

  1. Fisheries and Oceans Canada will use information from its on-going office computer lifecycle program to determine the number of desktops replaced annually.
  2. For planning purposes, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will use data from Axios Assyst Assets System validated with data from other asset tracking tools to determine the overall number of office computers.
  3. As an action plan, it is expected that a five year replacement period will:
    • Result in a decrease in departmental e-waste and a reduction of operating expenses, and
    • Reduce average expenditure on office computers per office employee.
  4. An office computer is defined as an office desktop or a laptop. Exclusions include computers that must be compatible with laboratory and/or field equipment, or the computers on board Canadian Coast Guard and Fisheries and Oceans Canada vessels. It also excludes other office computing devices such as tablets.
  5. Beginning in fiscal year 2011–12, Information Management & Technology Services put into effect a change to extend the lifecycle of desktops by half of a year.


Greening the procurement of stationary and office supplies:

By March 31, 2013, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will increase the value of goods and services purchased though "Green" consolidated procurement instruments.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Dollar value of goods & services purchased though "Green" consolidated procurement instruments in baseline fiscal year. 2012–13 baseline: being established  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2012-13 N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Fisheries and Oceans Canada has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound.
  2. In fiscal year 2012–13, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will identify a baseline year and final tracking methodologies for this target. Since Fisheries and Oceans Canada has adjusted the timeframe of this target, the progress against measure will be identified in the 2013–14 Report on Plans and Priorities once the fiscal year 2012–13 baseline has been established.
  3. By March 31, 2012, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will incorporate into its departmental automated financial and procurement system a means for identifying "green" consolidated procurement instruments.
  4. In fiscal year 2011–12, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will develop a communication strategy and tools and begin roll-out of the tools.
  5. By March 31, 2013, 70% of procurement specialists who procure goods and services will have been informed on how to identify environmentally-preferable goods and/or services.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees — Green Procurement training for the employees engaged in procurement activities in Fisheries and Oceans Canada:

By March 31, 2014, 95% of materiel managers and procurement personnel and 50% of acquisition cardholders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service, or any other federal government department.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Percentage of materiel managers and procurement personnel who have been trained. 50% by 2012–13  
Percentage of acquisition cardholders who have green procurement training. 25% by 2012–13  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2012-13 Material Management and Procurement staff: 50% by 2012–13 Acquisition Card Holders: 25% by 2012–13  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Fisheries and Oceans Canada has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound. Measurement of this target will be completed by a departmental call letter requesting the information from the Regional Managers.
  2. By March 31, 2013, the training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service, or any other federal government department, will be mandatory for all new acquisition cardholders (within 60 days of receiving the card). To be phased in starting fiscal year 2012–13 due to delays rolling out the new course by the Canada School of Public Service.
  3. All procurement specialists (Purchasing and Supply (PG) classification) and materiel managers in Fisheries and Oceans Canada will complete the mandatory training required within one year of their start date in the procurement area.
  4. Fisheries and Oceans Canada's Policy on Acquisition Cards will be amended to include mandatory training on Green Procurement.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management:

By March 31, 2012, all managers and functional specialists engaged in procurement and materiel management will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions. 100% of managers and functional specialists have clauses incorporated  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2012-13 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Update current instructions to managers for the preparation of yearly employee evaluations.
  2. These instructions will include recommended environmental clauses and methodology for including / excluding managers and functional specialists from the requirement.
  3. Fisheries and Oceans Canada will identify all managers and functional specialists engaged in procurement and materiel management for a baseline number in fiscal year 2012–13.
  4. Fisheries and Oceans Canada will set up a reporting process to track the inclusions of environmental considerations in performance evaluations.
  5. Fisheries and Oceans Canada has developed the environmental clauses and they will be incorporated into the 2011–12 performance evaluations in May 2012 for the next reporting period.

Management processes and controls:

By March 31, 2014, a minimum of three departmental procurement and materiel management policies, guidelines and/or standards will be amended to include mandatory green practices and purchasing where relevant.
Performance Measure RPP
Expected Result
DPR
Actual Result
Target Status    
Number of updates to departmental procurement and materiel management policies, guidelines and/or standards to include mandatory green practices and purchasing. 3  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2012-13 3 policies updated  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Fisheries and Oceans Canada has ensured that this target meets SMART criteria requirements, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time-Bound.
  2. By March 31, 2013, Fisheries and Oceans Canada will update three of its procurement and materiel management policies, guidelines and/or standards to include mandatory green practices and purchasing.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits

Currently, Fisheries and Oceans Canada does not purchase green power or renewable energy certificates to adjust actual departmental greenhouse gas emissions.


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design new construction) Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent certification.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt (Building Owners and Managers Association Building Environmental Standards), Green Globes, or equivalent certification.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt (Building Owners and Managers Association Building Environmental Standards), an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Commercial Interiors) Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada



 

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target

By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE. Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 100%  
FY 2012-2013 100%  
FY 2013-2014 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Definition of location: DFAIT offices within the National Capital Region.
  2. Number of locations within DFAIT: Seven locations in the National Capital Region
  3. Implementation strategies:
    1. All National Capital Region DFAIT offices will return EEE to Distribution and Diplomatic Mail Services (Transportation and Warehousing AAGW), 125 Sussex Drive.
    2. Each return must be accompanied by a completed DFAIT EXT 369 Disposal Report Form that clearly identifies each unit as being in working or non-working order.
    3. A regular schedule for disposal of EEE will be established and circulated to all domestic offices

Green Meetings Target

By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide: DFAIT endorses the use of Environment Canada's 2011 revised Green Meeting Guide Yes  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Endorse use of Environment Canada's Green Meeting Guide through internal communications that explain the advantages of "think green" strategies and provide a link to the Guide on the department's intranet.
  2. Promote the use of video-conferencing (VCNet) across the department both domestically and at missions, and encourage employees to have virtual meetings with colleagues and clients.
  3. By the end of fiscal 2012-13, 165 missions, 12 regional offices and 26 locations in the National Capital Region (NCR) will be equipped for VCNet systems.
    Communicate with other government departments to expand the utility of the system by encouraging use with our partners in missions as well as developing the VCNet system in concert with other partners in missions.
  4. Integrate training into communications to provide a single stop for clients seeking information on the system. By the end of the 2012-13 reporting period, communications and training will be provided to DFAIT staff who wish to engage in the use of mobile connectivity options. The training will include clear direction on the use of these third-party tools and on best practices for teleworking.
  5. Promote mobility VCNet capability solutions for use across the department.

Performance measures:

  1. Number of hits on DFAIT's internal website providing access to Environment Canada's Green Meeting Guide.
  2. Number of employees (more than 7000 DFAIT employees) who received a communication messages related to the "Green Meeting" theme.
  3. Number of missions, regional offices and NCR locations equipped for VCNet systems. Baseline VCNet as at March 31, 2012: 45 VCNET systems - 24 at missions and 21 at NCR.
  4. Number of DFAIT employees trained in mobile connectivity options, including Blue Jeans Network, FaceTime and Skype.
  5. VCNet utilization statistics:
    1. Number of times unique systems connected per month;
    2. Number of individual VCNet calls per month.

Green Procurement Targets

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

By March 31, 2014, 95% of copy-paper purchases contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have forest management certification or EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage (in dollar or volume) of paper purchases meeting the target relative to total amount (in dollar or volume) of all paper purchases in the given year.    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 95%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: Presently procuring, through PWGSC standing offers, paper with 30% post-consumer content. This paper has the FDL trademark (FDL = Fiber Diverted from Landfills) and is certified by BLI (Buyers Laboratory Inc.).
  2. Measurable: Statistical data will be extracted from the material management module of the department’s financial management system.
  3. Achievable: Target already in progress through existing standing offers.
  4. Relevant: FSC-certified (Forest Stewardship Council) products regularly procured.
  5. Time-bound: FSC feature is already available on the market.
  6. Other Considerations:
    • Implementation Strategies: Incorporate new FSC-certified products as they become available. Increase internal communication to promote awareness and consumption of green products.

By March 31, 2014, 60% of purchases of chairs, cabinets, shelving, panels and desks will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage (in dollar or volume) of furniture purchases meeting the target relative to total amount (in dollar or volume) of all furniture purchases in the given year    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: Presently procuring through PWGSC standing offers
  2. Measurable: Statistical data will be extracted from the material management module of the department's financial management system.
  3. Achievable: Target already in progress through existing standing offers and incorporated into technical requirements as relevant to the commodity
  4. Relevant: Online ordering system (Shop@DFAIT) already identifies green products.
  5. Time-bound: The market continues to evolve in its supply of these specific green products.
  6. Other Considerations:
    • Implementation Strategies: Incorporate new products as they become available. Increase internal communication to promote awareness and consumption of green products

By March 31, 2014, 60% of purchases of copy paper, envelopes, notebooks, file folders, binders, writing instruments, toner cartridges and batteries will have environmental features
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value (or volume) of office supply purchases meeting the target relative to total dollar value (or volume) of all office supply purchases in the given year Yes  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 75%  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Specific: Purchases of copy paper, envelopes, notebooks, file folders and binders will have recycled content and renewable resources
  2. Measurable: Statistical data will be extracted from the material management module of the department's financial management system.
  3. Achievable: Target already in progress through existing standing offers and incorporated into technical requirements as relevant to the commodity.
  4. Relevant: Online ordering system (Shop@DFAIT) already identifies green products.
  5. Time-bound: The market continues to evolve in its supply of these specific green products
  6. Other Considerations:
    • Implementation Strategies: Incorporate new products as they become available. Increase internal communication to promote awareness and consumption of green products.

Training, Performance Evaluation, Management Processes and Controls

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

Training for select employees:
As of April 1, 2011, 90% of materiel managers and procurement personnel (including all PG classified employees, as well as employees identified as a procurement and/or materiel management functional specialist) will receive green procurement training through CSPS course C215.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff.    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies/Comments

Why This Self-Selected Target Is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 90%, type of employee, and type of training
  2. Measurable: Information available from CSPS and in-house HR tracking system.
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandates all existing and new designated employees to take green procurement training
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: See target wording.
  2. In-house training used: None—CSPS Course C215 only.
  3. Reporting requirements: Collect data from CSPS annually; HR maintains an up-to-date list of employees with and/or needing training.
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Director general, Corporate Operations Bureau (SPD), is the lead for procurement policy and community development.
  5. Opportunities for continuous improvement: Targeting 100% of employees is difficult due to turnover. However, in future years, acquisition card holders could also be targeted.
  6. Plans for engagement: Email dissemination of departmental policy mandating training.

Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management:
As of April 1, 2012, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations that incorporated environmental considerations, relative to total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.    
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies/Comments

Why This Self-Selected Target Is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 100% and type of employee.
  2. Measurable: Information available from in-house HR tracking system
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandates that all existing and new functional heads of procurement and materiel management include environmental considerations in their performance evaluations.
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: Directors general (DGs) and directors of PG classified employees and employees identified as procurement and/or materiel management functional specialists.
  2. Reporting requirements: DGs to report to target lead.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: DG Corporate Operations Bureau (SPD) is the lead for procurement policy and community development.
  4. Plans for engagement: Inclusion in employee performance management agreements

Management processes and controls:
By March 31, 2013, all identified management processes and controls relating to procurement will have incorporated environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
     
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 70%  

Strategies/Comments

Why This Self-Selected Target Is SMART:

  1. Specific: Achievement level of all identified processes and controls.
  2. Measurable: Existence of baseline list of all formalized management processes and controls.
  3. Achievable: Dedicated employees responsible for target.
  4. Relevant: Decision-making authority for purchases decentralized.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Methodology: Analysis of department's decision-making processes and controls to determine those that should include environmental considerations.
  2. Reporting requirements: DG to lead reports annually.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: DG Corporate Operations Bureau (SPD) is the lead for procurement policy and community development.
  4. Mechanisms to evaluate: First review scheduled in 2014.
  5. Plans for engagement: Discussion topic of Management Committee

Green procurement

Paper consumption targets

By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 8,737 sheets per office employee in 2008-2009  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-2012 Estimated reduction of 30%*  
FY 2012-2013 N/A  
FY 2013-2014 N/A  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Scope: Paper volume is the total volume of paper (all sizes and colours) used in printers and photocopiers on an annual basis in all DFAIT locations in the National Capital Region.
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: Paper consumption is tracked by the Material Management group on an ongoing monthly basis.
    - Paper usage in 2008-2009 in the National Capital Region was 38,924,000 sheets.
    - Paper usage in 2011-12 in the National Capital Region is expected to be 28,575,500 sheets (straight-line extrapolation from 16,669,000 sheets being used between April 1, 2011 and October 25, 2011, which was the data available at the date of publication).
  3. Method used for determining office employees: The method of determining the number of employees has changed this year to be consistent across our department's Greening Government Operations reporting.

    Previous method: Human Resource Management System Business Intelligence Cube, which indicated there were 4,155 employees and 300 contractors (estimate) in the National Capital Region, for a total of 4,455 as at March 2009. Only employees within the National Capital Region were counted because they represent 99% of all departmental employees in Canada.

    New method: The number of Secure Integrated Global Network (SIGNET) accounts assigned to individual users at DFAIT locations within the National Capital Region (non-classified system), including indeterminate employees, contractors, casual employees and students: 4,804, as at November 2011.

  4. Implementation strategies:
    1. Promote awareness of "Green It" initiatives within DFAIT to reduce the department's environmental footprint.
    2. Implement double-sided printing as a default on all DFAIT network print devices

*This estimate is not based on a full year. Information on how it was calculated is included in the Strategies / Comments sections ii and iii.

Printing Unit Reduction Target

By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 3:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-2012 3:1  
FY 2012-2013 4:1  
FY 2013-2014 8:1  

Strategies/Comments

  1. Definition of printing units: Desktop and networked printers, multi-function printers installed on the non-classified Secure Integrated Global Network (SIGNET), fax machines (excluding secure fax) and photocopiers.
  2. Scope:
    1. The target ratio applies to all locations in the National Capital Region where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configurations allow.
    2. The application of the target ratio to operations outside of Canada is not required under the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy; reported data is therefore limited to operations within the NCR. Nonetheless, a consistent policy on printing devices will be applied at regional offices and at missions abroad as a best practice.
  3. Method for determining the number of printing units:
    The number of printing devices in use within the National Capital Region is estimated at 1,850, based on the following:
    1. Networked printers as indicated by the number of active print queues: 1,161;
    2. Per inventory records:
      • Single-user desktop printers: 256;
      • Standalone photocopiers: 131;
      • Fax machines: 302.
  4. Method for determining the number of office employees: The number of Secure Integrated Global Network (SIGNET) accounts assigned to individual users at DFAIT locations within the National Capital Region (non-classified system), including indeterminate employees, contractors, casual employees and students: 4,804, as at November 2011.
  5. Implementation strategies:
    1. Under the authority of the Chief Information Officer, a three-year implementation plan will establish an 8 to 1 ratio of printing devices to office employees in all departmental locations. Progress will be achieved through cluster replacement with single units, equipment attrition, and the removal of single-user desktop printers. Exceptions will be made where additional devices are justified by specific business requirements, or if a duty to accommodate exists based on an employee requiring modified physical and ergonomic conditions to perform his or her duties.
    2. In all cases, existing equipment will be maintained until economic and environmental considerations will justify the disposal of assets, to respect the intent of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy to minimize the environmental impact of operations. The timeframe also accounts for renovations scheduled at facilities in the National Capital Region during the next three years. The refurbished office space will be equipped based on the target ratio.
    3. A departmental policy on printing devices has been established to indicate the objectives and expected results of the printing device consolidation strategy to all employees.
    4. A process has been established to facilitate business case reviews for all requests for new or replacement printing devices.

Reporting on the Purchase of Offset Credits

Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. To be determined  

Strategies/Comments

  1. In keeping with its commitment to sustainable development goals, the department will increase awareness of sound environmental, social and economic sustainability practices of waste minimization and management, pollution reduction and energy conservation.
  2. During the planning stage of major international events, DFAIT makes a commitment that the event will be carbon neutral. Being carbon neutral requires that we first take all reasonable measures to reduce our greenhouse gas emissions, calculate the remaining emissions and then mitigate those to zero by purchasing emission reduction credits or carbon offsets.
  3. DFAIT will follow the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.
Top of Page

Hazardous Materials Information Review Commission



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach:
    • The HMIRC's Financial Policy and Operations Division is responsible for addressing all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  2. Management Processes and Controls:
    • In 2012-2013, PWGSC procurement instruments will be used as the HMIRC's primary procurement mechanism when feasible.
    • The HMIRC procurement and material management specialists will continue to review and modify internal policies and strategies to ensure environmental considerations are being integrated into the procurement and disposal process.
  3. Setting Targets:
    • The HMIRC will ensure that 60% of all purchases are made through PWGSC green consolidated instruments, where available.
  4. Meeting Targets:
    • The green procurement strategies established will be reviewed on a regular basis to ensure that we are on board to achieve them by end of fiscal year 2012-2013 and report on these targets in the Departmental Performance Report (DPR).
  5. Training:
    • All procurement specialists at the HMIRC will take the Canada School of Public Service online Green Procurement (C215E) course.
    • Senior management will also increase staff awareness of environmental issues, such as limiting the number of printed copies of documents to only what is necessary and using two-sided printing and copying where feasible.
  6. Performance Evaluations:
    • In 2012-2013 the Director Financial Policy and Operations will have an objective included in his performance management agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.
Top of Page

Health Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 

0  

Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework.

0  

Existence of strategic framework. 

Yes:  Completed 2011-2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Types of buildings included: All new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects for heated office and lab space where a benchmark is available.
  2. Physical locations: Urban and non-urban centres where certification is deemed feasible.
  3. Conditions for inclusion: Project floor space greater or equal to 1000m2. Major renovation: project budget equals or exceeds half (50%) of the replacement cost of the subject building AND significantly affects the building envelope and HVAC systems.
  4. Exclusion: Projects in facilities wherein custodial ownership is uncertain in the short to medium term.
  5. Industry-recognized tool to be used and achievement performance level: New construction and build-to-lease projects value: LEED Gold. Major renovation projects value over $1M: Green Globes 3 or LEED (CS or CI) Silver.
  6. Adjustments to the tool: rural, northern, isolated locations and unknown building types will aspire to Green Globes Design, placing emphasis on energy and GHG reductions.
  7. Rationale for adjustments: Security, feasibility, applicability, consistency and cost.
  8. Timeline: As of April 1, 2012, the Department will obtain a minimum of 3 Green Globes or LEED Silver on new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects as per the Health Canada Green Buildings Strategic Framework.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. 

7  

Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework.

100%  

Existence of strategic framework. 

Yes:  Completed 2011-2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Types of buildings included: All heated facilities where HC has full access and control over utilities monitoring and usage.
  2. Physical locations: Urban and non-urban centres where certification is deemed feasible.
  3. Conditions for inclusion: All buildings with floor space greater than 1000m2.
  4. Exclusion: Projects in facilities wherein custodial ownership is uncertain in the short to medium term.
  5. Minimum Industry-recognized tool to be used: BOMA BESt Environmental Performance Assessment Tool for office and laboratory facilities.
  6. Adjustments to the tool: HC rural, northern, isolated locations and unknown building types will aspire to meet the BESt Practices of the BOMA BESt environmental certification program. An emphasis will be placed on performing energy and water audits, and waste reduction.
  7. Rationale for adjustments: Security, feasibility, applicability, consistency and cost.
  8. Timeline: As of March 31, 2013, the Department plans to complete assessments of each of its existing facilities for environmental performance. Facilities will be reassessed on a 6 year cycle.  


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 

N/A  

Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 

N/A  

Existence of strategic framework. 

Yes:  Completed 2011-2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target is not directly applicable to HC as Public Works and Government Services Canada negotiates leases on behalf of the Department. As the client, the Department can only request inclusion of this target in its lease requirements and adherence to FSDS green building targets pursuant to PWGSC's Strategic Framework and DSDS.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 

3  

Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 

3  

Existence of strategic framework. 

Yes:  Completed 2011-2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Types of buildings included: All heated facilities where HC has full access and control over utilities monitoring and usage.
  2. Physical locations: Urban and non-urban centres where certification is deemed feasible.
  3. Conditions for inclusion: Fit-up and refit projects over $1M and project floor space greater or equal to 1000m2.
  4. Minimum Industry-recognized tool to be used: 3 Green Globes or LEED (CI) Silver.
  5. Adjustments to the tool: HC rural, northern, isolated locations and unknown building types will aspire to Green Globes. An emphasis will be placed on reducing energy and GHG emissions.
  6. Rationale for adjustments: Security, feasibility, applicability, consistency and cost.
  7. Timeline: As of April 1, 2012, the Department will begin processes necessary to obtain a minimum of 3 Green Globes or equivalent on new fit-up and refit projects as per Health Canada's Green Buildings Strategic Framework.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
HC commits to a reduction in on-road fleet-related GHG emissions (relative to fiscal year 2005-06 baseline) by 2020-21. 10%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06 in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 3.06  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. F/Y 2011-12

3.03

 
F/Y 2012-13

3.00

 
F/Y 2013-14

2.97

 
F/Y 2015-16

2.94

 
F/Y 2016-17

2.91

 
F/Y 2017-18

2.88

 
F/Y 2018-19

2.85

 
F/Y 2019-20

2.82

 
F/Y 2020-21

2.79

 
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. F/Y 2011-12

2.76

 
F/Y 2012-13

-1%

 
F/Y 2013-14

-1%

 
F/Y 2015-16

-1%

 
F/Y 2016-17

-1%

 
F/Y 2017-18

-1%

 
F/Y 2018-19

-1%

 
F/Y 2019-20

-1%

 
F/Y 2020-21

-1%

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Interim target: The department's annual interim target is 1% absolute reduction in GHG emissions annually (until 2020-21), relative to baseline fiscal year of 2005-06. This represents 30% of the department's overall GHG reduction target by 2014. Therefore, by the end of the first Departmental SDS under the FSDS, the department should have achieved a 3% reduction of GHG emissions.
  2. Scope: Only on-road Fleet operations are included within this target, no incremental funding is being made available.
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: Director of Materiel and Asset Management Directorate (MAMD) is overseeing this target, with input and support from the Fleet Managers and Cost Centre Managers in Health Canada.
  4. Key Activities: Replacement of old vehicles, policy adherence, awareness and communications.
  5. Reporting Requirements: Annual GHG emissions will be assessed with the Federal Greenhouse Gas Tracking Protocol - A Common Standard for Federal Operations, which is provided by PWGSC. HC uses the ARI data base to monitor and manage fleet operations.
  6. Tools and Resources: Federal Greenhouse Gas Tracking Protocol - A Common Standard for Federal Operations, ARI database which manages fleet operations and the Fleet GHG Inventory Accounting Template provided by PWGSC.
  7. An action plan has been developed to encourage conformity to HC's fleet standards, which includes "greening" the fleet.
  8. HC will also:
    • Provide stronger direction, guidance and a challenge function to fleet operators.
    • Use best practices already established from the more successful Regions/Programs.
    • Investigate practices from other Departments with similar fleet challenges.
    • Ramp up communications (Goods News, HC Broadcast News, National Materiel and Assets Advisory Committee meetings, etc.)
  9. HC will investigate opportunities to support a modernization strategy which will include use of rental vehicles and/or pooling where applicable.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. 

Yes:  Completed 2011-2012

 
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. F/Y 2011-12

11%

 
F/Y 2012-13

77%

 
F/Y 2013-14

100%

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. By the end of the fiscal year 2011-2012, Health Canada had developed an implementation plan to ensure the reuse or recycling of all its surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
  2. Furthermore, Health Canada fully implemented its plan in the National Capital Region (NCR) by the end of fiscal year 2011-2012. While representing only one region (out of nine), the NCR is, by virtue of its employee population, responsible for the majority of EEE waste generated by the department.
  3. The department has defined location as a region, of which there are nine (9); NCR, Atlantic, Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, British Colombia and the Northern region. By March 31, 2014 all regions will be included in this program.
  4. The target reported for F/Y 2011-12 has been updated to reflect the increase in the number of Regions in the department from eight (8) to nine (9).

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional)

N/A

 
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. F/Y 2011-12

4:1

 
F/Y 2012-13

8:1

 
F/Y 2013-14

8:1

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Health Canada is defining printing units as all desktop printers, networked printers and multi-functional devices.
  2. Health Canada has decided to include all employees, not only office employees. However, the following employees will be excluded: employees who frequently deal with confidential or secret documents, those working in a space with a maximum of 15 employees or less, and employees requiring personal printers due to a disability.
  3. The number of network printing units has been determined utilizing OpenView; a network discovery service. Personal printing units are accounted for through a method of floor walk-through and analysis of asset management databases and tools.
  4. Health Canada used a combination of Human Resources statistics and the TBS Population Affiliation Report for determining the number of employees.
  5. Health Canada used a combination of Human Resources statistics and the TBS Population Affiliation Report for determining the number of employees. The number of employees subject to this target is 11,392.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 

7823

 
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. F/Y 2011-12

N/A

 
F/Y 2012-13

10%

 
F/Y 2013-14

20%

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Health Canada used 2010-2011 fiscal year as the baseline year to measure internal paper consumption per office employee. The 2010-2011 Health Canada baseline is based upon paper purchased through PWGSC mandatory standing offers.
  2. Health Canada is working to establish a concrete strategy to meet the 20% target based on the 2010-2011 baseline year.
  3. Health Canada used a combination of Human Resources statistics and the TBS Population Affiliation Report for determining the number of employees. The number of employees subject to this target is 11,392.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes:  Completed 2011-12  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Health Canada has completed and adopted a guide for green meetings.
  2. Adoption of this guide is defined as obtaining approval from senior management, making the guide available to all Health Canada employees and ensuring effective communication of the guide's principles through awareness campaigns.

Green Procurement Targets

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


8.10 Target 1: By March 31, 2014, 60% of IT hardware purchases will be identified as environmentally preferred models up from 29% in 2009-10.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Percentage of IT hardware purchases that meet the target relative to total of all purchases for IT hardware in 2011-12.

29%

 

Percentage of IT hardware purchases that meet the target relative to total of all purchases for IT hardware in the given year (2012-13).

52%

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope:
    • N7010 ADP equipment
    • N7020 ADP CPU
    • N7021 ADP CPU
    • N7022 ADP CPU
    • N7025 ADP Input-Output
    • N7035 ADP support equipment
    • N7042 Mini and micro computer control devices
  2. Exclusions: laboratory or field equipment and purchases using acquisition cards
  3. Departmental policy mandates use of PWGSC standing offers (which include IT hardware purchases)
  4. IT hardware purchases represent approximately 50% of assets
  5. Other: Volume/percentage of "unknown" responses from the baseline year (34.7%)
  6. Other: HC will utilize its green procurement field in SAP to assess the environmental friendliness of IT Hardware. To decrease confusion on what is "green", SAP users have been given six specific options to choose from and extensive documentation on each:
    • Unknown (Included to increase data reliability and assess the level of user awareness)
    • Environmental Attributes of Supplier
    • Uncertified Environmental Attribute
    • Certified Environmental Attribute(s)
    • Recycled Content
    • No Environmental Attribute
  7. A communication strategy was developed to encourage procurement officers and/or Cost-Centre Managers to comply in purchasing "green" IT hardware and utilize the SAP system to identify the greenness of procured items
  8. Investigate whether IT Hardware providers (standing offers) can be limited to offering environmental preferred products only


8.10 Target 2: By March 31, 2014, 60% of specified purchases of office supplies will be identified as having environmental features up from 30% in 2009/10.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Increase percentage of office supply purchases identified as environmentally friendly frombaseline of 30% in 2009-10.

50%

 

Progress against measure in 2011-12.

10%

 

Progress against measure in 2012-13.

37%

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope:
    • N7045 ADP supplies
    • N7510 Office supplies
    • N7520 Office devices and accessories
    • N7530 Stationary
    • N7540 Standard forms
    • N7035 ADP support equipment
    • N7042 Mini and micro computer control devices
    • Exclusions: purchases using acquisition cards
  2. Other: HC will utilize its green procurement field in SAP to identify "office supplies" with environmental features. To decrease confusion on what is "green", SAP users have been given six specific options to choose from and extensive documentation on each:
    • Unknown (Included to increase data reliability and assess the level of user awareness)
    • Environmental Attributes of Supplier
    • Uncertified Environmental Attribute
    • Certified Environmental Attribute(s)
    • Recycled Content
    • No Environmental Attribute
  3. A communication strategy will be developed to encourage procurement officers and/or Cost-Centre Managers to comply with purchasing "green" office supplies and use the SAP system to identify the greenness of procured items
  4. Investigate whether office supply providers (standing offers) can be limited to offering environmental preferred products only


8.10 Target 3: By March 31, 2014, 90% of vehicles purchased annually are right sized for operational needs and are the most fuel efficient vehicle in its class, as per HC Fleet Standard and/or are an alternative fuel vehicle.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Percentage of vehicles purchased in 2011-2012 that conformto the directives of HC Fleet Standard.

45%

 

Progress against measure in 2012-2013.

25%

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. i. Semi annual reports will be obtained through SAP and/or ARI to identify new fleet acquisitions. These will be individually assessed against the existing fleet standard matrices to determine compliance.
  2. The HC Fleet Standard was developed in 2008 and will be updated annually.
  3. A communication strategy was developed to encourage compliance with the standard.
  4. As a result, a baseline of 45% of vehicles purchased annually are right sized for operational needs; are the most fuel efficient vehicle in their class (as per HC Fleet Standard), and/or are an alternative fuel vehicle has been determined.

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


8.11 Target 1: Training for Select Employees

As of March 31, 2014, 100% of materiel management staff (including Director/manager and staff levels identified as having procurement functions and responsibilities in their respective work plans), will receive green procurement training through CSPS course C215 or in-house equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Percentage of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff identified with such responsibilities in 2011-12.

100%

 

Percentage of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff identified with such responsibilities in 2012-13.

100%

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Green Procurement policy supports all designated employees (PG group) to take green procurement training.
  2. An annual Human Resources report identifying PG group employees will be compared to MAMD's listing of participants having taken the green procurement training through CSPS course C215 or in-house equivalent.
  3. Because of constant changes in the total number of PG positions at HC, a percentage will be used to report every year on the number of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training versus the total number of procurement and materiel management staff identified with such responsibilities in any given year.
  4. PGs that have not taken the course(s) will be followed up with accordingly to encourage compliance.


8.11 Target 2: As of March 31, 2014, 100% of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management will have greening of government operations included in their employee performance evaluations
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Phase 1a: Number of performance evaluations of identified positions of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management within MAMD that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions.
Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.

2/11

 

Phase 1b: Percentage of performance evaluations of identified EX positions that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified EX positions.
Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.

100%

 

Phase 2: Percentage of performance evaluations of identified positions (Regional Directors and PG Program Managers) that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions.
Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.

100%

 

Phase 1a: Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.

18%

 

Phase 1b: Acceptance/Inclusion of "greening of government operations" as part of the Corporate Commitments for Executives and specific identification of positions and applicable clauses.

Completed

 

Phase 2: Specific identification of positions and applicable clauses

Completed

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Phase 1a - By April 1, 2011, all HC Materiel and Asset Management Managers and functional Heads within the Materiel and Assets Management Directorate (1 Director, 3 PG-6 Senior Managers and 7 PG-5 Managers) had Greening of Government Operations clauses embedded into their Employee Performance Evaluations.
  2. Phase 1b - By April 1, 2012, HC will develop strategies to have Greening of Government Operations embedded into the Corporate Commitments for Executives; including identifying applicable EX positions and matching them to appropriate clauses.
  3. Phase 2 - HC will determine the scope of Program and Regional Managers [RSFOs and Fleet Managers] with procurement responsibilities/authorities related to greening of government operations during 2011-2012 and develop and implement strategies to incorporate environmental clauses into their employee performance evaluations.


8.11 Target 3: Management processes and controls

By 2014, HC will ensure that 100% of management processes and controls accommodate green procurement, as appropriate.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Percentage of procurement related tools with a "greening" process 2011-2012.

30%

 

Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 2012-2013.

35%

 

Strategies / Comments

  1. During 2011-12 an internal assessment of the management processes and controls that pertain to procurement decision-making at Health Canada was conducted. Governance, policies, processes, procedures, tools and templates, management information systems, risk management, results and performance, change management and information and communication were all examined.
  2. Fiscal year 2011-12 was spent analyzing possible actions against impact on behaviour, planning and reporting. Similarly, management processes and controls were assessed for their potential to impact on procurement objectives.
  3. Based on the above analysis, the baseline type and number of processes and controls that accommodate green procurement has been narrowed down to the following:

    Policies, Processes and Procedures:
    • 1-CRCC Communiqué for National Capital Region
    • 2-CRCC Communiqué for Regions
    • 3-Fleet Management Policy
    • 4-Fleet Management Standard
  4. Based on the above analysis, there are 13 procurement processes and controls in total of which 9 still require a "greening" process":
    1. Health Canada Assets Management Policy
    2. Assets Management Standard
    3. 2010-2011 A contracting Guide for Cost Centre Managers and Administrators
    4. Assets Inventory Instruction Guide
    5. Health Canada Materiel Management Policy
    6. Procurement Planning Summary
    7. Risk Management Policy
    8. Annual Fleet report
    9. Systems: SAP
  5. The methodology for designating those management processes and controls that should include green procurement is based on version 2.0 of Setting Green Procurement Management Framework Targets.
  6. A phased approach focusing on a subset of processes and controls in each fiscal year will be established. This represents a continuous improvement best practice.
  7. A schedule for revising 5 identified management processes and controls each year has been established.

Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada



Please note that this document was prepared prior to Budget 2012 and therefore does not reflect Budget announcements.

Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

NOTE: The following tables are included in Public Works and Government Services Canada’s Report on Plans and Priorities and are therefore not included here:

  • Table 8.1 New Construction, Build-To-Lease and Major Renovation Green Building Target.
  • Table 8.2 Assessment of Existing Crown Buildings Target.
  • Table 8.3 New Lease or Lease Renewal Green Building Target.
  • Table 8.4 Fit-up and Refit Green Building Target.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental Greenhouse Gas (GHG) reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-2021, relative to fiscal year 2005-2006. 17%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-2006, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 1.44  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2012-2013 1.41  
FY 2013-2014    
FY 2014-2015    
FY 2015-2016    
FY 2016-2017    
FY 2017-2018    
FY 2018-2019    
FY 2019-2020    
FY 2020-2021 1.20  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2012-2013 -2%  
FY 2013-2014    
FY 2014-2015    
FY 2015-2016    
FY 2016-2017    
FY 2017-2018    
FY 2018-2019    
FY 2019-2020    
FY 2020-2021 -17%  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. Yes, by March 31, 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The targeted GHG emissions sources are for fleet vehicles only. All fleet vehicles will be considered with respect to this target.
  2. The 2005-2006 baseline calculation of GHG emissions has been updated to reflect the best available data source. This same data source and methodology is repeatable for reporting purposes for the duration of the target period.
  3. Implementation plan is anticipated to be approved by March 31, 2012.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE Yes, by March 31, 2012  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2012-2013 40% of locations  
FY 2013-2014 100% of locations  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The word “location” is defined according to a regional breakdown reflected at HRSDC that includes 5 regions (Atlantic, National Capital, Ontario, Quebec and Western regions).
  2. HRSDC has good regional processes in place to ensure that surplus electronic and electrical equipment is reused or recycled. Each regional process will be evaluated systematically in fulfillment of the requirements of this target.
  3. Implementation plan is anticipated to be approved by March 31, 2012.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) Data not available  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-2012 2:1  
FY 2012-2013 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. In fiscal year 2011–2012, HRSDC has commenced two related initiatives that will increase the ratio of employees to printing devices (i.e. printers, scanners, photocopiers and faxes) to meet the TBS targets and achieve departmental savings.
  2. IITB has initiated a Printer Rationalization project which has as its objective, to remove most local printers and migrate these users to network printers thereby reducing the overall number of printing devices in operation. The result of this project, will be an increase in the ratio of employees to printing devices to the rate of 8:1 by March 31, 2013.
  3. It is also commencing a procurement initiative during 2012/2013 that will lead to a change in how print services are managed and delivered. This change involves entering into a contractual arrangement with a private sector vendor to provide a Managed Print Service that will meet all print, scan, photocopy and fax needs of the department. This will involve introducing a larger fleet of Multi-functional devices which will eventually replace government-owned equipment.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 7,406 sheets per office employee  
Baseline 2007 - 2008  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) FY 2012-2013 5% reduction  
FY 2013-2014 20% reduction  

Strategies / Comments

  1. HRSDC has implemented a number of initiatives to reduce paper consumption related to its programs and these include electronic paper processing for Employment Insurance, Old Age Security, Canada Pension Plan and Canada Student Loans. Internal administrative processes have also adopted an electronic format and include travel arrangements and pay stubs.
  2. The scope of this target will include all employees as recorded in the Departmental Performance Report and all internal office paper purchases (e.g. letter, legal and ledger).
  3. The method to calculate paper consumption is based on the annual cost of all internal office paper purchases made each fiscal year. This cost is divided by the price per sheet.
  4. The chosen baseline year is fiscal year 2007 – 2008. The number of office employees (22,034 employees) is extracted from HRSDC’s Departmental Performance Report 2007–2008. Paper purchase data ($979,148 of paper purchases) is provided through procurement statistics for 2007–2008. The cost of $0.006 is determined as the price per sheet of the most commonly purchased copy paper sourced in the National Capital Region.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes, adopted May 2010  

Strategies / Comments

  1. HRSDC has adopted Environment Canada’s Guide for Greening Meetings and this is available to employees via HRSDC’s Environmental Management Services intranet site.
  2. HRSDC is promoting Environment Canada’s Guide for Greening Meetings through its Departmental Sustainable Development Strategy Director General Committee with the first meeting held on November 25, 2011.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 90% of desktop computer purchases will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value of desktop computer purchases that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all purchases of desktop computers (expressed as a percentage). N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year
2012-2013
80% of desktop computer purchases  
Fiscal Year
2013-2014
90% of desktop computer purchases  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target is SMART as follows:
    • Specific: The target is unambiguous with clear timelines and measurements for success.
    • Measurable: Desktop computer purchases can be measured and environmentally-preferred portion of same verified using pre-existing systems and procedures.
    • Achievable: Purchasing of environmentally-preferred desktop computers is readily achieved using existing PWGSC standing offer(s) and can be implemented nationally.
    • Relevant: Results in real energy (electricity) savings and provides opportunities to engage and motivate all departmental employees during desktop computer replacement initiatives.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.
  2. The implementation of the national procurement process, including commodity-based preferred procurement approaches, will ensure the consistent purchases of environmentally preferred desktop computers.
  3. HRSDC uses PWGSC’s mandatory standing offer for the procurement of desktop computers which provides environmentally preferred models.


By March 31, 2014, 90% of copy paper purchases contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have forest management certification, or equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Dollar value of copy paper purchases that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all purchases of copy paper (expressed as percentage). N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2012-2013 80% of copy paper purchases  
Fiscal Year 2013-2014 90% of copy paper purchases  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target is SMART as follows:
    • Specific: The target is unambiguous with clear timelines and measurements for success, provided that the scope is clearly defined.
    • Measurable: Paper purchases can be measured and recycled content of same verified using pre-existing systems and procedures.
    • Achievable: Purchasing of recycled paper is readily achieved using existing PWGSC standing offer(s) and can be implemented nationally.
    • Relevant: The target is relevant to the daily work of nearly all employees, thus motivating individual employees to change their practices in paper usage, thereby reducing the amount of waste.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.
  2. The implementation of the national procurement process, including commodity-based preferred procurement approaches, will ensure the consistent purchases of environmentally preferred copy paper.
  3. HRSDC uses PWGSC’s mandatory standing offer for the procurement of environmentally preferred copy paper.


As of April 1st, 2011, 75% of vehicles purchased annually are leadership vehicles in its class, as per the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide, where operational requirements allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of vehicle purchases that meet the target relative to the total number of all vehicle purchases in each fiscal year N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2012-2013 75% of vehicles purchased  
Fiscal Year 2013-2014 75% of vehicles purchased  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target is SMART as follows:
    • Specific: The target is unambiguous with clear timelines and measurements for success.
    • Measurable: Vehicle (fleet) purchases can easily be measured and the leadership (environmentally-preferred) portion of same verified using pre-existing systems and procedures.
    • Achievable: The target is achievable using existing PWGSC procurement mechanism(s) and TBS guides, and can be implemented nationally.
    • Relevant: Results in real energy (fuel) savings and provides the chance to engage and motivate many individual departmental employees about greener choices when older in-use vehicles are replaced with greener models.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.
  2. Owing to operational requirements, this target only applies to the purchase of light-duty vehicles.
  3. The implementation of the national procurement process, including commodity-based preferred procurement approaches, will ensure the consistent purchases of leadership vehicles.
  4. All leadership vehicles purchased will meet Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat’s Guide to Fleet Management, Chapter 1: Light-Duty Vehicles and will be purchased through PWGSC’s National Master Standing Offers.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

By March 31, 2014, 90% of designated procurement specialists will have Green Procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of designated procurement specialists with Green Procurement training relative to the total number of designated procurement specialists. N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2012-2013 50% of designated procurement specialists  
Fiscal Year 2013-2014 90% of designated procurement specialists  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target is SMART as follows:
    • Specific: The target is unambiguous with clear timelines and measurements for success.
    • Measurable: The recently-implemented national structure of the departmental procurement group facilitates measurement, tracking, communication and encouragement of identified procurement specialists.
    • Achievable: The department will make use of existing, freely available CSPS resource course C215.
    • Relevant: The web-based nature of the training itself furthers environmental objectives, and succeeding at this target will provide essential tools to critical departmental employees best positioned to be change-leaders in fostering environmentally-friendly purchasing habits within the department.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.
  2. Implementation plan is anticipated to be approved by March 31, 2012.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2014, 90% of designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management will have environmental objectives included within their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of performance evaluations of designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management that incorporate environmental objectives, relative to total number of performance evaluations of designated managers and functional heads of procurement. N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2012-2013 50% of performance evaluations of designated managers and functional heads  
Fiscal Year 2013-2014 90% of performance evaluations of designated managers and functional heads  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target is SMART as follows:
    • Specific: The target is unambiguous with clear timelines and measurements for success.
    • Measurable: Review of Performance Management Agreements
    • Achievable: Performance Management Agreements are done annually by designated authorities.
    • Relevant: Ties personal performance to environmental performance and a reduction in environmental impacts from internal operations.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.
  2. Designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management will require environmental objectives in their Performance Management Agreement.
  3. Implementation plan is anticipated to be approved by March 31, 2012.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2014, all designated management processes and controls pertaining to the purchase of fleet vehicles will include environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of designated management processes and controls pertaining to the purchase of fleet vehicles that include environmental considerations relative to the total number of designated management processes and controls pertaining to the purchase of fleet vehicles. N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Fiscal Year 2012-2013 100% of designated management processes and controls  
Fiscal Year 2013-2014 100% of designated management processes and controls  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target is SMART as follows:
    • Specific: The target is unambiguous with clear timelines and measurements for success.
    • Measurable: Vehicle purchases can easily be tracked and environmental considerations can be implemented to all designated management processes and controls using pre-existing systems and procedures.
    • Achievable: The target is achievable using existing PWGSC procurement mechanism(s), TBS directives and internal processes and controls. Additionally, HRSDC is required under its DSDS target to ensure that 75% of vehicles purchased are leadership vehicles.
    • Relevant: Designated management processes and controls which are centralized determine whether or not vehicles are purchased with environmental considerations.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.
Top of Page

Immigration and Refugee Board of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


By March 31, 2014, 90% of IT hardware purchases will be environmentally preferred models.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Dollar value of IT hardware purchases that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all purchases for IT hardware in the given year. Baseline - N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 2012–13
80%
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. For the purposes of this target, an environmentally preferred model refers to desktop computers, notebooks, monitors, printers and servers.
  2. Reliance on the PWGSC standing offers and the availability of environmentally preferred models will be vital to the success of this target.


By March 31, 2014, 100% of the bidding process for professional services contract requirements (using departmental authorities) will encourage bidders to be green in the bidding and contract management processes.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Volume of tendered professional services contracts that include green bidding elements relative to the total volume of tendered professional services contracts for the given year. Baseline - N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 2012–13
100%
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. The IRB will be considering the number of hard copy proposals required and reducing the number when possible. Furthermore, requests for proposals will encourage electronic submission of bids when feasible and encourage environmentally preferable formats of bids.
  2. This target will only be achievable when the IRB is exercising its contracting authority or when pre-competed procurement tools (standing offers / supply arrangements issued by PWGSC) allow for electronic submission of bids.


By March 31, 2014, 75% of materiel managers and procurement personnel and 85% of acquisition cardholders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Number of materiel managers and procurement personnel who have completed training relative to the total number of materiel managers and procurement personnel. Baseline - N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 2012–13
60%
 
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Number of acquisition cardholders who have completed training relative to the total number of acquisition cardholders. Baseline - N/A  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 2012–13
50%
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Exclusions may include positions that are vacant.
  2. The IRB will be required to develop a mechanism to report on the performance measurement.
Top of Page

Industry Canada



Greening Government Operations

Green Building Targets

8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.1
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework  N/A
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. N/A
Existence of strategic framework  Expected completion March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. Industry Canada is developing and will adopt a strategic framework for this target by April 1, 2012. The strategic framework will address the minimum level of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds (dollar value or floor area) and applicable building types.
  2. Industry Canada will be reporting on this target in the 2012–13 Departmental Performance Report (DPR).


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing Crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.2
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework N/A
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework  FY 2011–12 N/A
FY 2012–13 N/A
FY 2013–14 N/A
Existence of strategic framework Expected completion March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. Industry Canada is developing and will adopt a strategic framework for this target by April 1, 2012. The strategic framework will address the minimum level of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds (dollar value or floor area) and applicable building types.
  2. Industry Canada will be reporting on this target in the 2012–13 DPR.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.3
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework.  N/A
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework.  N/A
Existence of strategic framework.  Expected completion March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. Industry Canada is developing and will adopt a strategic framework for this target by April 1, 2012. The strategic framework will address the minimum level of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds (dollar value or floor area) and applicable building types.
  2. Industry Canada will be reporting on this target in the 2012–13 DPR.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.4
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework.  N/A
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework.  N/A
Existence of strategic framework Expected completion March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. Industry Canada is developing and will adopt a strategic framework for this target by April 1, 2012. The strategic framework will address the minimum level of environmental performance, appropriate thresholds (dollar value or floor area) and applicable building types.
  2. Industry Canada will be reporting on this target in the 2012–13 DPR.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–21, relative to 2005–06 17%
Departmental GHG emissions in 2005–06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent 1.911
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent 2011–12 1.781
2012–13 1.759
2013–14 1.737
2014–15 1.716
2015–16 1.694
2016–17 1.672
2017–18 1.651
2018–19 1.629
2019–20 1.607
2020–21 1.586
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from 2005–06 to the end of the given fiscal year 2011–12 - 6.80%
2012–13 - 7.93%
2013–14 - 9.07%
2014–15 - 10.20%
2015–16 - 11.33%
2016–17 - 12.47%
2017–18 - 13.60%
2018–19 - 14.73%
2019–20 - 15.87%
2020–21 - 17.00%
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. See comments below

Strategies/Comments

  1. Source of targeted GHG emissions: Fleet only (on-road vehicles).
  2. To match the government-wide GHG reduction target of 17% by 2020–21, the Department’s GHG fleet emissions targets were calculated using a linear model.
  3. Industry Canada’s GHG emissions reduction strategy takes technology advancements into account and will capitalize on the use of Public Works and Government Services Canada’s green standing offers for vehicle purchases and internal communiqués for imparting information about the various tools to improve fleet efficiency and reduce emissions (e.g. anti-idling campaign).

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE Completion April 2011
Total number of departmental locations with fully implemented EEE disposal plan, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year 2011–12 33%
2012–13 66%
2013–14 100%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Definition of location: Six regions in total
  2. Industry Canada’s implementation plan will cater to all regions. In the National Capital Region, the reuse/recycle strategy for surplus EEE is already in the process of being fully implemented.
  3. The implementation plan for the regions is based on the approach proposed by the Office of Greening Government Operations, Public Works and Government Services Canada, for target 8.6 in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Guideline and meets the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy’s mandatory implementation strategy requirements for this target.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an average 8:1 ratio of office employees to printing units, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 2:1
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 2011–12 5:1
2012–13 8:1
2013–14 8:1

Strategies/Comments

  1. Definition of printing unit: Scanner, photocopier, fax, desktop printer, networked printer, multifunctional device
  2. Scope: While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to building occupancy or security considerations, on the whole, the Department will meet the target ratio.
  3. Method for determining the number of printing units: In the National Capital Region, project consultants collected data by way of a floor-by-floor count of devices. Data from the regions were provided by the respective regional offices.
  4. Method for determining the number of office employees: Number of employees obtained from Chief Information Office (CIO) Monthly Employee Report
  5. Implementation strategies:
    1. Approach is two-pronged: soft target of 5:1 in 2011–12 and 8:1 in 2012–13. Most sectors have agreed to go to 8:1 in the first year.
    2. All devices will be networked.
    3. Use a single supplier / price-per-page model.
    4. CIO is target lead.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–06 and 2011–12, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope.  10,261 Baseline year— 2009–10
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected.  2011–12 N/A
2012–13 5%
2013–14 15%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Scope of project — applicable to all Industry Canada employees, including those of the Canadian Intellectual Property Office.
  2. Baseline paper consumption was determined from 2009–10 standing offer purchases.
  3. Office employee numbers are per the Corporate Financial Reporting System and the Salary Resource Management System.
  4. All employees reported on in this RPP will be subject to the target.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2013, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Presence of Green meeting guide.  Expected adoption March 2012

Strategies/Comments

  1. The guide is in development and will be adopted by March 31, 2013.
  2. The expected result is for departmental meetings to generate minimal environmental footprint and utilize minimum quantity of resources.
  3. Key components of the Green Meetings Guide include suggestions on how to reduce the use of paper, transportation, procurement and accommodation, right from the planning stages of a meeting.

Green Procurement Targets


8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce its impact on the environment.

Commodity: Printers and multifunctional devices

Target: By March 2014, 95% of printers and multifunctional devices purchased by the Department will be environmentally preferred products.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of environmentally preferred printers and multifunctional devices purchased, relative to the total number of printers and multifunctional devices purchased by the Department N/A
Progress against measure in 2011–12. 80%
Progress against measure in 2012–13 90%
Progress against measure in 2013–14 95%

Strategies/Comments

  1. All equipment will be Energy Star compliant over nine technical categories.
  2. Collaboration of multiple stakeholders is ongoing.
  3. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 95%
    • Measurable: information available from the Xerox Device Manager software that will house information on all devices installed across the country
    • Achievable: Project endorsed by senior management
    • Relevant: Estimated dollar value of environmentally preferred equipment purchased is $12.0 million over five years
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion


Commodity: Furniture

By March 2014, 90% of furniture purchases made by the Department will be environmentally preferred products.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Dollar value of environmentally preferred furniture purchases, relative to the total value of all furniture purchases (baseline year: 2009–10) 75%
Progress against measure in 2011–12 80%
Progress against measure in 2012–13 85%
Progress against measure in 2013–14 90%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Data analysis will permit monitoring and reporting of furniture purchases.
  2. This target will require collaboration among functional specialists, namely the Facilities Branch at headquarters and the departmental regions.
  3. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 90%
    • Measurable: Information available from the departmental Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS).
    • Achievable: With collaboration of functional specialists
    • Relevant: Furniture purchases are a significant expenditure and represent an area for increased environmental benefit. Value of furniture purchased as at time of establishing target is $3.8 million.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion


Commodity: Vehicles

By March 31, 2014, 30% of Industry Canada's executive and light duty class vehicles will be environmental leadership vehicles.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of environmental leadership vehicles owned by Industry Canada, relative to its total number of vehicles owned (executive and light duty class only) N/A
Progress against measure in 2011–12 22%
Progress against measure in 2012–13 26%
Progress against measure in 2013–14 30%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Environmental leadership vehicles include hybrid vehicles and alternative fuel vehicles
  2. Industry Canada’s Vehicle Acquisition Plan will be reviewed centrally every year. Internal communiqués will be sent to the regions to reinforce the importance of identifying opportunities to replace the existing fleet with environmental leadership vehicles.
  3. Data on vehicle purchases will be collected and reviewed on a continuous basis to monitor the Department’s progress against the set target. The departmental Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) and the Fleet Management Information System provided the by federal fleet management support services, ARI Financial Services Inc. will be the tools used to collect the information.
  4. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 30%
    • Measurable: Information available from the departmental Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) and the ARI system
    • Achievable: With collaboration of functional specialists
    • Relevant: Vehicle purchases are a significant expenditure and represent an area for increased environmental benefit.  The value of vehicles purchased in 2009–10 was $1 million.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.

Training

By March 31, 2014, 90% of designated Materiel managers and Procurement personnel will have taken green procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of Materiel managers and Procurement personnel who have completed green procurement training, relative to the total number of Materiel managers and Procurement personnel (baseline year: 2010–11) 60%
Progress against measure in 2011–12 85%
Progress against measure in 2012–13 90%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Designated Materiel Management and Procurement personnel are those Procurement Group (PG) employees that are directly involved in procurement for the department.
  2. Comptrollership and Administration Sector’s 2010–11 Human Resources Plan describes the Sector’s human resources (HR) priorities for 2011–12, including the HR objectives, staffing strategies, training and development plans, goals and future requirements that will allow the Sector to effectively meet and exceed its mandate over the long term. Green procurement training in 2011–12 will be included in the training plans for target positions.
  3. Training progress will be monitored by the Contracting and Materiel Management section’s Senior Training and Communications Advisor.
  4. Proof that training was completed is mandatory and will be validated by the Senior Training and Communications Advisor.
  5. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level for 2011–12 has been set at 85%. This target is specific to Materiel managers and Procurement personnel.
    • Measurable: Information available from the departmental training coordinators
    • Achievable: Green procurement training is free and available online.
    • Relevant: Industry Canada’s Materiel managers and Procurement personnel routinely procure goods and services for which environmental alternatives are available.
    • Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion


Performance Evaluations

By March 31, 2012, 75% of team leaders (PG-05) in the Contracting and Materiel Management section as well as the manager (PG-06) of this section will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses, relative to the total number of positions identified N/A
Progress against measure in 2011–12 75%
Progress against measure in 2012–13 100%

Strategies/Comments

  1. The Comptrollership and Administration Sector’s 2010–11 Human Resources Plan describes its human resources (HR) priorities for 2011–12, including the HR objectives, staffing strategies, training and development plans, goals and future requirements that will allow the Sector to effectively meet and exceed its mandate over the long term.
  2. By March 31, 2013 100% of the target group (PG 05’s and the PG 06) within the Contracting and Materiel Management section will have environmental considerations incorporated into their performance evaluations.
  3. Progress will be monitored through performance agreements and by means of mid-year review.
  4. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 75%
    • Measurable: Information available from performance agreements
    • Achievable: Green procurement training is free and available online and will be included in the performance agreement.
    • Relevant: Industry Canada’s Contracting and Materiel Management Managers and Team Leaders routinely review and provide advice on procurement processes of goods and services, where environmental alternatives are available
    • Time-bound: Date established for target completion


Processes and Controls

By March 31, 2016, environmental performance considerations will be integrated into 90% of procurement processes and controls.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of designated processes and controls that have been modified to ensure that environmental performance considerations are integrated into procurement processes, relative to the total number of processes and controls 30%
Progress against measure in 2011–12 60%
Progress against measure in 2012–13 75%
Progress against measure in 2013–14 80%
Progress against measure in 2014–15 85%
Progress against measure in 2015–16 90%

Strategies/Comments

  1. Revisions to integrate environmental factors into procurement processes and controls will take strategic planning into account and will incorporate best practices to improve these processes and controls and to support green decision making.
  2. Taking a phased approach, Industry Canada will start with updating policy documents.
  3. Secondly, the Department will focus on the processes and controls that have the greatest environmental impact and will develop best practices documents in support of green decision making.
  4. Establish a monitoring control framework that includes environmental indicators.
  5. This self-selected target is SMART:
    • Specific: Achievement level of 90%
    • Measurable: Policies, processes, procedures and controls reside with the Comptrollership and Administration Sector (CAS).
    • Achievable: CAS is the functional authority for Contracting and Materiel Management. The policy development group resides within CAS.
    • Relevant: The number of policies, processes and controls are significant, so their revision will achieve environmental benefits.
    • Time-bound: Date has been established for target completion, and the target strategies/comments include milestones.


Notes:

1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED-NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes or equivalent

2 Assessment tools include BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

3 Assessment tools include BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard or equivalent.

4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED-CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes or equivalent.

Top of Page

Infrastructure Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting for Departments and Agencies not bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act

Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not by the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section.

Infrastructure Canada is committed to addressing the Policy on Green Procurement. As such, in meeting the policy requirements, it will continue to incorporate environmental considerations in its decision-making processes for all procurement. Listed below are Infrastructure Canada’s green procurement targets. 

 

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department was to establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

First Green Procurement Target:  Procurement of Computers and Related Equipment, Printers and Photocopiers

Target: On an annual basis, 100% of all procurement decisions related to computers and related equipment, printers and photocopiers will consider green procurement principles.

Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Percentage of procurement decisions with regards to computers and related equipment, printers and photocopiers that take into account green procurement principles, considerations and objectives of the Policy on Green Procurement. 

100%

 

Progress in fiscal year 2012-13

100%

 

Strategies/Comments

  1. Infrastructure Canada will continue to purchase and/or lease energy-efficient computers and related electronic equipment from companies with environmental programs that have recycled content and a recycling program.
  2. The department will continue to use multi-function photocopiers and printer machines to reduce energy consumption, continue to use recycled toner cartridges, continue to implement the policy on standard shared printers versus personal printers and continue to ensure that default settings on printers and photocopiers are set to print double-sided and black and white.
  3. The department will also continue to recycle and ensure that defective goods and end-of-life telecommunications devices (blackberries, cell phones and related accessories) are sent to vendors for recycling.

Second Green Procurement Target: Procurement of Furniture, Office Supplies and Goods

Target: On an annual basis, 100% of all procurement decisions related to furniture, office supplies and goods will consider green procurement principles.

Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Percentage of procurement decisions with regards to furniture, office supplies and goods that take into account green procurement principles, considerations and objectives of the Policy on Green Procurement. 

100%

 

Progress in fiscal year 2012-13

100%

 

Strategies/Comments

  1. Infrastructure Canada will continue to procure office supplies and goods taking into account green procurement principles and objectives, such as continuing to use recycled paper (30 percent recycled or higher) instead of regular paper.
  2. The department will continue to ensure that business cards are printed on recycled paper and bear the Eco Logo symbol.
  3. The department will continue to use office furniture and furnishing products that meet or exceed environmental norms established by Public Works and Government Services Canada, and will continue to re-use and recycle furniture and office furnishings.
  4. The department will continue to plan its procurement activities using green goods and services, where available.

Third Green Procurement Target: Procurement of Goods and Services (Meetings and Travel)

Target: On an annual basis, 100% of procurement decisions with regards to meetings and travel arrangements will consider green procurement principles.

Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Percentage of procurement decisions with regards to meetings and travel arrangements that consider green procurement principles. (baseline year: 2011-12)

100%

 

Progress in fiscal year 2012-13

100%

 

Strategies/Comments

  1. Infrastructure Canada uses government travel services to encourage employees to use sustainable methods of transportation and to select green hotels, promotes green meetings within the department, and promotes the use of videos and teleconferences as an alternative to travel.
  2. The department promotes ways to host green meetings by reducing the use of items, such as paper cups and disposable dishes that go into landfills. Employees involved in meetings and conference arrangements are encouraged to purchase goods from companies that offer greener catering and that supply dishes.
  3. For commuting to and from work, the department encourages staff to participate in the EcoPass Public-Transit Program, and encourages staff to use other green modes of transportation such as cycling and walking to work if possible. Infrastructure Canada is located in the National Capital Region (NCR).

Fourth Green Procurement Target: Procurement of Contracting Services

Target: By March 31, 2013, 100% of all contracting services transactions will incorporate green procurement information.

Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Percentage of contracting services transactions that include green procurement information, i.e. that meet green procurement principles, considerations and objectives of the Policy on Green Procurement. Number of contracting services transactions that incorporate green procurement information, relative to the total number of contracting services transactions made by the Department. (baseline year: 2011-12)

75%

 

Progress in fiscal year 2012-13

75%

 

Strategies/Comments

  1. Infrastructure Canada includes standard/generic environmental clauses in the terms and conditions of its service contracts. For example, final reports are printed double-sided on recycled paper, in keeping with the principles of the greening government operations initiative.
  2. Since 2008-09, the department has been working with the Client Engagement Sector, Public Works and Government Services Canada to analyze its spending patterns and to identify opportunities for improvement in its procurement practices.
  3. In 2009-10, Infrastructure Canada’s Contracting and Procurement Unit continued to update its contracting systems to identify and track green procurement and to capture green procurement information. This task has been accomplished, and as of 2011-12 the department began reporting on the number of contracting services transactions that include green procurement information.
  4. In 2012-13 and beyond, the department will continue to look for additional ways to include environmental considerations into procurement of contracting services.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department was to establish at least three SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making. 

Training for Select Employees

First Departmental Target: Training for Staff on Procurement and Material Management

Target: By March 31, 2014, all staff of Procurement and Material Management will have taken training on green procurement.

Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Percentage of staff in procurement and material management that will receive training on green procurement. (baseline year 2011-12)

40%

 

Progress in fiscal year 2012-13

60%

 

Strategies/Comments

  1. To date, two contracting officers have received training in the Green Procurement Course being offered, which is part of the Purchasing and Supply (PG) Certification program.
  2. All staff involved in procurement and material management will be required to take the training being offered.

Employee Performance Evaluations for Managers and Functional Heads of Procurement and Material Management

Second Departmental Target: Performance Agreement and Feedback Reports

Target: By March 31, 2013, all identified managers and functional heads of procurement and material

Management will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their Performance Agreement and Feedback Reports.

Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Percentage of all staff occupying positions in procurement and material management that have incorporated environmental considerations in their Performance Agreement and Feedback Report. (baseline year: 2011-12)

100%

 

Progress in fiscal year 2012-13

100%

 

Strategies/Comments

  1. Beginning in 2011-12, environmental considerations/objectives have been incorporated in the Performance Agreement and Feedback Report for the positions of the Contracting and Procurement Manager, and the Material Management Manager.
  2. As of 2012-13, this will also apply to staff occupying positions of functional heads of procurement and material management.

Management Processes and Controls

Third Departmental Target: Management Processes and Controls

Target: On an annual basis, 100% of all management processes and controls will incorporate environmental considerations.

Performance Measure RPP DPR

Target Status

 

Percentage of all processes and controls that incorporate environmental considerations. 

100%

 

Progress in fiscal year 2012-13

100%

 

Strategies/Comments

  1. In its procurement decision-making processes, Infrastructure Canada implements innovative and up-to-date procurement processes and controls as it strives to find opportunities for improvement in its procurement practices.
  2. When initiating procurement, the department first considers standing offers from Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC), including those with green procurement clauses. If no standing offers are available for the required goods or services, the department proceeds with other available procurement mechanisms. The department uses standing offers that have green procurement considerations.
  3. Since 2008-09, the department has been working with the Client Engagement Sector, Public Works and Government Services Canada to analyze its spending patterns and to identify opportunities for improvement in its procurement practices.
  4. In 2009-10, Infrastructure Canada’s Contracting and Procurement Unit continued to update its contracting systems to identify and track green procurement and to capture green procurement information. This task has been accomplished, and as of 2011-12 the department is able to report on green procurement information for contracting services. 
  5. In 2012-13 and beyond, the department will continue to look for additional ways to include environmental considerations into procurement processes and controls.
Top of Page

Library and Archives Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2012, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


Portable Personal Computers (tablet and/or laptop)
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On Track
Portable Personal Computers 75%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 2011–2012. 50% 70%

Strategies / Comments

  1. In order to become less dependent on paper, employees will be provided with portable personal computers as their main workstations.
  2. Library and Archives Canada employees, where feasible, will be equipped with Portable Personal Computers by March 31, 2015, thus reducing the number of computers purchased.
  3. Measurable: Information available from the LAC financial system.
  4. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of PWGSC standing offers.
  5. Relevant: High volume / expenditure of IT hardware purchases.
  6. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Scope: All IT computers purchases
  2. Processes / reporting requirement: Financial database.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Director of IT is target lead.
  4. Estimated environmental benefits: Reduced energy use / hazardous material/reduced number of workstations.


Reduction of number of printers at LAC
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status Opportunity for Improvement
Reduction of number of printers 30%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 2011–2012. N/A N/A

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: As part of its Modernization activities, LAC is moving toward a fully digital mobile office environment.
  2. Measurable: The goal is to reduce the number of printers at LAC by 75%.
  3. Methodology: To achieve this reduction target, the ratio of printers per employee should be 1:15. As LAC employees are issued portable personal computers, printers will become less necessary. Employees will no longer need to print materials required for meetings. They will participate and collaborate using their portable personal computers. This will not only benefit the environment, it will also reduce material, maintenance and supports costs.
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Director of IT is target lead.
  5. Time-bound: Achieve targets by April 2014.


Secure Waste Paper destruction by shredding, pulping or disintegrating of surplus government paper and/or plastic
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On Track
Secure destruction of waste paper 4,000 metric tons
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 2011–2012. 3,544 metric tons 3,759 metric tons

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: The paper is destroyed and Library and Archives Canada is receiving funds for the pulps.
  2. Measurable: The company provides a monthly report of metric tons destroyed.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Scope: All Library and Archives Canada's national and regional offices.
  2. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of Contracting and Materiel Management is target lead.
  3. Estimated environmental benefits: Consistent with the environmental hierarchy of Reduce, Reuse, Recycle.
  4. Means that less paper is disposed of in landfills and paper is reused in recycled material.
  5. Less damage to forests.

8.11 As of April 1, 2012, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for designated employees.

As of April 1, 2012, Contracting and Materiel Management Personnel received green procurement training through CSPS course C215.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On Track
Number of Contracting and Materiel Management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of Contracting and Materiel Management staff. 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 2011–2012. 100% 90%

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 100%, 90% of employees have taken the Green Procurement Course.
  2. Measurable: Information available from CSPS and in-house HR tracking system.
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandates all existing and new designated employees to take green procurement training.
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. In-house training used: None - CSPS Course C215 only.
  2. Reporting requirements: LAC maintains a list of employees who have taken the training.
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of Contracting and Materiel Management Section is target lead.
  4. Plans for engagement: The training is mandatory for section personnel.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of April 1, 2013, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status On- Track
Number of performance evaluations that incorporated environmental considerations, relative to total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management. 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 2011–2012. 50% 80%

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement of 100% of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management will have environmental considerations in their performance evaluation.
  2. Measurable: Information available from in-house HR tracking system.
  3. Achievable: Functional heads of procurement and materiel management include environmental considerations in their performance evaluations.
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Achieve targets by April 2013.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Reporting requirements: Director General to report to target lead.
  2. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of Contracting and Materiel Management section is target lead.
  3. Plans for engagement: Inclusion in Employee Performance Management Agreements.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2013, all identified management processes and controls, relating to procurement, will have incorporated environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status Opportunity for Improvement
Materiel Management Guide and Packaging returned 50%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 2011–2012. 50% 10%

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Creation of Materiel Management Guide.
  2. Measurable: Existence of baseline list of all formalized management processes and controls.
  3. Achievable: Materiel Management personnel responsible for target.
  4. Relevant: Decision-making authority for purchases decentralized.
  5. Time-bound: Ongoing.

Other Reporting Considerations:

  1. Examples: Investment planning, Procurement Review Committee, procurement and materiel management and assets management information process.
  2. Methodology: Analysis of departmental decision-making processes and controls to determine those that should include environmental considerations.
  3. Reporting requirements: Director General leads reports annually.
  4. Roles and responsibilities: Manager of Contracting and Materiel Management Section is target lead.
  5. Mechanisms to evaluate: First review scheduled in 2014.
  6. Plans for engagement: Discussion topic of management committee.
Top of Page

National Defence



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 9  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 9  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: For residential apartments, Green Globes will be applied. For applicable buildings where construction value ranges from $1M-$10M Green Globes will be applied and for building construction values greater than $10M LEED NC will be applied. Projects for other buildings shall follow an equivalent system and projects without buildings or historic buildings are excluded.
  2. Equivalent system: Applicable requirements from tools referenced by the Green Building Directive when the integrity of the public tool would be difficult to apply because of the physical and/or operational constraints, which would ensure greenhouse gas emissions minimization and reduction in water consumption comparable to LEED Silver.
  3. Applicable building types: Heated buildings where an available benchmark applies, which includes office buildings, singles quarters/barracks, health care facilities, retail areas (CANEX) and dining facilities.
  4. Strategic framework: Approved on December 20, 2011.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. 1513  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13 0  
FY 2013-14    
Existence of strategic framework. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: All heated buildings greater than 1000 m2, where the department has full operational control over utilities monitoring and usage and pays the costs. All locations and areas are included except for DND Residential Housing Units.
  2. While the intent is to assess the identified buildings for environmental performance, Defence needs to build this capability. In FY 2012-13, Defence will install meters to monitor all inclusive energy consumption of the identified buildings (accounting for 10%) of the holdings.
  3. Strategic framework: Approved on December 20, 2011.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: All requests for proposals (RFP) for new and renewed leases or licenses to the department for any facility over 1000 m2 (residential housing units are excluded from this scope).
  2. Intent: All RFP's for new and renewed leases or licenses for any facility larger than 1000 m2 (residential housing units are excluded from scope) to the department will contain a requirement in the scope criteria that the contractor must assess the facility for environmental performance with an industry-recognized assessment tool for environmental performance within the first year of the term of the lease or license. Evaluation of the responses to any RFP for this criterion will carry a weight in the evaluation scoring methodology equal to the weight afforded to the score for financial criteria, criteria for operational performance and suitability of the facility, and criteria for geographic location of the facility.
  3. Performance Measure: The number of RFP's for leases or licenses to the department where a requirement for an industry recognized assessment tool for the measurement of environmental performance was a criterion of the RFP and the number of facilities then acquired by lease or license with an environmental rating of the facility will be reported.
  4. Strategic framework: Approved on December 20, 2011.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: For applicable buildings where construction values range from $1M to $10M then Green Globes will be applied and where construction values are greater than $10M LEED new construction (NC) and major renovations will be applied. Defence is not planning any fit-ups or refit projects for FY 2012-13, which is reflected in the number '0', in the table above.
  2. Applicable building types: Heated buildings where an available benchmark applies, which includes office buildings.
  3. Strategic framework: Approved on December 20, 2011.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 10%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 744  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 736  
FY 2012-13 729  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21    
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-06 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 1%  
FY 2012-13 2%  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21    
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Targeted GHG emissions sources to include facilities and commercial fleets. DND operational fleet (i.e. National Safety and Security Fleet - military-pattern vehicles, ships and aircraft) and Private Married Quarters are excluded.
  2. Implementation Plan: Approved on December 20, 2011.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 15%  
FY 2012-13 35%  
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. The DND, ADM(Mat) disposal generation sites for E-Waste that will be monitored are Supply Repair & Disposal locations (i.e. locations where disposal policy states that E-Waste should be entering the waste stream) for computer equipment (e.g. desktops, laptops, monitors and printers).
  2. The number of Supply Repair & Disposal locations for the DND/CF is 40.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 6:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition: Printing units are defined as unclassified network printers.
  2. Scope: While the intent is all buildings where space configurations and occupancy levels allow it, Defence does not track devices or employees by building. As a result, the scope for Defence will be the number of network users to the number of network printers.
  3. Method for determining printing resources: Information Technology asset management databases will be used to capture Information Technology equipment.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 3241  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 10%  
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Defence purchases office paper through PWGSC Standing Offer Agreements. To measure paper consumption reductions, the dollar amount of paper bought in a given fiscal year through Standing Offers will be used as an indicator of consumption. The Human Resources Summary of Full-Time Equivalents in the DPR will be used for determining the number of employees.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Green Meeting Guide: Approved on July 29, 2011.
  2. Definition of adoption: The green meetings guide will be adopted when the guide is promulgated and incorporated as a best management practice.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


DND/CF will procure green vehicles for the light commercial fleet where it is cost-effective and operationally feasible.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of light commercial vehicles procured each year will be green vehicles where it is cost-effective and operationally feasible. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-12 fiscal year. 5%  
Progress against measure in the 2012-13 fiscal year. 5%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Where it is cost-effective and operationally feasible, DND/CF will increase the number of green vehicles while reducing the number of non-green vehicles through normal attrition.
  2. Commands and fleet managers will be educated on the importance of greening the fleet, through national training events, conferences, and workshops, and encourage procurement of green vehicles and greener fleet management practices.


DND/CF will implement the conversion to an environmentally friendly hydraulic fluid common within the 15 aircraft fleets by March 31, 2014.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of the 13 aircraft fleets introducing and utilizing environmental friendly hydraulic fluid. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-12 fiscal year. 20%  
Progress against measure in the 2012-13 fiscal year. 30%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Initially, the program included 15 aircraft fleets but this number was reduced to 13 due to existing service contracts for specific fleets where a change of hydraulic fluid had not been included in the initial service contract.
  2. For future service contracts, additional requirements will be explored that may examine the conversion to environmentally friendly hydraulic fluids for the remaining fleets.


DND/CF will apply best practices to eliminate from use or restrict in application specified, nationally managed high-risk hazardous materials identified by 31 December each year based upon Risk Management Actions from Environment Canada and Health Canada.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of specified high-risk hazardous materials to be eliminated from use or restricted in application. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-12 fiscal year. 30%  
Progress against measure in the 2012-13 fiscal year. 30%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. A screening process has been developed to identify and to prioritize high-risk hazardous materials based on their inherent health, safety, and environmental properties.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

All current DND/CF employees and members performing Financial Administration Act (FAA) Sections 32 and 34 responsibilities will complete the Green Procurement Course.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of DND/CF employees and members performing FAA Sections 32 & 34 responsibilities with green procurement training, expressed as a percentage of employees and members, by the end of the given fiscal year. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-12 fiscal year. 100%  
Progress against measure in the 2012-13 fiscal year. 25%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Green Procurement modules will be incorporated into key on-line & existing Materiel Acquisition and Support (MA&S) procurement course content.
  2. The Performance Measure for this Target in FY 2011-12 was extremely ambitious given the size of the personnel to be trained (approximately 8,100 civilians and 17,500 military members). The on-line training course also provided several logistical challenges to DND/CF that needed to be resolved (e.g. network security, course accessibility) prior to implementation. Other challenges included clarifying to whom the target applied, since there would have been significantly larger pool of personnel required to take the training based only on having Section 32 and 34 responsibilities.
  3. Significant lessons learned require DND/CF to re-focus the Performance Measure in FY 2011-12 from 100% to 25% of civilians and members having completed the green procurement course. For FY 2012-13, the Performance Measure is an additional 25% bringing the total number of civilians and members trained by the end of FY 2012-13 to 50%.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

Green Procurement Objectives will be part of the Performance Management Agreements for relevant personnel.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of relevant personnel to include commitments to Departmental Green Procurement Objectives within their Annual Performance Management Agreements. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-12 fiscal year. 100%  
Progress against measure in the 2012-13 fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Relevant personnel are defined as the Assistant Deputy Minister of Material and the Director General of Materiel Systems and Supply Chain.


Management processes and controls.

DND/CF will have in place policies that enable departmental personnel to perform and enforce best practices related to Materiel Acquisition and Support functions by March 31, 2014.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of key DND/CF policies reviewed and updated, as necessary, to incorporate best practices in Materiel Acquisition and Support. N/A  
Progress against measure in the 2011-12 fiscal year. 10%  
Progress against measure in the 2012-13 fiscal year. 10%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Continuous improvements to policies, procedures and best practices within DND/CF to enhance performance.
  2. Key policies relate only to the Materiel Acquisition and Support functions.
  3. Address Green Procurement requirements in the annual Materiel Acquisition and Support Functional Planning Guidance to all Assistant Deputy Minister and equivalent organizations.
  4. Include requirement to support Green Procurement initiatives in the annual Materiel Letter of Attestation (attestation required from all Assistant Deputy Minister and equivalent organizations).


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.
  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.
  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.
  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.
Top of Page

National Energy Board



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act

Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section.

Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The NEB’s approach to implementing green procurement is to target the use of Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) procurement instruments, the delivery of training to key personnel and the inclusion of green procurement objectives in the employee performance evaluations of key decision makers.

  2. Management Processes and Controls: The NEB uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism and leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers by PWGSC. Furthermore:

    • In 2012-13, the NEB procurement and materiel management policies will be reviewed and updated to ensure environmental considerations are integrated.

  3. Setting Targets: In addition to commitments identified in ii., iv., and v., the NEB has the following targets:

    • Ensure that 95% of all paper and furniture purchases are made through PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments, where available.

    • Ensure that 90% of all office supply purchases are made through PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments, where available.

      This target was selected through an NEB spend analysis, in consideration of the mandate and the nature and risks of the Board’s purchases.

  4. Training: The NEB will ensure that all existing procurement and materiel management functional specialist staff1 take the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) course C215 by the end of the fiscal year (5 employees in total). The NEB will also require that all new functional specialist staff and acquisition card holders take CSPS course C215 within three months of being hired or assigned an acquisition card.

  5. Performance Evaluations: This fiscal year the Board will ensure that an objective to take environmental considerations into account for all procurement activities is included in the performance management agreement of each manager of procurement functional specialists (2 managers total).

  6. Meeting Targets: The NEB will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.

Note:

Top of Page

National Research Council Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. In 2012-13, NRC plans to introduce a new process for disposing of assets which will allow other potential end users at NRC the opportunity to obtain/use these assets prior to them being disposed of through Crown Assets Distribution Centres (CADC), thus reducing the number of assets being declared surplus and reusing those which are of value to other units within NRC.
  2. NRC continues to use Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) standing offers for commodities available and indicated as green.
  3. NRC will be implementing a Vehicle Utilization analysis in the NCR. The focus of the analysis will be:
    1. Vehicle Utilization: by using trip logs, underused vehicles will be easily identified and continued use would need to be justified.
    2. Right-sizing vehicles: Number of passengers; this variable will be recorded for every trip and may indicate that downsizing would be appropriate.
    3. Vehicle purpose: function of vehicle: essential to identify each vehicle's function to ensure each is being used appropriately, i.e. vehicles designated for specific purpose but seldom used for this function; vehicles being used infrequently on long trips when alternate modes of transportation should be considered.
    4. Trip logs will be used for every vehicle with the purpose of identifying those vehicles where it would be beneficial to replace high fuel consumption vehicles with those that use less.
  4. NRC continues to encourage suppliers to use electronic means to submit contract and bid documentation, invoices and reports where feasible to do so.
  5. NRC is reviewing practices with the intent of consolidating large purchases with key suppliers to reduce packaging, shipping costs and returning packaging for reuse by suppliers.
  6. NRC continues to review waste reduction plans to find other areas of opportunity.

Top of Page

National Round Table on the Environment and the Economy



GREEN PROCUREMENT – Reporting on Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach:  The NRT’s approach to implementing green procurement is to target and use PWGSC procurement instruments, training of key personnel and the inclusion of green procurement objectives in employee performance evaluations of procurement decision makers.  The Corporate Secretary/Director of Operations has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.  The Corporate Secretary/Director of Operations is supported by the NRT’s employee driven Green Team when necessary. 

  2. Management Processes and Controls:  The NRT uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism and leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing officers by PWGSC.   Furthermore, the NRT has an Environmental Code of Practice (Code) that is taken into consideration during the procurement process.  The Code was reviewed and updated in 2011-12.  As internal controls and processes are updated they are cross-referenced with the Code.  Since 2010-11, all requests for proposals and contracts make reference to NRT’s commitment to environmental considerations, and in 2011-12 the NRT included environmental considerations as mandatory criteria in competitive service contracts for some commodities.

  3. Setting Targets:  In addition to commitments identified in ii., iv., and v., the NRT continues its commitment to purchase 100% post-consumer content  photocopy paper 100% percent of the time (this exceeds the recommended 30% post-consumer content), and to only purchase remanufactured toner cartridges from suppliers with recycling programs for used cartridges.  The NRTEE commits to ensuring that 90% of IT equipment purchased is energy efficient; that 80% of office equipment purchased is energy efficient; and that 75% of office supplies (excluding copy paper) acquired are environmentally preferred.  The dollar value of green purchases relative to the total dollar purchase of all purchases for above mentioned commodities in a given year will be used as the performance measurement.

  4. Training: The NRT requires that all procurement and material management staff and acquisition cardholders take CSPS Course C215.  The NRT will ensure that within 6 months of the appointment of any new procurement staff or acquisition cardholders that they register and complete course C215.

  5. Performance Evaluations:  As with previous years, the performance agreements and subsequent evaluations for staff directly involved in the procurement process will include at least one environmental consideration.

  6. Meeting Targets:  The NRT will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.
Top of Page

Natural Resources Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 2012-2013
None planned
 
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 2012-2013
None Planned
 
Existence of strategic framework. Yes
March 31, 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Strategic Framework for Green Buildings incorporates strategies such as NRCan’s Low Carbon Initiative (LoC), Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) assessments and Federal Buildings Initiative (FBI). 


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. 25  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. FY 2011-12 20%  
FY 2012-13 60%  
FY 2013-14    
Existence of strategic framework. Yes
March 31, 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of assessment: BOMA BESt Level 1
  2. The appropriate threshold (dollar value or floor area): 1000 m2
  3. Applicable building types: All NRCan-owned buildings over 1000 m2
  4. Industry recognized assessment tool used: BOMA BESt. Certification will be sought for all 25 facilities.
  5. Three NRCan facilities have already received BOMA BESt certification in the past two years - CanmetENERGY Varennes, QC (Level 3) in 2009-10; Laurentian Forestry Centre, Ste-Foy, QC (Level 3) in 2010-11; Building #3 at the Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa (Level 2) in 2010-11.
  6. BOMA BESt assessments and certifications for all identified NRCan facilities are managed under the Low Carbon (LoC) NRCan Initiative. LoC is in the implementation stage.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 1
2012-2013
 
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 1
2012-2013
 
Existence of strategic framework. Yes
March 31, 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. With respect to leasing, NRCan is drawing upon the Green Leasing framework as developed by PWGSC.
  2. One of the facilities is leased from the provincial government and to be negotiated with the province to apply PWGSC's Green Leasing Framework concepts or another equivalent standard.
  3. Out of three leases, 2 facilities are laboratory and office mixed and the third is entirely office space.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 1
2012-2013
 
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 1
2012-2013
 
Existence of strategic framework. Yes
March 31, 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Building Management Plan projects excluded. The above single project—consisting of a 500 m2 re-fit of building 10 at the Bells Corners Complex to accommodate relocated ETS shop from 556 Booth street—is in the planning stage only, and is not yet approved for fiscal year 2012-13.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. 17%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 33.30  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 31.82  
FY 2012-13 30.71  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21 27.64  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 -4.4%  
FY 2012-13 -7.8%  
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21 -17%  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. Yes
Sep.2010
 

Strategies / Comments

Targeted GHG emissions sources include NRCan's facilities and fleet. 

Excluded emission sources are some observatories, seismographic stations, field stations and other remote sites.

Buildings

i. Projected emission reductions due to implementation of projects in 2009-10 and 2010-11 via the Accelerated Infrastructure Program (e.g., lighting upgrades, roof upgrades/replacements, envelope sealing/upgrades, chiller and boiler replacements, etc.); annual BMP projects; sector-funded energy reduction projects as well as the implementation of various activities under the Low Carbon (LoC) NRCan Initiative. Such GHG emission reduction projects under LoC include:

  • Major energy retrofits via FBI project at select NRCan facilities
  • IT projects (e.g., desktop hibernation for all NRCan computers and printer device reduction)
  • Workspace consolidation
  • Recommissioning and Continuous Building Optimization
  • Employee engagement and energy awareness training

ii. Additional Information:

  • NRCan's facilities account for 96% of the departmental GHG emissions. Fleet accounts for the other 4%.
  • NRCan's GHG emissions have decreased by 1.7% over the past 5 years (2005-06 to 2010-11).

Fleet

Additional performance indicators, key emissions reductions strategies, implementation plan, opportunities for continuous improvement:

iii. Fleet modernization: A lowering of existing vehicle life cycle retention parameters will further improve upon fuel efficiency, while reducing overall emissions and reducing operating costs. Newer model vehicles are cleaner to operate due to an overall reduction in CO2 emissions.

iv. Acquiring new technology vehicles: plug-in hybrid and electric vehicles are forecast for production in 2012/13. NRCan is committed to being the first department to introduce these types of advanced vehicle classes into its vehicle fleet. (Two plug-in Chevrolet Volts were delivered in the fall of 2012: the first of their kind within federal operations.)

v. Expanding a vehicle pooling model across the department: NRCan will continue to look for opportunities to open up its vehicle fleet to a wider population of employees through the implementation of Vehicle Pools, thereby helping to further reduce the overall size of its vehicle inventory.


Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. Yes:
completed
August 31, 2011
 
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13 (100%, was achieved in FY 2011—12)  
FY 2013-14 (100%, was achieved in FY 2011—12)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of location: comprises asset management facilities in NCR and regions (16 facilities)
  2. NRCan has ensured that our department is following all the requirements provided in the Treasury Board Directive on Disposal of Surplus Materiel, and elaborated on in section 3.4 of the TBS Guide to Management of Materiel.
  3. Currently, NRCan disposes of surplus E-Waste via the four following mechanisms:

    1. Computers for Schools [Industry Canada] (30%)

    2. Crown Assets Distribution Directorate [PWGSC] (20%)

    3. Provincial Extended Producer Responsibility Programs (in select locations) (40%)

    NRCan developed a Departmental E-Waste Plan and implemented it in summer 2011. As part of this Plan, we triage our departmental e-waste and also leverage a fourth disposal mechanism:

    4. Departmental Individual Standing Offer (DISO*) for E-waste Recycling [PWGSC] (10%)

* For equipment that does not qualify for mechanisms No. 1—3


Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. 3:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 5:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Printing unit counts will exclude some imaging devices that are required for scientific processes. Such devices have a limited ability to be shared. As a result, these imaging devices should not be counted against the printing unit reduction targets.
  2. The printing unit figures were determined using a combination of methods including: Web Jet Admin tool, LANDesk network discovery, procurement and physical inventory.
  3. Although building occupancy levels and security considerations are factors, space configurations is perhaps the largest challenge in the distribution of printing units here at NRCan. Many of the work areas are lab environments located in older buildings with accessibility issues.
  4. The number of employees was determined via PeopleSoft and our Directory of People and Services (DPS).
  5. Roles and responsibilities: NRCan’s Information Technology Services is the division responsible for printer distribution. The Printer Consolidation Project was completed in February 2012.
  6. Although printer placement is determined on a case by case basis, some of the strategies for reduction include the increased use of multifunction printers and the decreased use of personal (local) printers.
  7. Although the reduction of printers does not necessarily mean a reduction of printing, it has been estimated that a goal of an 8:1 ratio will still reduce power consumption by 25% and obviously decrease our amount of ewaste significantly.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. Not available  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-12 Not available  
FY 2012-13 5%***  
FY 2013-14 20%***  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Meeting any target in this area will present a challenge since the responsibility lies with each and every employee to make use of available tools for paper reduction.
  2. The target ratio (i.e. designated number of paper sheets purchased/consumed in relation to employee) will be established* in 2012—13, with 2012—13 as the baseline year.
    * contingent upon endorsement from the departmental Executive Committee and its agreement on a strategy to achieve the target
  3. The target ratio is not available for 2011—12 owing to, e.g.:
    — NRCan Printer Consolidation Project implementation (first phase: September 2011). However, the printer consolidation will be completed by February 2012, with print management software** installed by April 2012. This software will allow ITS to track paper consumption on all printers and multi-function printers. However, capturing paper consumption data from stand alone photocopiers will remain a challenge.
    — ** NRCan printer counters (only) provide lifecycle counts and not annual counts. (ITS did not keep records of the date on which the printing device was installed on the network, in order to start the lifecycle count.)
  4. NRCan has tried to estimate paper usage through procurement data. Unfortunately such data (whether from GUFI, PWGSC or Grand & Toy) is either not available or not comprehensive/detailed enough.
  5. Rather, to estimate paper usage ITS will use data from networked printers to estimate department-wide consumption by focusing initial baseline-setting and tracking on areas where data is more readily available, and will subsequently extrapolate such data across NRCan.
  6. NRCan believes that a proposed 20% reduction in internal paper consumption per office employee by March 31, 2014 is an ambitious objective.
  7. *** These paper consumption reduction targets are provided for planning purposes only. These reduction targets may be revised when data from the 2012—13 baseline year becomes available.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes
March 31, 2011
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. NRCan will adopt a green meeting guide by March 31, 2012.
  2. NRCan's videoconference services have been transferred from our department's Information Technology Services (ITS) to Shared Services Canada (SSC). ITS will work with SSC to provide statistics on videoconference use and will continue to promote videoconference services—if such services are a factor in saving travel.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 100% of vehicles purchased annually are right sized for operational needs and are the most fuel efficient vehicle in their class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide and/or are an alternative fuel vehicle.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2014, 100% of vehicles purchased annually are right sized for operational needs and are the most fuel efficient vehicle in their class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide and/or are an alternative fuel vehicle. 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Dollar value of vehicles that meet the target relative to total dollar value of all vehicles in the Department.
  2. Number of vehicles that meet the target relative to total number of all vehicles in the Department.
  3. Exclusions may include executive vehicles.
  4. This target requires that criteria to identify when a vehicle is right-sized are defined.
  5. It requires the availability of inventory counts/assets management data for reporting, but does not require the availability of procurement data.
  6. Consideration must be taken when setting the percentage for the target to ensure that vehicles will not need to be prematurely disposed of to meet the target.


By March 31, 2013, 100% of IT hardware procured will be "environmentally preferred" models (as required via a 5-year life cycle).
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2013, 100% of IT hardware procured will be "environmentally preferred" models (as required via a 5-year life cycle). 100% (in 2012-13)
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 85%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. To further target set in GGO supplementary table RPP 11/12, have extended to 12/13 and to a full 100%.
  2. 2011–12's Desktop Request for volume discount was categorized as "Gold" by Electronic Product Environment Assessment Tool and Energy Star.
  3. We are striving to continue this trend with this year's and all future desktop RVDs.
  4. Based on a 5-year life cycle, at the completion of the 5 years all desktops will be "Environmentally preferred" models.
  5. Although NRCan cannot comment on specific server hardware, the department continues to make great strides with server consolidation.
  6. Virtualization is allowing us to set optimistic greening targets.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for select employees: By March 31, 2013, 60% of procurement staff members in regions will complete Green Procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2013, 60% of procurement staff members in regions will complete Green Procurement training. 60% (in 2012-13)
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 40%  

Strategies / Comments

 — Why this self selected green procurement training target is SMART:

 i. Specific: Refers to specific nature/type of training and target audience.

ii. Measurable: Information is available from regional procurement personnel (HR-related) files (An electronic certificate is issued upon completion of the training.).

iii. Achievable: Training is "learner friendly": easily accessible, i.e. online (24/7).

iv. Relevant: In-house training used: Canada School of Public Service course on Green Procurement (C215).

 v. Time-bound: Date established for target completion, i.e. 100% (March 31, 2014).

Other reporting considerations:

The Green Procurement training implementation experience in the National Capital Region (NCR) will be used as a model to follow for implementation of such training in regions.

vi. As part of the NRCan Regional Organization Review, a "procurement" Regional Functional Working Group was established, with a Procurement Regional Functional Head as the lead. The Regional Functional Head is responsible for tracking progress against the green procurement training target.



Employee performance evaluations for personnel of procurement and materiel management: By March 31, 2013, 60% of all procurement personnel's (NCR and regions) Performance Feedback Reports will include the contribution of and support for green procurement policy objectives.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2013, 60% of all procurement personnel’s (NCR and regions) Performance Feedback Reports will include the contribution of and support for green procurement policy objectives. 60% (in 2012-13)
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 0%  

Strategies / Comments

— Why this self selected green procurement performance evaluation target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific positions (non manager and non functional head personnel) and functional area (procurement)
  2. Measurable: information is available from our procurement module (e.g. for service transactions valued at >$5K a mandatory checklist which includes environmental considerations is completed by the RC Manager)
  3. Achievable: Contribution of and support for green procurement policy objectives will be reviewed as part of annual evaluations (Performance Feedback Reports).
  4. Relevant: Environmental considerations may be applied to all procurement requests (albeit to varying degrees* and subject to client specifications).
    * e.g. to a lesser extent with services than goods
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target completion, i.e. 100% (March 31, 2014)


Management processes and controls: By March 31, 2013, 100% of the By March 31, 2013, 100% of the Wireless Services procurement consolidation initiative will be implemented.

Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2013, 100% of the Wireless Services procurement consolidation initiative will be implemented. 100% (in 2012-13)
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

 — Why this self selected green procurement Management processes and controls target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific initiative (Wireless Services consolidation) and functional area (procurement).
  2. Measurable: Information is available from our procurement module.
  3. Achievable: Pilot phase (CMSS and another Sector) was successfully completed in 2009—10. Full departmental rollout had already begun as of April 2010.
  4. Relevant: Decrease in the number of acquisition cards being used only for wireless services procurements/acquisitions. (leads to a more efficient use management of the acquisition card.)
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target completion, i.e. 100% (March 31, 2014).


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: Investigating and incorporating opportunities for green procurement continues to be an ongoing process at NSERC, in keeping with the nature and scope of its procurement activities. The Vice-President of the Common Administrative Services Directorate is responsible for the application of the Policy on Green procurement. In 2012-2013, as part of the organizational business transformation initiatives, the opportunities to explore new green solutions will be taken into account and will build on the existing good green practices.
  2. Management Processes and Controls:
    1. NSERC uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism.
    2. In 2012-2013, all contracting documents will be reviewed to include a clause addressing environmental considerations in the performance of the work required.
  3. Setting Targets: NSERC has set the following targets:
    1. Maintain reduction in paper usage by making double sided printing mandatory and increase use of online submissions.
    2. By March 2013, 65% of office supplies will be identified as having environmental features.
    3. In fiscal year 2012-2013, NSERC will assess additional possible reduction initiatives targets for specific goods.
  4. Training:
    1. The organization will ensure that all existing procurement and materiel management functional staff take the CSPS Course 215 on Green Procurement as part of the current on-boarding program which will be integrated in the training curriculum. 
    2. Internal awareness on Green procurement will also be raised with key stakeholders involved with acquisitions.
    3. Management will increase staff awareness of environmental practices, such as limiting the number of printed copies of documents and using two-sided printing and copying.
  5. Performance Evaluation: The manager Procurement, Contracts and Materiel Management has an objective included in her performance management agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.
  6. Meeting Targets: Green procurement strategies will be reviewed at mid-year to ensure that they are on track for achievement by the end of fiscal year

Top of Page

Office of the Auditor General of Canada



Green Procurement

Approach

The Office’s approach to implementing green procurement is to target the use of Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) procurement instruments and to train key management and procurement personnel.

Our main contribution to green procurement is the influence that our audit work and our recommendations for improvement have on the actions of federal departments and agencies and Crown corporations.

Management processes and controls

The Office’s procurement needs are predominantly for commodity goods, such as computers, printers and copiers, office supplies, and furniture, and for professional services, including (at times) construction services. For all significant purchases, the Office maximizes its Green Procurement by taking advantage of PWGSC’s procurement instruments, such as National Master Standing Offers or Departmental Standing Offers. In so doing, the Office achieves the levels of Green Procurement that have been negotiated by PWGSC.

The use of PWGSC procurement instruments allows the Office to incorporate environmental performance considerations in its procurement planning:

  • Since 2010–11, the Office has followed PWGSC’s Federal Electronic Waste Strategy for electronic and electrical equipment (for example, for acquiring ENERGY STAR high efficiency appliances and equipment, and for the disposal of electronic equipment and appliances).
  • In 2012–13, the Office will review Statement of Work templates, contract review checklists, and contract templates to ensure that they include language that encourages contractors to offer green solutions, use environmentally preferable goods, or use green practices (such as remote work, teleconferencing, videoconferencing, trains, buses, and public transit) to reduce or eliminate travel.

Green Procurement targets

The Office is committed to the following targets:

  • Ensure that all purchases of notebook computers, servers, and software are made through PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments, where available.
  • Ensure that all purchases of paper contain post-consumer fibre, are certified by Eco-Logo and processed chlorine free, are certified as Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) recycled, and are manufactured using biogas energy.
  • Ensure that all acquisitions of electronic equipment and appliances are ENERGY STAR-rated high efficiency.
  • Ensure that the Auditor General’s vehicle (Office vehicle fleet) is replaced using the PWGSC National Master Standing Offer, when required. The Executive Vehicle Policy states that executives’ vehicles will be hybrid-electric; factory-equipped for natural gas, propane, or E-85 ethanol fuel; or factory-equipped, four-cylinder, with a conventional engine emitting below 4,200 kg of CO2 emissions per year.
  • Promote the increasing acquisition of eco-friendly products (such as binders, pens, staplers, hole punches) from companies with a “green catalogue” when it makes economic sense to do so.

Training

In support of the standing offers negotiated by PWGSC, all material management and procurement personnel will continue to attend green procurement training, as recommended in Greening Government Operations, published by PWGSC.

Meeting targets

The Office will report against Green Procurement targets in its Performance Report.

Top of Page

Office of the Commissioner for Federal Judicial Affairs Canada



Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here

Policy on Green Procurement
Performance Measure RPP DPR

Policy Implementation Status (Optional)

Strategies / Comments

  • Approach: The Department’s Director, Finance and Administration has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  • Management Processes and Controls: Contracting documents will include a clause addressing environmental considerations in the performance of the work required. Contracting and Materiel Management will ensure that environmental performance specifications are incorporated in the initial bid documentation. Additional statistics will be collected to track environmental considerations.
  • Training: FJA will require all existing functional specialists take CSPS Course 215 on Green Procurement by the end of the fiscal year. New functional specialists will be required to take the course within 6 months of being hired. Training to other key acquisition cardholders, key players involved with acquisitions, will also be conducted for Green Procurement
  • Targets:
    • Within financial constraints, reduce paper consumption.
    • Ensure only paper with at least 30% recycled content is purchased.
    • Reduce paper acquisition through mandating printer acquisitions that can print in a double-sided format. Ensure only recycled toner cartridges are utilized.
    • Increase use of bulk buys where appropriate to reduce packaging
  • Performance Evaluations: All Senior Managers are expected to include environmental considerations in the performance agreements.
Top of Page

Office of the Commissioner of Lobbying of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)


Targets / Strategies / Comments

The Office of the Commissioner of Lobbying (OCL) will continue to make progress towards integrating environmental performance considerations into its procurement decision-making processes.

The OCL is contributing to the protection of the environment by using green procurement standing offers whenever possible, buying sustainable forestry management certified paper, and recycling batteries and toner cartridges.

Significant efforts are made to develop employee awareness about paper consumption and greening efforts. The OCL ensures that its annual report and investigation reports are printed on recycled paper, and encourages double-sided printing of documents whenever possible, circulating documents of interest and/or making them available on a shared computer drive rather than printing multiple copies for internal distribution, and using the OCL's external and internal websites as the preferred means for public and internal distribution of information and corporate publications.

Top of Page

Office of the Privacy Commissioner of Canada



Greening Operations

The OPC is bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act. With the Table that follows, the Office meets the mandatory reporting under Section 7 of the Policy.

  1. Approach: As an Agent of Parliament, the Commissioner of the OPC is not obligated to use Public Works and Government Services Canada’s procurement instruments, even though the Office is subject to the Policy on Green Procurement through the application of the Financial Administration Act Section 2 (OPC is included in Schedule I.1 of the FAA). Nevertheless, the OPC sees the value of using PWGSC procurement instruments and so its approach to implementing green procurement is to target the use of those instruments, to ensure the delivery of training to key personnel and to include green procurement objectives in the employee performance evaluations of key procurement and materiel management decision-makers.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: The OPC uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism for service contracts above $25K and for the purchase of office furniture and supplies. Hence, the OPC leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into the standing offers managed by PWGSC.
  3. Training: The OPC will ensure that all existing and new procurement and materiel management functional specialist staff take the Canada School of Public Service course C215 by the end of 2012-2013 (6 employees in total).
  4. Performance Evaluations: This fiscal year the OPC commits to include some clauses (e.g. successful completion of the C215 course, participation in the computer school recycling program) to take environmental considerations into account in procurement activities in the performance management agreement of the two (2) manager-functional specialists (manager, procurement and manager, materiel management.
  5. Meeting Targets: The OPC will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report 2012-2013.
Top of Page

Office of the Public Sector Integrity Commissioner of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

The Office`s procurement needs are largely met by government-wide commodity management processes and vehicles established by PWGSC. In this regard, the Office procures recycled toner and paper. In 2012-13 the Office will assemble best practices for green government operations, develop targets allowing for security considerations and space configuration and inform staff.

Top of Page

Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results for 2012-2013.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Targets


8.10 OSFI has established 3 SMART (specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound) green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.
Target – As of April 1, 2012, the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI) will utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for at least 90% of its requirements for printers.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of printers procured from green consolidated procurement instruments relative to total number of printers procured. 100% (2010-2011)
Planned progress against measure in 2012-2013. At least 90%  

Strategies / Comments

"SMART" breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level targeted at 90%.
  2. Measurable: Information available from Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Standing Offer Index and from OSFI contracting records.
  3. Achievable: Printers as required are available on PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments.
  4. Relevant: Printers on green consolidated procurement instruments have been evaluated by PWGSC and determined to meet criteria required to be green.
  5. Time-bound: Dates established for target implementation and completion.


Target – As of April 1, 2012, OSFI will meet its procurement needs for paper from green recycled sources, as offered through PWGSC procurement instruments for at least 90% of its requirements.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Quantity of paper procured from green consolidated procurement instruments relative to total quantity of paper procured. 100% (2010-2011)
Planned progress against measure in 2012-2013. At least 90%  

Strategies / Comments

"SMART" breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level targeted at 90%.
  2. Measurable: Information available from contracting and finance records.
  3. Achievable: Paper as required is available on PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments.
  4. Relevant: Paper on green consolidated procurement instruments has been evaluated by PWGSC and determined to meet criteria required to be considered green.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation.


Target – As of April 1, 2012, OSFI will reuse or recycle 90% of all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. Yes (2010-2011)
Total number of agency locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. 100% (2010-2011)
Planned progress against measure in 2012-2013. At least 90%  

Strategies / Comments

"SMART" breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level targeted at 90%.
  2. Measurable: Information available from our Crown assets file and our administrative records.
  3. Achievable: PWGSC vehicles are in place for e-waste disposal. Computer for School, Crown Assets, "Do what you can" provincial program are other options which make this target achievable.
  4. Relevant: Targets all electronic and electrical equipment.
  5. Time-bound: Dates established for target implementation and completion.


8.11 OSFI has established 3 SMART (specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound) targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.
Target – Training for select employees.
As of April 1, 2012, 80% of Procurement and Materiel Management employees will receive green procurement training through Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) course C215 or equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of procurement and materiel management employees with green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management employees. 50% (2010-2011)
Planned progress against measure in 2012-2013. At least 80%  

Strategies / Comments

"SMART" breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level targeted at 80%.
  2. Measurable: Information available from CSPS and in-house.
  3. Achievable: All existing and new procurement and materiel management employees to take green procurement training.
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.


Target – Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
As of April 1, 2012, environmental considerations will be included in the performance evaluations of 50% of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Environmental considerations are included in the performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management. N/A
Planned progress against measure in 2012-2013. 50%  

Strategies / Comments

"SMART" breakdown:

  1. Specific: Achievement level targeted at 50%.
  2. Measurable: Information available from performance agreements and evaluations.
  3. Achievable: Performance evaluations of manager's position to include environmental considerations.
  4. Relevant: Targets employees responsible for procurement activities.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.


Target – Management processes and controls.
This initiative is largely an increased awareness for procurement personnel and employees with decision-making responsibilities, of options in procurement which include green procurement benefits. Currently, our systems do not allow for tracking this aspect of procurement. We will explore changes required and their feasibility for tracking this information.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status N/A
No performance measure established N/A
Planned progress against measure in 2012-2013. N/A  

Strategies / Comments

OSFI's procurement needs are largely met by government-wide commodity management processes and vehicles established by PWGSC. Environmental benefits achieved are the same as those identified by PWGSC in the establishment of these processes and vehicles.


Top of Page

Parks Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) 0  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) 0  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Parks Canada’s Green Building Directive (pending approval) requires that
    1. all new buildings over 1,000m2 meet the Gold Level of applicable LEED® Canada rating system or equivalent, and must be registered and certified by the Canada Green Building Council, or equivalent; and
    2. major renovations of existing buildings (excluding heritage buildings) meet the Silver Level of applicable LEED® Canada rating system or equivalent, and must be registered and certified by the Canada Green Council, or equivalent.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) 60  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) FY 2011–12 0  
FY 2012–13 TBD*  
FY 2013–14 TBD*  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Parks Canada Green Building Directive (pending approval) requires that existing buildings over 1,000m2 that meet the following criteria will be assessed over a five year period beginning in 2012–13:
    • The building is used for operations, administration and/or public use;
    • The office/operations, public use or heated storage floor space combined is greater than 1,000 square metres;
    • The building is occupied by staff year-round;
    • The building was built prior to the year 2000.
* The Building Assessment Schedule has not yet been established and is expected to be completed in FY 2012–13.  It should be noted that this schedule might not include any building assessments for FY 2012–13. 


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) N/A  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

  1. All building space leases over 1,000m2 are managed by PWGSC so this target is not applicable (“N/A”) to Parks Canada.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) 0  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011–12) 0  
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Parks Canada’s Green Building Directive (pending approval) requires that fit-ups and refits with a project value greater than $1M within existing buildings (excluding heritage buildings), must meet Silver level of the applicable LEED® Canada rating system, or equivalent, and must be registered and certified by the Canada Green Building Council, or equivalent.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020–21, relative to fiscal year 2005–06. 10.1%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005–06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 37.9  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011–12 37.5  
FY 2012–13 37.1  
FY 2013–14 36.7  
FY 2014–15    
FY 2015–16    
FY 2016–17    
FY 2017–18    
FY 2018–19    
FY 2019–20    
FY 2020–21    
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005–06 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 1.1% reduction  
FY 2012–13 2.1% reduction  
FY 2013–14 3.1% reduction  
FY 2014–15    
FY 2015–16    
FY 2016–17    
FY 2017–18    
FY 2018–19    
FY 2019–20    
FY 2020–21    
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted emissions include GHG emissions from energy consumed by facilities and fleet owned and operated by Parks Canada.
  2. A comprehensive emission tracking system is currently in place.
  3. Targets have been issued to each field unit and service centre.  Progress reports have been developed for each unit and will be shared annually.
  4. The Parks Canada Master plan for the Reduction of Greenhouse Gases has been developed and communicated to staff.  This plan outlines strategies to improve the energy efficiency of the fleet and facilities, implement the use of renewable fuels and renewable energy systems, and engage employees.
  5. Because Parks Canada’s GHG output increased slightly from 2005–06 to 2009–10, the actual reduction required to meet the 2011–12 target is 2.2% from the 2009–10 fiscal year.
  6. Weather conditions have a significant influence over the quantity of energy Parks Canada consumes in a given year.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 100%  
FY 2012–13 100%  
FY 2013–14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of location: 33 field units, 5 service centres and the national office.
  2. Parks Canada has been applying the PWGSC Guideline for the Disposal of Federal Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment. 
  3. The Parks Canada Guidelines for the Disposal of Electronic and Electrical Equipment (EEE) including reuse and recycling strategies and processes in an environmentally sound and secure manner, will be developed and implemented in 2011–12. 
  4. These Guidelines will be distributed to each location and posted on the Parks Canada Intranet.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011–12 5:1  
FY 2012–13 7:1  
FY 2013–14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of printing unit: desktop printers, networked printers and multifunctional devices.   
  2. Scope:  Due to the operational structure of Parks Canada, some buildings have a lower ratio due to building occupancy and space configurations. These will be scoped out of the target.
  3. Method used for determining # of printing units: IT equipment inventory
  4. Method used for determining # of office employees: Active network accounts
  5. Environmental benefits:  longer-term reduction of e-waste, reduce paper/toner consumption, energy conservation. 
  6. Plans/Strategies:  Developing policy to limit the use of desktop printers. 
  7. Roles and responsibilities: Chief of Environmental Management in collaboration with the Information Technology section.
  8. The ratio of departmental office employees to printing units is unknown for fiscal year 2010–11, hence the information is N/A.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–2006 and 2011–2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) 2120  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) FY 2011–12 3%
reduction
 
FY 2012–13 10%
reduction
 
FY 2013–14 20%
reduction
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. Parks Canada Agency has determined its baseline quantities from the 2010–11 fiscal year numbers.
  2. Employee is defined as full-time equivalent employees.
  3. Tracking methodology: PWGSC paper standing offer supplier reports.
  4. Three pronged strategy:
    • Technology: Playbooks, and/or other.
    • Procedures: Electronic processes and systems (ATIP, contracting, scanning, etc.)
    • Awareness: Memos, monitor and report paper use, promote paperless meetings.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011–12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of “adopt”: The guide will be considered to have been adopted when the guide has been:
    1. approved by the Chief Administrative Officer;
    2. communicated across the Agency via memo; and
    3. posted on the Intranet.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 75% of vehicles purchased annually will be from the Parks Canada Preauthorized Vehicle List.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of vehicles purchased that were on the Parks Canada Preauthorized Vehicle List. 67%*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Parks Canada Preauthorized Vehicle List includes vehicles that meet criteria (including fuel efficiency) stated in the Parks Canada Light Fleet Vehicle Management Directive.
  2. *The baseline of 67% was determined by using the average percentage of vehicles purchased from 2004–05 to 2009–10 that were on the Parks Canada Preauthorized Vehicle List.

Why this self selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism;
  2. Measurable: Information available from PWGSC and basic analysis;
  3. Achievable: Consistent with Parks Canada direction;
  4. Relevant: Promotes cost savings and greenhouse gas reduction;
  5. Time-bound: Date established for baseline, target implementation and completion.


By March 31, 2014, 90% of purchases and leases of printers, photocopiers and multifunctional devices will have one or more environmental feature.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of printers, photocopiers and multifunctional devices purchased or leased that has an environmental feature relative to total number purchased. 100
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 80%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Environmental features include duplex printing capability or automatic shutoff/sleep mode.
  2. Internal policies will be reviewed and communicated as required.
  3. Inventory system will be refined to ensure a tracking process is in place.

Why this self selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism;
  2. Measurable: Information available from financial records and inventory systems;
  3. Achievable: Consistent with Parks Canada direction;
  4. Relevant: Promotes cost savings, greenhouse gas reduction or reduced paper consumption;
  5. Time-bound: Target date established.


As of April 1, 2012, office computers will have a minimum average service life of three years.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average service life of office computers 3 years
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Internal policies will be reviewed and communicated as required.
  2. Inventory system will be refined to ensure a tracking process is in place.

Why this self selected target is SMART:

  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity;
  2. Measurable: Information available from inventory systems;
  3. Achievable: Consistent with Parks Canada direction;
  4. Relevant: Promotes cost savings and electronic waste reduction;
  5. Time-bound: Target date established.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

By April 1, 2012, 75% of procurement and contracting personnel will receive green procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of procurement and contracting personnel with formal green procurement training, relative to total number of procurement and contracting personnel. 35/42
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 75%, type of employee and type of training
  2. Measurable: Information available from PCA HR and CSPS
  3. Achievable: Procurement and contracting goal of all existing and new employees to take Green Procurement training
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target completion 

Other reporting considerations:

  1. The number of procurement and contracting personnel with formal green procurement will be tracked.
  2. This is to be achieved by means of an online course offered through the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) Campus Direct.
  3. All new and existing functional specialist staff will be asked to take the training within a specified time frame.
  4. At least 35 of the total 42 procurement and contracting personnel have completed or will have completed the online green procurement training by March 31, 2012.
  5. All procurement and contracting personnel are strongly encouraged to formally engage in green procurement training, as well as Finance and Administration Officers for low dollar value contracts.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By April 1, 2012, environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all managers and functional leads of procurement and contracting.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of managers and functional leads of procurement and contracting that incorporate environmental considerations, relative to the total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional leads. 6/6
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 100% and type of employee
  2. Measurable: Information available from PCA HR
  3. Achievable: Procurement and contracting goal of all existing and new managers and functional leads include environmental considerations in their performance evaluations
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target completion

Other reporting considerations:

  1. The number of performance evaluations of managers and functional leads of procurement and contracting that incorporate environmental considerations will be tracked.
  2. Each manager and functional lead will have an objective included in his/her appraisal to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.
  3. Parks Canada has a total of 1 manager (PG-6) and 5 functional leads (PG-5) for procurement and materiel management. Each person has identified environmental considerations within their respective performance evaluations.  


Management processes and controls.

By April 1, 2013, 75% of identified management processes and controls, relating to procurement and contracting will incorporate environmental considerations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of departmental procurement and contracting processes and controls that incorporate environmental considerations, relative to total number of departmental procurement and contracting processes and controls that should address environmental considerations. 17/19
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Achievement level of 75% of identified processes and controls
  2. Measurable: Information available within procurement and contracting community
  3. Achievable: Dedicated employees responsible for target
  4. Relevant: Decision making authority for purchases decentralized
  5. Time–bound: Date established for target implementation

Other reporting considerations:

  1. The number of procurement and contracting processes and controls that should address environmental considerations will be tracked.
  2. Parks Canada will continue to explore the integration of environmental performance into planning, acquisition, use and disposal, which can improve the purchasing of green products, reduce the in-use costs and ensure disposal is in accordance with environmental standards. This will include the purchasing of greener products, whether more energy efficient, less harmful or containing a higher percentage of recycled material, which can make a significant impact.
  3. Internal policies on procurement and materiel management will be reviewed and updated to integrate environmental considerations in decision making, from the procurement through to the disposal process.
  4. Parks Canada uses, in addition to its own, processes and controls established by Public Works and Government Services Canada for a large part of its acquisitions.  

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


By March 31, 2014, carbon emissions resulting from airline business travel will be reduced by 25%.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in carbon emissions by fiscal year 201314, relative to fiscal year 200809. 25%  
Departmental carbon emissions in fiscal year 200809, in tonnes. 2,640  
Departmental carbon emissions in a given fiscal year. FY 2011–12 2420  
FY 2012–13 2200  
FY 2013–14 1980  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Departmental carbon emission resulting from airline business travel;
  2. Baseline year has been established as 2008-09;
  3. Tracking Methodology: Data is obtained from AMEX travel services and progress reports will be developed and shared annually;
  4. Strategy: Parks Canada has implemented a green meeting guide and travel directive that aims to reduce business travel.



Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

Parole Board of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section.

Strategies/Comments

  1. Approach: The Board’s approach to implementing green procurement is to continue to target the use of Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) procurement instruments into which environmental performance considerations are already integrated, to continue to provide continuous training on greening to personnel, and to continue to promote environmental considerations in our daily workplaces.

  2. Management Processes and Controls: The Board uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism and leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers/supply arrangements by PWGSC. Furthermore, when there is no PWGSC standing offer available, all other contracting documents will be reviewed to include a clause addressing environmental considerations in the performance of the work required.

  3. Setting Targets:  In addition to commitments identified in i., ii., and iv., the Board has the following target:
    • Continue to encourage staff to use the recycling/shredder bins provided for paper and plastic. It will also make every effort to reduce paper usage by using electronic alternatives and by encouraging staff to minimize printing and copying by utilizing duplex printing options.

  4. Training: The Board has only one Contracting Management Advisor and the employee completed the Canada School of Public Service online course C215 in May 2008. Training on Green Procurement will also be provided to key acquisition cardholders and managers involved with acquisitions on an ongoing basis.

Performance Evaluations: In 2012-13 the Board will ensure that an objective to take environmental considerations into account for all procurement activities is included in the performance agreement of our Contracting Management Advisor.

Top of Page

Patented Medicine Prices Review Board



Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section5.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional) N/A

Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The PMPRB’s approach to implementing green procurement is targeted to the use of PWGSC procurement instruments, ensuring key procurement personnel are trained and including green procurement objectives in the employee performance evaluations of key decision makers.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: The PMPRB uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism and leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers.  Furthermore:
    • Since 2010-11, the PMPRB has been following the Federal Electronic Waste Strategy for surplus electronic and electrical equipment ; and
    • Since 2011-12, all contracting documents include a clause addressing environmental considerations in the performance of the work required.
  3. Setting Targets: In addition to the commitments identified in ii., v., and vi., the PMPRB will continue to ensure that 95% of all purchases are made through PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments, where available.
  4. Training: Senior management will also increase staff awareness of environmental issues, such as limiting the number of colour copies and printed copies of documents to only what is necessary and using two-sided printing and copying where feasible.
  5. Performance Evaluations: Include in each Chief or Unit Head in Corporate Services Branch with responsibility for procurement, an objective in his/her performance management agreement to ensure environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.
  6. Meeting Targets: The PMPRB will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.

Top of Page

Public Health Agency of Canada



Greening Government Operations


The Greening Government Operations (GGO) table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events. RPP refers to Report on Plans and Priorities and DPR refers to Departmental Performance Report.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.1
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework 1
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework 1
Existence of strategic framework Yes

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency established its Green Building Strategic Framework in January, 2012, that outlines the conditions for buildings being assessed against this target as of April 1, 2012, and is posted on the Sustainable Development intranet Web site.
  2. The Agency currently has one Crown-owned building under major construction, which will be ready for occupancy in February 2013. The JC Wilt Infectious Diseases Research Centre Project will be targeting LEED-NC Silver certification on an approximate floor area of 5,360m2.
  3. Types of buildings included: All new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects for heated offices and laboratories where a benchmark is available.
  4. Exclusion: All mobile laboratories, hospitals and airport quarantine services.
  5. Physical locations: Urban and non-urban centres where certification is deemed feasible.
  6. Conditions for inclusion: Floor space greater than 1,000m2.
  7. Minimum industry-recognized environmental certification: 3 Green Globes for project dollar value between $1M and $10M; and Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Silver (Core and Shell Development or New Construction) for project dollar value over $10M.
  8. Minimum environmental performance programs: Labs21 for laboratories only. Where applicable, the Agency will adhere to its Green Move methodologies and will "reduce, reuse and recycle" laboratory and office materials and infrastructure.
  9. Adjustments to the tool: PHAC rural locations and unknown building types will seek Green Globes, with the initial emphasis placed on reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, increasing durability and reducing water consumption.
  10. Rationale for adjustments: Security, feasibility, applicability and cost.
  11. Timeline: Effective April 1, 2012, the Agency will obtain a minimum of 3 Green Globes or LEED Silver on new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing Crown buildings over 1,000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.2
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of buildings over 1,000m2, as per departmental strategic framework 3
Percentage of buildings over 1,000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework FY 2011–12 0
FY 2012–13 3
FY 2013–14 3
Existence of strategic framework Yes

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency established its Green Building Strategic Framework in January, 2012, that outlines the conditions for buildings being assessed against this target as of April 1, 2012 and is posted on the Sustainable Development intranet Web site.
  2. The Agency's current footprint includes two Crown laboratory buildings: the Laboratory for Foodborne Zoonoses and the Canadian Science Centre for Human and Animal Health in addition to JC Wilt, the Crown-owned building under major construction, which will be ready for occupancy in February 2013.
  3. Types of buildings included: All existing heated facilities owned by PHAC, where there is full access and control over utilities monitoring and usage.
  4. Exclusion: All mobile laboratories, hospitals, and airport quarantine services.
  5. Physical locations: Urban and non-urban centres where certification is deemed feasible.
  6. Conditions for inclusion: Buildings with floor space greater than 1,000m2.
  7. Minimum industry-recognized environmental certification: BOMA BESt Level 1 certification for laboratories and BOMA BESt Level 2 certification for office facilities.
  8. Minimum environmental performance program: Labs21 for laboratories only. Where applicable, the Agency will adhere to its Green Move methodologies and will "reduce, reuse and recycle" laboratory and office materials and infrastructure.
  9. Adjustments to the tool: PHAC rural locations and unknown building types will seek Green Globes. An emphasis will be placed on reducing GHG emissions, increasing durability and reducing water consumption.
  10. Rationale for adjustments: Security, feasibility, applicability and cost.
  11. Timeline: Effective April 1, 2012, the Agency will begin processes necessary to obtain a minimum of BOMA BESt Level 1 or equivalent certification for existing crown laboratories and BOMA BESt Level 2 or equivalent certification for existing Crown office buildings.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1,000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.3
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1,000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework Not Applicable
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1,000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework Not Applicable
Existence of strategic framework Yes

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency established its Green Building Strategic Framework in January, 2012, that outlines the conditions for buildings being assessed against this target as of April 1, 2012 and is posted on the Sustainable Development intranet Web site.
  2. This target will be achieved as a joint responsibility between PWGSC and Health Canada at lease acquisition or renewal. The current PHAC leased space portfolio was acquired by PWGSC, who negotiates 19 of the 20 leases on behalf of PHAC and Health Canada negotiates the remainder.
  3. As the client, PHAC will support efforts made by PWGSC and Health Canada to achieve this target.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.4
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework 0
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework 0
Existence of strategic framework Yes

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency established its Green Building Strategic Framework in January, 2012, that outlines the conditions for buildings being assessed against this target as of April 1, 2012 and is posted on the Sustainable Development intranet Web site.
  2. Types of buildings included: All heated facilities where PHAC has full access and control over utilities monitoring and usage.
  3. Exclusion: All mobile laboratories, hospitals, and airport quarantine services, given their function and operations.
  4. Physical Locations: Urban and non-urban centres where certification is deemed feasible.
  5. Conditions for inclusion: Fit-up and refit projects over $1M.
  6. Minimum industry-recognized environmental certification: 3 Green Globes for project dollar value between $1M and $10M and LEED Silver for project dollar value over $10M.
  7. Minimum environmental performance program: Labs21 for laboratories only. Where applicable, the Agency will adhere to its Green Move methodologies and will "reduce, reuse and recycle" laboratory and office materials and infrastructure.
  8. Adjustments to the tool: PHAC rural locations and unknown building types will seek Green Globes. An emphasis will be placed on reducing GHG emissions, increasing durability and reducing water consumption.
  9. Rationale for adjustments: Security, feasibility, applicability and cost.
  10. Timeline: Effective April 1, 2012, the Agency will obtain a minimum of 3 Green Globes or LEED Silver on new fit-up and refit projects.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


This table is not applicable as PHAC is not included in Annex 4 of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Guideline for Target 8.5.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE No
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year FY 2011–12 23%
FY 2012–13 60%
FY 2013–14 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Location: Any building that is occupied by at least one PHAC employee and one PHAC EEE asset. It excludes facilities such as warehouses, airports, quarantine services and mobile laboratories. The Agency has 39 locations.
  2. EEE Implementation Plan: The Agency will develop Implementation Plans for the disposal of the Agency's surplus EEE. The Plan will include an annual interim target of 23% for 2012–13, with the goal of having all PHAC facilities with an EEE implementation plan fully implemented by March 31, 2014. The EEE implementation plan will include all of the required elements, as per the mandatory implementation strategies listed in Theme IV of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy. The Agency's EEE Implementation Plan will be hosted on PHAC's Sustainable Development intranet Web site.
  3. Roles and Responsibilities: The Assets and Materiel Management (AMM) Division is the Office of Primary Interest with collaboration from the Sustainable Development Office (SDO), Information Technology (IT), and Physical Security and Facilities.
  4. Key Activities of the EEE Disposal Process: PHAC, in collaboration with Health Canada, will enhance its system to track and report on EEE disposal based on key equipment types disposed of through all designated streams at all locations that have an EEE implementation plan fully implemented.
  5. Reporting Requirements: The financial system and Asset Centre databases will be used to establish, monitor, and report on metrics for measuring activity-level performance of this target.
  6. Mechanisms to Evaluate Progress: PHAC will prepare an annual EEE disposal report for senior management, which will be led by AMM, with input from Information Technology.
  7. Relationship between Agency Asset Management System and EEE Implementation Plan: The Agency's asset management systems will be modified to enable tracking and reporting on compliance with implementation plans.
  8. Security Concerns or Sub-Processes: PHAC will ensure all security considerations will be taken before disposal of electronic equipment occurs.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 1.8:15
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow FY 2011–12 4:1
FY 2012–13 8:1
FY 2013–14 12:1

Strategies / Comments

  1. Printing Unit Definition: A printing unit is defined as all desktop printers, networked printers, facsimile machines, photocopiers and multi-functional devices (MFDs).
  2. Ratio Scope: The Agency will exceed the Federal target of 8:1 to obtain an overall minimum average of 12:1 throughout the organization, allocated as follows:
    • 12 workstations for one black and white printing device (12:1); and
    • 50 workstations for one colour printing device (50:1).
  3. Target exclusions and exemptions:
    • Specialty devices such as label makers, plotters, scanners, etc.;
    • Select employees as a result of approved Duty to Accommodate and teleworking agreements;
    • Floors/buildings with fewer than 12 and/or 50 workstations;
    • Floors/buildings where space configuration does not allow for an 12:1 or 50:1 ratio to be achieved; and
    • Security considerations under specific conditions (emergencies and business continuity planning).
  4. Method Used for Determining Number of Organizational Printing Units: Printing unit allocations were determined on a floor-by-floor basis by using the total number of workstations on each floor, divided by a ratio of 12. In order to account for regional buildings that have less than 12 or 50 workstations and remain within the minimum ratio, only whole numbers were used in the allocation of printing units. Where feasible, a floor requires a minimum of 12 workstations for a black and white printer and 50 workstations for a colour printer. Floors that have fewer than 12 workstations are granted an exemption for one colour unit only and floors that have fewer than 50 workstations are allocated a colour printer from the black and white allocation. For example, if there are 57 workstations on a floor, that floor will be entitled to four printers; three black and white and one colour. However, if there are four workstations on a floor, that floor will be entitled to one colour printer only.
  5. Method for Determining Number of Office Employees: The PHAC Accommodations' floor plans were used to assess the total number of workstations by floor. Using the number of workstations instead of employees is a stronger method as it is a more static and consistent variable.
  6. Number of office employees subject to the target: 100% of workstations/employees that have not been granted a formal exemption.
  7. Opportunities for continuous improvement: The Agency will be addressing its Printer Reduction Initiative through a phased approach: Phase I – National Capital Region; Phase II – the National Microbiology Laboratory; and Phase III – Regions. Through a phased approach, PHAC will address the lessons learned in Phase I and apply it to the remaining Phases to demonstrate continuous improvement. Additionally, as Crown asset printers reach the end of their lifecycle, the Agency will obtain new devices through a minimum of a three-year leasing agreement, unless a specific exemption is granted to purchase as an asset. This will not only demonstrate immediate financial savings, but will also allow the Agency to operate a more efficient printing environment for the management, repair and disposal of its fleet.
  8. Reporting requirements to track the indicator: In 2011–12, the SDO developed a document of current printer baselines and required adjustments for every PHAC building by floor in the National Capital Region and most regional locations. Over a phased approach, this document will be updated to include all PHAC building, by floor, to ensure adjustments are established. Through the Agency's Printer Reduction Initiative, adjustment allocations will become the newly adjusted baseline values for the Agency to be able to track the ratios and report on the results.

    Through several processes, printing units will be audited on an annual basis to ensure that organizations are remaining within their allocation. Through the Asset Inventory process, AMM will provide the SDO with a list of crown-owned printers currently deployed in the Agency, which will be monitored to ensure compliance to the allocation. Random internal and informal audits will be conducted by Finance to identify printers being purchased on credit cards, with the results being reported to the SDO for action. Additionally, no purchased or leased printing units will be brought into the Agency without the written approval by the SDO or purchased printers will be removed by the SDO and leasing requests will be rejected through the Contract and Requisition Review System (CRRS).
  9. Roles and responsibilities: Internal service organizations implicated in printing device procurement, installation, maintenance and/or disposal have agreed upon roles and responsibilities for AMM, Communications, Finance, IT Desktop Support, IT Security and SDO through internal documents.
  10. Plans/strategies for departmental engagement and communication to ensure target is met: An informal working group was created with representatives from all internal services organizations implicated in printing device procurement, installation, maintenance and/or disposal to develop plans and strategies for engagement, communications and implementation. A detailed Communications Plan with six integrated communications products was released to all Agency employees to ensure targets are met and adhered to. In order to gain Agency buy-in and engagement, the SDO held meetings and provided a presentation to every executive affected by Phase I, in addition to implementing the strategies approved through the Departmental Sustainable Development Strategy.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–06 and 2011–12, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope 5900 sheets per full-time employee6
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected FY 2011–12 0%
FY 2012–13 -10%
FY 2013–14 -20%

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope of this target: 100% of employees that are not required by law to maintain paper records.
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: In 2011–12 PHAC assessed standing offer data and internet protocol (IP) address data and determined that the latter provides the highest accuracy. A total of 287 IP addresses were investigated, with printer usage sheets being available for 238 network printers (83%). A baseline was established through a detailed statistical analysis to provide an average annual consumption of paper based on data from 2005 to 2011, with key assumptions that were made in order to establish the baseline:
    1. In April 2005, there were approximately 50 standalone printers in operation, within the National Capital Region, when the Agency was established;
    2. Starting in 2007–08, there was a ramping up towards 390 standalone printers;
    3. As of December 2011, there were 390 standalone printers in operation, within the National Capital Region;
    4. Between 2005 and 2011, there was an average of 200 standalone printers.
    5. Using 200 standalone printers over the average 6 ¾ year period from April 2000 to January 2012 is 1,352 person years (PY) (6.76 x 200) of standalone printer use. Network printer (established at 7 months into the FY) is 9,460 (10,812 PY-1,352), which includes 5% for temporary help services;
    6. Data was adjusted for like makes and models of printers for the period of operation where 49 (17%) IP addresses did not have usage sheets available;
    7. Employees with a standalone printer would print as much on that device as an average employee would on a network printer; and
    8. Employees with a standalone printer would not be using the network printers.
  3. Method used for determining number of office employees: As employee numbers change on a daily basis, PHAC is using the number of workstations available within the Agency, minus the employees who are required by law to maintain paper files.
  4. Number of office employees subject to the target: 100% of employees that are not required by law to maintain paper files.
  5. Processes / reporting requirements to track the reduction of paper consumption: A data and tracking spreadsheet was developed to include all IP addresses in the National Capital Region, paper usage by black and white and colour categories, along with simplex and duplex functions. This information will be updated on an annual basis in order for an analysis to be conducted and reporting requirements to be met on PHAC's progress towards the target. By using this spreadsheet, the SDO will be able to track and monitor printer usage and counter sheets based on IP addresses on an ongoing basis.
  6. Roles and responsibilities: The SDO will be the Office of Primary Interest and will be responsible for data collection, tracking, reporting and monitoring. This function will be supported by IT through maintaining and providing a list of IP addresses so required processes can be completed.
  7. Opportunities for continuous improvement: Through the Printer Reduction Initiative, new requirements (secure print with black and white with double-sided defaults) will be implemented in the Agency, which are expected to demonstrate paper reduction trends immediately. After one year, an analysis will be undertaken and strategies developed to address the reduction gap, if required.
  8. Estimated environmental benefits incurred from reducing paper consumption: By reducing paper consumption, the environmental benefits will be witnessed throughout the lifecycle process of paper. For example, decreased paper usage will result in reduced transportation needs in addition to less recycling and disposition of paper products.
  9. Additional information: The Agency is piloting different electronic platforms in order to support an electronic working environment, which will immediately impact paper consumption. For example, over the course of a six month period, PHAC's two major executive committees saved over 75,000 sheets of paper by using electronic platforms in lieu of committee hardcopy binders.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Presence of a green meeting guide Yes

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of "adoption": PHAC adopted a Green Meeting Guide (GMG) through senior executive endorsement and approval of the guide, along with it being posted to the PHAC Sustainable Development intranet Web site for employee use.
  2. Evidence that the green meeting guide has been adopted: Green Meeting Guide 2011.
  3. Scope of the green meeting guide: PHAC's GMG can be applied to all Agency meetings where participants are located outside of the host building from small half-day meetings to large international conferences.
  4. Reporting requirements to track the use of the green meeting guide: Using Google Analytics, information will be reported on the employee usage of the GMG.
  5. Roles and responsibilities: PHAC's GMG assists all employees in considering environmental impacts with economic considerations at every stage of organizing a meeting, including: planning, communications, selecting event venues, accommodations, hospitality, procurement, and travel. By doing so, Agency staff can minimize their meeting's waste, water, energy consumption, and air emissions; maximize economic and social benefits; and help to achieve PHAC's vision of Healthy Canadians and Communities in a Healthier World.
  6. Plans/strategies for departmental engagement / communication of the guide: Through Agency-wide consultation in the drafting of the document, feedback was obtained from employees across the Agency, in varying roles and classifications, to ensure PHAC's GMG was dynamic in nature to meet varying and unique requirements. The GMG is posted to the PHAC Sustainable Development intranet Web site and an article was released in PHAC's internal corporate newsletter.
  7. Estimated environmental benefits incurred from the use of the green meeting guide: Decreasing the amount of travel and associated greenhouse gas emissions for face-to-face meeting by encouraging electronic platforms such as: teleconference; videoconference; webinars; and Sametime Instant Meetings.

Green Procurement Targets


8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

8.10.1 As of April 1, 2011, office computers will have a minimum average of a four-year life in the Department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Average life of office computers in the Department in fiscal year 2010–11 4 years
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 4 years

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada's SMART criteria.
    • Specific: This target is understandable and communicates a clear and well defined requirement for all office computers in the Agency.
    • Measurable: This target requires asset management data to track the procurement date and age of computer at the point of disposition to report against the average lifecycle.
    • Achievable: This target requires asset management oversight and monitoring to ensure office computers are being redeployed or repaired wherever possible, to meet a minimum average of a four-year life. Successful integration of this target in Agency operations requires the collaboration of multiple stakeholders, such as information technology authorities, procurement authorities and asset managers, which is currently in place.
    • Relevant: Considering the expenditure cost and purchase volume of office computers, these reductions are a best practice in green procurement and should be considered before any other targets.
    • Timebound: This target is in force as of April 1, 2011.


8.10.2 As of April 1, 2011, at least 90% of new purchases and leases of printers and multi-functional devices will have environmental features.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Percentage of newly purchased and leased printers and multi-functional devices with environmental features in the 2010–11 fiscal year 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 90%7

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada's SMART criteria.
    • Specific: This target is understandable and communicates a clear and well defined requirement for new purchases and leases of printers and multi-functional devices.
    • Measurable: As all requests for printing devices must go through the SDO for approval, this office will track all requests and maintain a spreadsheet to report on the compliance with this target.
    • Achievable: As all requests for printing devices must go through the SDO for approval, this office will review the makes and models being requested to ensure all have environmental features such as Energy Star or sleep mode. Through several processes, printing units will be audited on an annual basis to ensure that organizations are remaining within their allocation. Through the Asset Inventory process, AMM will provide the SDO with a list of crown-owned printers currently deployed in the Agency, which will be monitored to ensure compliance to the allocation. Random internal and informal audits will be conducted by Finance to identify printers being purchased on credit cards, with the results being reported to the SDO for action. Additionally, no purchased or leased printing units will be brought into the Agency without the written approval by the SDO or purchased printers will be removed by the SDO and leasing requests will be rejected through the Contract and Requisition Review System (CRRS).
    • Relevant: Through the Printer Reduction Initiative, the Agency will have the ability to refine its printing fleet to ensure the most efficient and high-performing devices remain within the organization. Printing devices that have exceeded their use or no longer perform to quality standards will be removed.
    • Timebound: This target is in force as of April 1, 2011.


8.10.3 By March 31, 2017, the Agency will remove all standalone facsimile machines from its facilities through the integration into multi-functional devices.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Baseline in 2012–13:
Percentage of integrated facsimile machines into multi-functional devices across the Agency
to be established by December 31, 2012
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%8

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada's SMART criteria.
    • Specific: The target is clear, well-defined, and understandable. The context is explained and there is no ambiguity in direction to reduce the number of standalone devices by increasing the use of multi-functional devices.
    • Measurable: This target is measured through an inventory count of the number of standalone fax machines in the Agency in addition to monitoring the number of multi-functional devices being brought into the Agency with built-in facsimile machines.
    • Achievable: As the Agency's printing devices reach the end of their lifecycle or leasing arrangement, the Agency will obtain new devices through a minimum of a three-year leasing agreement, unless a specific exemption is granted to purchase as an asset. As leases expire over the next five years, the devices will only be approved to remain within the building
    • Relevant: This will not only demonstrate immediate financial savings, but will also allow the Agency to operate a more efficient printing environment for the management, repair and disposal of its fleet.
    • Timebound: This target requires a five year implementation period to account for all current printers on lease. In order to avoid contract cancellation penalties, as devices come to the end of their lease, leases will be cancelled for machines that are not multi-functional, including facsimile capability, and the machine will be removed and replaced with an upgraded device.


8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

Training for Select Employees

8.11.1 As of April 1, 2011, a minimum of 80% of materiel managers, procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders will have taken an Agency recognized training course on green procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Baselines established in 2009–10:
% of Asset and Materiel Management employees with Canadian School of Public Service (CSPS) C215 certification 73%
% of Asset and Materiel Management contracting specialists with CSPS C215 certification 83%
% of Acquisition Card Holders with PHAC Mandatory Procurement Training 83%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year:
% of Asset and Materiel Management employees with Canadian School of Public Service (CSPS) C215 certification 80%9
% of Asset and Materiel Management contracting specialists with CSPS C215 certification 80%9
% of Acquisition Card Holders with PHAC Mandatory Procurement Training 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada's SMART criteria.
    • Specific: An Agency recognized training course on green procurement includes: The Canada School of Public Service C215 certification and the mandatory procurement training for PHAC acquisition cardholders. For the purpose of this target, identified materiel managers and procurement personnel include all PHAC employees designated with a Procurement Group (PG) classification.
    • Measurable: As the CSPS cannot release data on employees who take the C215 course, data is maintained by AMM related to their employees who have taken C215 and Agency employees who have taken the mandatory procurement training for PHAC acquisition cardholders
    • Achievable: AMM employees and contracting specialists are required to obtain specific training before obtaining a position as a procurement specialist. Additionally, acquisition cards are not issued to any employee until after they have taken the mandatory procurement course, ensuring this target is achievable.
    • Relevant: The mandatory training is applicable to a specific set of employees based on their functions and responsibilities for contracting and procurement.
    • Timebound: This target is in force as of April 1, 2011.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management

8.11.2 As of April 1, 2011, 100% of all identified managers and functional heads of procurement will have environmental considerations clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Baselines established in 2009–10: % of all managers and function heads (three employees) of procurement and materials with environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada's SMART criteria.
    • Specific: The target is clear, well-defined, and understandable. The context is explained and there is no ambiguity in direction to maintain 100% compliance with this target.
    • Measurable: This target will be reported against by AMM, as the three required employees are within this organization.
    • Achievable: Through the PDP/PLP process, this requirement will be met on an annual basis, with internal reporting requirements associated with it.
    • Relevant: This target is applicable to three identified employees who have responsibility for 100% of departmental purchases over $10,000.
    • Timebound: This target is in force as of April 1, 2011.


Management processes and controls

8.11.3 By March 31, 2014, decrease the quantity of "unknown attributes" associated with the financial system's Green Procurement field in contracts by at least 10% below 2009–10 baseline levels.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
% of contracts and services with 'unknown attributes' 3,171 of 4,853 contracts = 65%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year FY 2010–11 -2% + 29%
FY 2011–12 -2%
FY 2012–13 -3%
FY 2013–14 -3%

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target complies with Environment Canada's SMART criteria.
    • Specific: The target is clear, well-defined, and understandable. The context is explained and there is no ambiguity in direction to reduce the number of "unknown attribute" responses against the Green Procurement field.
    • Measurable: Through the Agency's financial system, reports will be generated to measure the number of unknown attributes to assess if the number has been reduced by 10% below 2009–10 baselines levels.
    • Achievable: Through training and awareness sessions, emphasis is being placed on employees conducting additional research into the products they are purchasing to avoid using the "unknown attributes" drop-down option.
    • Relevant: This target is applicable to all contracting requirements throughout the Agency in order to demonstrate trends for green procurement practices over time.
    • Timebound: This target is to be completed by March 31, 2014.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year (Optional for all RPPs) Not Applicable

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency is not seeking to purchase greenhouse gas emissions offset credits in 2012–13.

Voluntary Reporting on PHAC's Departmental Sustainable Development Strategy


As of April 1, 2011, a Sustainable Development Advocate will be appointed to promote and be a leader for sustainable development and Strategic Environmental Assessments (SEA) in the Agency
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year
Sustainable Development Advocate is appointed Yes

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Sustainable Development Advocate for the Agency is the Director General of the Corporate Administration and Services Directorate.
  2. The Advocate's leadership is vital in moving PHAC towards the integration of sustainable development principles and Departmental Sustainable Development Strategy commitments into the policies, programs and activities of the Agency.
  3. Advancing initiatives that touch on the three pillars of sustainable development is an opportunity to influence holistic, long-term positive health outcomes for Canadians, specifically through undertaking Strategic Environmental Assessments. The Sustainable Development Advocate commits to ensuring all SEA requirements are accomplished in accordance with the Cabinet Directive on Environmental Assessment of Policy, Plan and Program Proposals.


As of April 1, 2011, the Agency will implement management elements to increase compliance rates to a minimum of 90% through compliance with SEA Preliminary Scans for Memoranda to Cabinet and Treasury Board Submissions
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Baselines established in 2009–10:
% of annual departmental compliance with the Cabinet Directive for SEA Preliminary Scan for Memoranda to Cabinet 0%
% of annual departmental compliance with the Cabinet Directive for SEA Detailed Assessment for Memoranda to Cabinet Not Applicable
% of annual departmental compliance with the Cabinet Directive for SEA Preliminary Scan for Treasury Board Submissions 19%
% of annual departmental compliance with the Cabinet Directive for SEA Detailed Assessment for Treasury Board Submissions Not Applicable
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year:
% of annual departmental compliance with the Cabinet Directive for SEA Preliminary Scan for Memoranda to Cabinet 90%
% of annual departmental compliance with the Cabinet Directive for SEA Detailed Assessment for Memoranda to Cabinet Not Applicable
% of annual departmental compliance with the Cabinet Directive for SEA Preliminary Scan for Treasury Board Submissions 90%
% of annual departmental compliance with the Cabinet Directive for SEA Detailed Assessment for Treasury Board Submissions Not Applicable

Strategies / Comments

  1. At PHAC, a SEA is the process of determining important environmental impacts as an outcome of policy, plan and program proposals. As a process, the Agency considers Preliminary Scans as a mandatory requirement for all policy, plan and program proposals in order to determine if a Detailed Assessment is required based on important environmental impacts. However, due to the scope of its mandate PHAC has to date only completed Preliminary Scans as it does not develop policy, plan or program proposals that result in important environmental impacts. The Preliminary Scan is the instrument that allows the Agency to identify requirements for Detailed Assessments.
  2. The Agency has yet to complete a Detailed Assessment since its inception and is unlikely to be required to complete one in the future based on its mandate and business activities. Should one be required, reporting will occur. Until that point in time, baselines and progress are not applicable.


By March 31, 2014, the Agency will expand its National Dead Battery Recycling Program to all 13 major PHAC buildings from Vancouver to Halifax
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
# of major PHAC buildings 13
# of major PHAC buildings with a fully-implemented Dead Battery FY 2011–12 9
FY 2012–13 9
FY 2013–14 13

Strategies / Comments

  1. Batteries including lead-acid, lithium, nickel-cadmium, silver oxide and mercury batteries pose a higher threat to human and environmental health as they contain heavy metals, many of which are toxic substances scheduled under the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999. Improper disposal of large numbers of batteries also pose a safety risk, since batteries are prone to react and overheat.
  2. PHAC is actively participating in sustainable development activities such as the controlled disposal of dead batteries through its recycling program, which will be expanded to all major PHAC buildings.


By March 31, 2014, the Agency will reduce its CO2 levels from phantom energy use by 100% and verify its success through its 5th and 6th National Energy Reduction Initiatives
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
Baselines established in 2010–11 # of avoidable CO2 tonnes per year by PHAC 866.95 tonnes/year
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year:
# of reduced avoidable CO2 tonnes per year by PHAC
FY 2011–12 -700.95 tonnes/year
FY 2012–13 -800.00 tonnes/year
FY 2013–14 -866.95 tonnes/year

Strategies / Comments

  1. It would take 13,476,639 trees to offset the amount of CO2 released into the atmosphere by Canadian public servants each year because of electrical equipment being left on at night and over weekends.
  2. Volunteers from PHAC and Health Canada conducted PHAC's First National Energy Reduction Initiative in May 2008, the Second PHAC NERI in November 2008, and the Third PHAC National Energy Reduction Initiative in June 2010.
  3. The Second National Energy Reduction Initiative showed phantom energy use had been reduced by 42% per person. When extrapolated to all employees, an estimated 870,435 kilowatt hours were being needlessly wasted each year at PHAC and could be saved with no more effort than it takes to turn off a switch. If employees work together, they can help PHAC save up to $90,000 a year. Although it is impossible to fully eliminate all phantom energy, the Second Energy Initiative demonstrated that more than $29,000 could be saved through the efforts of volunteers.


As of March 31, 2012, all Agency workstations will be controlled and operated by a SmartBar device
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status
% of workstations controlled and operated by a SmartBar 100%
% of SmartBars installed in the Agency FY 2011–12 100%
FY 2012–13 100%
FY 2013–14 100%

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Agency procured 3,500 SmartBars or environmentally-friendly electrical power bars in 2011–12 to stop phantom energy (wasteful power consumed by appliances during off-hours) in workstations.
  2. Through PHAC's completed 4th National Energy Reduction Initiative, the effectiveness of the SmartBars will be validated through a data synthesis process.
  3. As the annual energy savings gained through the installation of SmartBars amounts to approximately $45 per unit installed, PHAC is expecting to see annual savings of about $135,000, within a year. This means that the initiative will not only have paid for itself, but PHAC will acquire additional savings each year the SmartBars are in operation.

Notes:

  • 1 This will be demonstrated by achieving Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) New Construction (NC) Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) BESt (Building Environmental Standards), Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This will be demonstrated by achieving LEED Commercial Interior Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 5 Ratio determined through an audit of the PHAC Print Optimization studies, which include select PHAC locations. This ratio will be updated as additional figures from across Canada are determined.

  • 6 Baseline includes data from the National Capital Region (NCR) only. Once regional information is obtained, the baseline will be adjusted. On average, NCR accounts for approximately 62% of the Agency's population.

  • 7 For this target, progress against measure in the given fiscal year may be lower than the established baseline to allow for surge capacity exceptions during security and emergency management events under specific conditions (i.e., H1N1, SARS)

  • 8 The target is established at 100% for leases expiring in 2012–13 and new leases issued where standalone fax machines are present. Full compliance (100%) with the overall target cannot occur until 2017, in order for all current leases to expire and be replaced.

  • 9 For these targets, progress against measure in the given fiscal year may be lower than the established baseline to allow for security and emergency management considerations under specific conditions.

Top of Page

Public Safety Canada



Greening GovernmentGreening Government Operations (GGO)

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes   
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13 100%  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Electronic and Electrical Equipment: Electronic Equipment refers to computers, monitors, printers, plotters, laptops, docking stations, televisions, most server and network equipment, most audio-visual equipment, scanners, fax machines, label printers, photocopiers, toaster-ovens, refrigerators, microwaves, and ovens.
  2. Definition of departmental locations: In the context of this target, locations are defined as the National Capital Region – headquarters (NCR), as well as Public Safety Canada’s (PS) regional presences (13). Of note, 85% of PS employees and 90% of the Department’s electronic and electrical equipment are located in the NCR (headquarters).
  3. Scope: This target includes all EEE (IT and non-IT assets) included in the above definition of electronic and electrical equipment.
  4. Method for Tracking Equipment: Departmental assets are recorded in three departmental systems designed to capture complete information on each type of asset (an IT asset tracking system - WASP, a non-IT asset tracking system – Cable solve, and a financial capital asset tracking system – SAP). When the asset is received, relevant information is recorded in the appropriate tracking system and an asset tag is affixed. In 2012-13, PS will be looking at opportunities to amalgamate data (on EEEs) from both IT and non-IT tracking systems.
  5. Implementation Strategies:
    • PS currently has a procedure in place for headquarters and all regional presences, which follows the Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Federal Electronic Waste Strategy and Federal Sustainable Development Strategy (FSDS) requirements for electronic equipment; and will continue to exploit information technology equipment buyback or municipal/provincial/federal E-waste recycling programs (Industry Canada Website, Computers For Schools, Crown Assets). Some regional offices and towns do not have a Computer For School’s program nearby. Currently, some regional presences send equipment back to headquarters for proper donation or disposal;
    • The procedure currently allows the Department to track both plug-in and battery powered “electronic equipment” by equipment type; 
    • The procedure also allows the Department to track the disposal of “electronic equipment”; PS now offers more options for disposing electronic equipment, notably ensuring that charities receive its used equipment;
    • PS will document and strengthen its regional process for reuse, disposal and/or recycling of all unused equipment items;
    • Given that the electrical equipment was purchased within the last seven years, PS has yet to implement its plan to reuse or recycle any surplus inventory. The plan will be implemented in 2012-13;
    • PS will continue to find opportunities to reduce its ratio of EEE as part of its IT Transformation initiative;
    • PS will evaluate the implementation plans once a year, during the end-of-year process, integrated in the Departmental Planning and Reporting Cycle; and,
  6. In terms of meeting its obligation under the Policy on Government Security (PGS), PS has measures in place to ensure compliance, including physical security of departmental assets. The departmental Security Policy and the departmental Security Plan establish requirements in this area.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) 2:1*  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 4:1   
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

* This ratio was calculated by using the total number of printing devices and the number of employees. It does not differentiate between network and local printers.

  1. Definition of Printing Unit: In the context of this target, a printing unit is defined as an electronic device, which sends text or pictures onto paper. This includes desktop printers, network printers, and multifunctional printers (with photocopier, fax, and scanner functionality).
  2. Scope: PS is currently determining appropriate scoping requirements for this target. It is expected that select printing units and employees will need to be scoped out due to space configuration in the regions, duty to accommodate and telework situations. Plotters, printing units supporting the PS Secure Network (Dragon), as well as three printing units at one of the office locations in the NCR, due to technical constraints, have been scoped out of this target. Overall, 95% of PS employees are subject to this target.
  3. Method for Tracking Printing Units: PS will put measures in place to strengthen and maintain the accuracy of its inventory of organizational printing units (in the NCR and in the regions), using a tracking system called WASP. PS will obtain the number of printing units connected to the network via the Corporate Management Branch (Chief Information Officer Directorate).
  4. Method for Tracking Office Employees: PS determines its number of office employees using its Human Resources Management System (HRMS - PeopleSoft).
  5. Implementation Strategies:
    • plot all printers on floor plans and validate its printer inventory;
    • develop a communications plan to issue communications to employees and repatriate all “out of warranty” printers, printers not compatible with Windows 7, and phase-out all local printers (printers will be properly reused or recycled, please see 8.6);
    • ensure adequate access to network printers to service each area;
    • establish a Printer Directive where local printers will become the exception and approvals for all printers will come from the Department’s Corporate Management Branch. This will ensure PS  maintains its new employee to printer ratio;
    • review its printer requirements and deploy as required. It will also evaluate its requirements to determine the feasibility of consolidating colour and black and white printers, and use higher capacity multifunctional devices to reduce printing units throughout the Department; and,
    • The Department’s Chief Information Officer Directorate has developed instructions and will educate employees on procedures to map to network printers and for secure printing.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) FY 2010-11: 9,604.2  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) FY 2011-12 5%  
FY 2012-13 10%  
FY 2013-14 20%  

*Source: Public Safety Canada’s Human Resources Management System (PeopleSoft) as at January 2012.

Strategies / Comments

  1. Baseline Year Selected:  Fiscal year 2010-11
  2. Scope: At a minimum, this target will include internal consumption of 8½ x 11 inch, 8½ x 14 inch and 11 x 17 stock paper across Canada, including all regional offices. This target will omit external printing, including those contracted out to a printing supplier, printing which results from a contract with an external supplier of goods and services, as well as coloured paper purchased directly by acquisitions cards. Overall, 95% of PS employees are subject to this target.
  3. Method for determining paper consumption: PS determines its paper consumption by calculating the amount of paper acquired centrally by the Department’s Corporate Management Branch though its central stock/supply room, at the Canadian Emergency Management College and with acquisition cards in the regions. PS will maintain centralized procurement of paper in the NCR and purchase less.
  4. Method for determining number of office employees: PS determines its number of office employees using its Human Resources Management System (HRMS - PeopleSoft).
  5. Implementation strategies include:
    • determine the Department’s purchasing paper through PWGSC’s PaperSave Program;
    • ensure that all printers and copiers are programmed to doubled-sided printing as the default setting, whenever feasible;
    • develop a communications plan to remind employees of their options to consume less paper;
    • review business practices that consume the most paper and work with large consumers of paper to determine strategies to green their operations;
    • launch a competition at headquarters and post comparative graphs of paper usage in each of the printer rooms, so that employees have an idea of regular usage, by floor. During the mid-year and year-end review processes, PS will repost the comparative graphs to identify which floor has achieved the highest overall cumulative reduction in paper consumption at headquarters;
    • continue to explore ways of managing paper supply and usage (e.g. examine the feasibility of introducing electronic signature, and operating on a cost-recovery basis internally to raise awareness and challenge employees to be more conscious of paper consumption); 
    • work towards a Digital Office (i.e. develop/implement a departmental Greening Guide; and determine the feasibility of implementing Wi-Fi, electronic invoicing and implementing ‘eFax’ (PWGSC));
    • explore the possibility of no longer printing business cards. It will setup electronic templates for business cards to be printed on demand. In an increasingly technological environment, contacts are exchanged and immediately stored in Blackberries, eliminating the need for paper copies; and,
    • review opportunities to green its management and decision-making processes.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Meetings: In the context of this target, meetings includes local meetings, regional or national meetings (more than 50 km away for at least one participant), international meetings (participants from more than one country) and major events and conferences (large and/or multi- day events).
  2. Definition of adoption: The guide will be reviewed by PS governance sub-committees and re-posted on PS’s Intranet site. The Departmen t’s Green Team will introduce the new Green Meeting Guide at every PS governance sub-committee meeting.
  3. Method for developing PS Guide: The Department took an empirical approach and reviewed various green meeting guides available on GCPedia’s green meetings community and Environment Canada’s Green Meeting Guide, as well as other material presented at the 2nd annual Greening Government Conference in May 2011. The information gathered identified the necessary requirements to address the data from scanning PS’s meeting practices.. Individuals and groups across the Department were also consulted for best practices. The Department will leverage RDIMS to identify opportunities throughout the guide’s development. For example, by using the RDIMS eIndex to organize committee information.  A generic template for an eIndex was created to be used by other committees with a supporting guide to tell them how to link to RDIMS documents.
  4. Implementation strategies include:
    • pilot Wi-Fi accessibility in meeting rooms at headquarters (in the NCR)
    • increase the use of soft copies during meetings at PS (i.e. eIndex and presentations on the screen, e-records of decisions, e-meeting notes captures in an official departmental e-repository);
    • use recycled plates and cutlery, as well as explore ways of using environmentally friendly food and beverage service providers;
    • increase the use of videoconferencing rather than traveling to meetings;
    • when feasible, use public transportation when traveling to a meeting;
    • use facilities/services provided by companies that use environmentally preferred products or have a greening plan;
    • explore ways of tracking progress in greening its meetings; 
    • communicate the importance of the guide and overall green practices to employees on an ongoing basis from the developed  communication plan;
    • incorporate tools and processes that encourage and support collaboration; and, incorporate pieces on “Regional Realities” to its guide.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


**NEW 8.10.1** AS OF APRIL 1, 2012, PUBLIC SAFETY CANADA WILL ENSURE THAT 95% OF TONER CARTRIDGES PURCHASED ARE REMANUFACTURED OR RECYCLED, WHERE FEASIBLE
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of remanufacturing or recycling of toner cartridges, relative to total number of toner cartridges purchased 95% in FY 2008-09
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.  N/A*  

Strategies / Comments

* This target has been adjusted and a justification note will be developed for the Departmental Performance Report

  1. SMART: This target meets all the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound. 
  2. Baseline: In 2008-09, 95% of PS’s toner for printers were remanufactured or recycled (green procurement RPP 2010-11).
  3. Scope: In 2012-13, PS will scope out Xerox toner cartridges from this target, and will engage the vendor to ensure it includes the departmental environmental consideration (GGO target) forward.
  4. Implementation strategies include:
    • continue purchasing toner cartridges through the stock room at the NCR, which will ensure the availability of inventory counts;
    • investigate the possibility of including criteria to give priority to suppliers who can demonstrate that they operate within “green” policies and programs;
    • significantly reduce the amount of printers  acquired; PS will be in a better position to ensure toner cartridges purchased are remanufactured or recycled; and,
    • investigate procurement policies to determine the feasibility of including environmental considerations in the departmental purchasing criteria, in conjunction with traditional interests of price, performance and availability.


**NEW 8.10.2** AS OF APRIL 1, 2011, AS AN ONGOING TARGET, PUBLIC SAFETY CANADA OFFICE COMPUTERS WILL HAVE AN AVERAGE OF A FOUR-YEAR LIFE CYCLE
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average life of office computers in the Department Four-year average lifecycle (baseline fiscal year 2010-11) 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Four-year average life   

Strategies / Comments

  1. SMART: This target meets all the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound. 
  2. Baseline: In 2010-11, PS’s office computers had an average life of four years.
  3. Scope: This target includes all PS office computers.
  4. Implementation strategies include:
    • a yearly renewal, on average, of 25% of its computer inventory to ensure that the Department has the latest and most energy efficient technologies. A procedure is currently in place, managed by its Information Technology authorities and Procurement authorities;
    • track the Department’s spending on assets, according to the existing system. This will be reinforced and integrated into PS’s Investment Planning process; and,
    • create awareness with client groups through presentations.


8.10.3 BY MARCH 31, 2014, 95% OF PAPER PURCHASES WILL CONTAIN A MINIMUM OF 30% RECYCLED CONTENT AND/OR HAVE FOREST MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATION OR ECOLOGO OF EQUIVALENT CERTIFICATION
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Volume of paper purchased that meets target requirements, relative to the total volume of all paper purchased N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2012-13: N/A
FY 2013-14: 95%
 

Strategies / Comments

  1.  SMART: This target meets all the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound. 
  2. Implementation strategies include:
    • In 2012-13 and in conjunction with the above paper reduction target, PS will finalize tracking methodologies for this target (in the NCR and the regions);
    • As part of its Acquisition Card Policy, PS will include paper on the list of things that cannot be purchased with an acquisition card (at headquarters);
    • PS will continue to purchase paper through the stock room at headquarters (in the NCR) which will ensure the availability of inventory counts; and,
    • PS will create awareness of this target through presentations to client groups.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

**NEW 8.11.1** AS OF APRIL 1, 2012, AS AN ONGOING TARGET, 90% OF MATERIAL MANAGERS, PROCUREMENT OFFICERS AND ACQUISITION CARDHOLDERS WILL HAVE TAKEN A GREEN PROCUREMENT TRAINING COURSE
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of material managers, procurement officers and acquisition cardholders that have taken a green procurement training course as of the end of fiscal year 2011-12 95%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.  FY 2012-13: 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. SMART: This target meets all the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound.
  2. Implementation Strategies include:
    • All material managers, procurement officers and acquisition cardholders that have not completed the green procurement course will have identified a Green Procurement training course in their 2012-13 individual learning plans;
    • PS has implemented the new departmental Green Procurement Policy and will continue to create awareness of this target through presentations to client groups and during the departmental business planning process;
    • The Department’s Corporate Management Branch has developed a tracking/monitoring system for this target;
    • PS has developed a policy which prevents acquisition cardholders that have not taken a green procurement training course from using their acquisition card; and
    • PS continues to promote existing tools available online and procurement officers will participate in webinars on green procurement.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

**NEW 8.11.2** AS OF APRIL 1, 2012, AS AN ONGOING TARGET, GREEN PROCUREMENT OBJECTIVES WILL BE INCLUDED IN 100% OF THE PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS OF MANAGERS AND FUNCTIONAL HEADS OF PROCUREMENT AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of managers and functional heads of procurement and material management that have included N/A 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2012-13: 100%   

Strategies / Comments

  1.  SMART: This target meets all the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound; and
  2. 100% of procurement officers will receive performance expectations and reviews regarding green procurement.


Management processes and controls.

8.11.3 AS OF MARCH 31, 2014, A MINIMUM OF THREE MANAGEMENT PROCESSES AND CONTROLS WILL BE GREENED
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of greened management processes and controls N/A 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2012-13: 1
FY 2013-14: 3
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. SMART: This target meets all the requirements of SMART criteria, including: Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and Time Bound.
  2. Implementation Strategies include:
  3. In 2010-11, PS developed and implemented the departmental Policy on Green Procurement, as well as the departmental Policy on Acquisition Cards;

In 2012-13, PS will:

  • include environmental considerations in the Investment Planning, Procurement and Contracting Section of the Branch Business Plan template (part of the Department’s business planning process);
  • establish a Printer Directive where local printers will become the exception and approvals for all printers will come from the Department’s Corporate Management Branch;
  • review its process for acquiring new EEE equipment;
  • promote using “greenest” suppliers on Statement Offer/ Supply Arrangement; and
  • review the Terms of Reference of its Contract Review Committee (will add green considerations to mandate).

Top of Page

Public Servants Disclosure Protection Tribunal Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: The Registry's Director, Planning and Corporate Services, has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.

  2. Management processes and controls: The Registry's management will work to ensure that all procurement decisions are consistent with the Policy on Green Procurement. Specifically, management will analyze procurement relative to electrical and electronic equipment, printing, paper consumption, and meetings, identify environmental risks, and develop, in consultation with PWGSC, measures to mitigate the risks.

  3. Setting targets: Registry's management, with the assistance of PWGSC as necessary, will set appropriate targets where necessary to mitigate risks. We expect to be able to set targets for the disposal of surplus electrical and electronic equipment, paper consumption, and, possibly, green meetings.

  4. Training: At least one Registry's staff member will complete the Canada School of the Public Service on-line course on green procurement in 2012-2013.

  5. Performance evaluations: Objectives related to implementation of the Policy will be included in the performance management agreements of staff responsible for procurement.


Notes:

  • 1 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Public Service Commission of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

The PSC is a Department bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act. The mandatory planning required by Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement follows:

Strategies/Comments

  1. Approach: The PSC’s approach to implementing green procurement is to target the use of PWGSC procurement instruments, the delivery of training to key personnel and the inclusion of green procurement objectives in the employee performance evaluations of key decision makers. The scope of implementation activity includes both the National Capital Region (headquarters) and the Regions.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: The PSC uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism when such mechanisms are available, and leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers by PWGSC. Furthermore:
    • In 2012-13, the PSC’s procurement procedures  will continue to be reviewed to ensure environmental considerations are included where possible; and
    • The Statement of Work, Request for Proposal and Request for Standing Offer templates used for contracting for services will be reviewed in 2012-13 to identify opportunities to update and improve environmental considerations.
    These management processes and controls were selected through an analysis of the PSC’s decision-making processes and controls. The analysis was conducted to identify those processes and controls that should include environmental considerations and referenced PWGSC’s Guideline for Integrating Environmental Considerations into Departmental Procurement Management Frameworks.
  3. Setting Targets: In addition to commitments identified in ii., iv., and v., the Department has the following targets:
    • Ensure that purchases are made through PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments, when such instruments are available.
    • Ensure that environmental considerations continue to be included in the procurement initiatives for the PSC’s upcoming move to Gatineau in 2013.
    These targets were selected through an analysis of the PSC’s spend, in consideration of the PSC’s mandate and the nature of the PSC’s purchases.
  4. Training: The PSC will ensure that all existing procurement and materiel management functional specialist staff take the CSPS course C215 (Green Procurement) by the end of the fiscal year (5 employees in total). The PSC will also require that all new Procurement Services’ staff take CSPS course C215 within one (1) year of being hired. Additionally, the PSC will ensure that Green Procurement considerations are included in the Procurement Training course, which will be available to all PSC employees.
  5. Performance Evaluations: This fiscal year the PSC will ensure that an objective to take environmental considerations into account for all procurement activities is included in the performance management agreement of the Chief of Procurement Services.
  6. Meeting Targets: The PSC will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.
Top of Page

Public Service Labour Relations Board



Green Procurement

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff - The PSLRB Procurement and Materiel Management staff will complete the Green Procurement course (C215) offered by the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) during fiscal year 2012-13.
  2. Training for Acquisition Cardholders - The online Green Procurement course (C215) offered by the CSPS will be a mandatory course for designated acquisition cardholders as part of their 2012-13 training plan.
  3. Performance Evaluations - Environmental considerations will be included in the evaluations of designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
  4. Procurement Processes and Controls - The PSLRB has mandated the functional head of procurement to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement. An internal committee will meet quarterly to establish management processes and controls to identify environmental risks and mitigation considerations.
  5. Use of Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments - The PSLRB purchases primarily involve office supplies, office furniture and IT equipment. These purchases are made through the Public Works and Government Services Canada Standing Offer on products and services that provide best prices, better quality and a green procurement guarantee (e.g., recycled material, environmental performance). In 2012-13, the PSLRB will track and report on the use of green consolidated procurement instruments and purchases that include environmental considerations.
  6. Reduction Initiatives for Specific Goods - In 2012-13, the PSLRB will assess possible reduction initiatives for specific goods.


Top of Page

Public Service Staffing Tribunal



Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Targets / Strategies / Comments

  1. Training for Procurement and Materiel Management Staff – The PSST Procurement and Materiel Management staff will complete the Green Procurement course (C215) offered by the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) during fiscal year 2012-13. 
  2. Training for Acquisition Cardholders – The online Green Procurement course (C215) offered by the CSPS will be a mandatory course for designated acquisition cardholders as part of their fiscal year 2012-13 training plan.
  3. Performance Evaluations – Environmental considerations will be included in the evaluations of designated managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
  4. Procurement Processes and Controls – The PSST’s management will work to ensure that all procurement decisions are consistent with the Policy on Green Procurement.  An internal committee will meet quarterly to establish management processes and controls to identify environmental risks and mitigation considerations.
  5. Use of Green Consolidated Procurement Instruments – The PSST purchases primarily involve office supplies, office furniture and IT equipment. These purchases are made through the use of the PWGSC Standing Offer on products and services that provide best prices, better quality and a green procurement guarantee (e.g. recycled material, environmental performance).  In fiscal year 2012-13, the PSST will track and report on the use of green consolidated procurement instruments and purchases that include environmental considerations.
  6. Reduction Initiatives for Specific Goods – In fiscal year 2012-13, the PSST will continue to assess possible reduction initiatives for specific goods.

Top of Page

Public Works and Government Services Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

 

Green Building Targets


Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum Level of Environmental Performance: All newly constructed federal government office buildings, including Crown-owned, leased-to-own, and build-to-lease will meet the LEED Canada-NC Gold level of environmental performance.
  2. All major renovations in office buildings and all non-office buildings will meet the LEED Canada-NC Silver, 3 Green Globes for Design or equivalent level of environmental performance.
  3. Threshold (dollar value or floor area): None (no exclusions on the basis of threshold).
  4. Applicable Building Types: All office and non-office buildings (no exclusions on the basis of building type).
  5. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. 220  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. FY 2011-2012 7%  
FY 2012-2013 32%  
FY 2013-2014 57%  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes (by March 31,2012)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum Level of Environmental Performance: No pre-determined level of environmental performance is identified as the intent is to establish the performance of individual buildings and then develop a process for integrating the most logical steps to improve its performance into the established management practices of the Real Property Branch.
  2. Threshold (dollar value or floor area): None (no exclusions on this basis).
  3. Applicable Building Types: Assessments will be conducted on all Crown-owned buildings for which PWGSC is the custodial department. Exceptions will be only those buildings which cannot be appropriately characterized by the selected assessment tool.
  4. Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent
  5. PWGSC is planning to complete a full cycle of assessments on all buildings in 5 years (by March 31, 2016).
  6. During Fiscal Year 2011-12, only 7% will be assessed as there is no Standing Offer Arrangement in place to carry out assessments at this time.
  7. For Fiscal Year 2012-13 and 2013-14, 25% will be done to make up for the shortfall in Fiscal Year 2011-12.
  8. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 49  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 25  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes (by March 31,2012)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum Level of Environmental Performance: Leased office space that exceeds 500 m2 in rentable area and in which PWGSC is the majority leasee (> 50% of the total rentable area in the building) will be assessed using the BOMA BESt assessment method and must qualify for certification of at least Level 1.
  2. Leased office space that exceeds 10,000 m2 in rentable area and in which PWGSC is the majority leasee (> 50% of the total rentable area in the building) will be assessed using the BOMA BESt assessment method and must qualify for certification of at least Level 2.
  3. Threshold (dollar value or floor area): 500 m2 in rentable area and in which PWGSC is the majority leasee (> 50% of the total rentable area in the building).
  4. Applicable Building Types: All leased office buildings.
  5. The planned results are based on historical data for leasing activity and assumptions as to the character of the leased space and the ability to have them assessed.
  6. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 15  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 13  
Existence of strategic framework. Yes (by March 31,2012)  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum Level of Environmental Performance: The fit-up or refit projects will meet a level of environmental performance of LEED Canada-CI Silver, 3 Green Globes for Fit-up, or equivalent.
  2. Threshold (dollar value or floor area): This target applies to fit-up or refit projects where general purpose office space exceeds 1,000 m2 in area.
  3. Applicable Building Types: All buildings with general purpose office space.
  4. The fit-up/refit project must require the office space to be completely redesigned to meet the new requirements of the occupant.
  5. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-2021, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. -17%  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. 266*  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-2012 258  
FY 2012-2013 261  
FY 2013-2014 261  
FY 2014-2015 256  
FY 2015-2016    
FY 2016-2017    
FY 2017-2018    
FY 2018-2019    
FY 2019-2020    
FY 2020-2021 221  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 - 3%  
FY 2012-2013 -1.9%  
FY 2013-2014 -1.9%  
FY 2014-2015 -3.8%  
FY 2015-2016    
FY 2016-2017    
FY 2017-2018    
FY 2018-2019    
FY 2019-2020    
FY 2020-2021 -17%  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. Yes, by March 31, 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted GHG emissions sources: Facilities and fleet.
  2. Ongoing implementation of energy reduction measures in buildings, the Energy Services Acquisition Program to reduce energy use in PWGSC central heating and cooling plant in the NCA, anticipated changes in the PWGSC portfolio and other initiatives.
  3. Emission sources excluded: Housing units located in northern territories, such as Workplace 2.0.
  4. *Changes to Baseline: The baseline GhG emissions reported for 2005-2006 have been adjusted to reflect the sale and lease back of 7 properties to Larco Investments in 2007. Additional adjustments to the PWGSC portfolio and GhG baseline may be required in future years reporting.
  5. Key Components of PWGSC Implementation Plan: From 2011-2012 to 2020-2021, emissions reductions are primarily expected to result from energy efficiency upgrades and retrofits at departmental facilities:
    1. 9% - Office buildings
    2. 6% - Energy Services Acquisitions Program - Central Heating and Cooling Plants
    3. 2% - Capital Investment
    4. <1% - Fleet and Data Centres**
  6. **The transfer of data centre management to the newly created federal agency, Shared Services Canada, may have a significant impact on the stated contribution of the reported activities towards meeting PWGSC's GHG reduction target. If necessary, this will be reflected in future reports.
  7. Incremental Energy Reduction estimates are not linear, given known portfolio changes programmed before 2020.
  8. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected semi-annually to track progress against this target.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE Completed in FY 2010-2011  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of location within the department: Locations refers to the National Capital Area and five regions: Pacific Region, Western Region, Ontario Region, Quebec Region, and Atlantic Region.
  2. Number of locations: There are 6 locations for this target.
  3. Implementation plan: PWGSC's implementation plan addresses the disposal of all departmentally generated surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in a manner consistent with the Guideline for the Disposal of Federal Surplus EEE.
  4. Key components of the disposal process have been identified such as, asset classification; wiping of memory-containing assets; triage and identification of appropriate disposal methods; safe packaging and transportation of EEE; and, collection of disposal data.
  5. Throughout 2012-2013, PWGSC will evaluate common Regional components of the EEE disposal process, key activities and key activity areas in order to assure standardization and a common best practice approach to the activity.
  6. PWGSC's implementation plan identifies responsibilities, including delegated authority, for EEE disposal at all 'locations'.
  7. Tracking and reporting: PWGSC is capable of using its departmental integrated financial and materiel management system to report on quantities of key equipment types disposed of through all designated streams at all locations. PWGSC is committed to exploring ways to build a consistent capacity to track weight.
  8. Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.
  9. Mechanism to evaluate plan effectiveness: PWGSC departmental disposal authorities meet regularly to ensure consistent application of the e-waste implementation plan.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. Actual Results for FY 2010-2011: 5.8:1    
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-2012 6:1  
FY 2012-2013 8:1  
FY 2013-2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of Printing Units: As per PWGSC’s IT Asset Alignment Program's Phase II Program Ratio, networked printers, multifunctional devices, photocopiers, faxes and scanners are included. Non-networked desktop printers are not included in this ratio.
  2. Scope: The ratios include all printing units and office employees within the department. PWGSC has not excluded any printing units on the basis of building occupancy levels, security considerations or space configuration.
  3. Method used for determining number of printing units: PWGSC requires all branches / regions to physically count all printing units within the branch every six months. PWGSC also requires branches / regions to estimate the number of printing units that will be part of the branch's / region's inventory in six months and in eighteen months.
  4. Method used for determining # of office employees: PWGSC uses a combination of data obtained from HR systems and physical head counts to determine the number of office employees. Office employees include all employees (Full-Time Equivalents, Part-Time Equivalents, Students, Casuals, and those on Contract).
  5. Number of office employees subject to the target (latest available count, Nov. 2011): 14,700
  6. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected semi-annually to track progress against this target.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 6062 sheets / employee (FY 2010-2011*)  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-2012 Not reported  
FY 2012-2013 -14%  
FY 2013-2014 -20%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: PWGSC has elected to include all departmental employees and all paper purchased through the PWGSC Standing Offer for paper.
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: The paper supplier reports through the Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) paper standing offer.
  3. Method used for determining # of office employees: PWGSC uses data obtained from HR systems to determine the number of office employees. Office employees include all employees (Indeterminate, Term, Casual, Seasonal, Student and Part-time Worker).
  4. Number of office employees as of baseline date (December 2010): 14,560
  5. Implementation strategies to reduce paper consumption: The Department has identified and will put in place paper reduction initiatives that it can implement in the short-term (e.g. duplex printing). Other initiatives that will reduce paper consumption over the longer term include a move to paperless meetings and electronic recordkeeping, desktop transformation and printing unit consolidation. Pending performance results, the department will implement additional actions to address current paper-based systems.
  6. * The baseline year was changed from 2009-2010 to 2010-2011, because more complete data was available in 2010-2011. Data for 2009-2010 under-represented actual PWGSC paper consumption and did not allow for internal view (of branch-level data) or consistency with future years reporting.
  7. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes: Adopted August 2011  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Adoption: The PWGSC Green Meetings and Events guide was approved for adoption through a departmental consultation and approval process. It is referenced in PWGSC Environmental Policy and is accessible to all employees from PWGSC's Publiservice site. A Green Meeting Champion was also nominated to advocate green meeting practices across the Department.
  2. Scope: The Guide addresses all types of meetings and is intended to be used by meeting organizers and participants to help reduce the environmental impacts of meetings hosted by PWGSC. The Guide addresses key principles of green meetings, key greening areas, roles and responsibilities, as well as tracking and reporting requirements, and provides tools and resources for meeting organizers and participants.
  3. Implementation Plan: The department has put in place an implementation plan and will integrate green meeting principles into the departmental event planning process.
  4. Tracking and Reporting: The implementation of the Guide will be monitored through the existing departmental events reporting process. PWGSC will report in future Departmental Performance Reports on PWGSC's use of the Green Meetings Guide.
  5. Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


8.10.1 By March 31, 2014, the average fuel efficiency (in litres per 100 km) of all (new) light-duty vehicles purchased in the fiscal year by PWGSC wwill be 15% improved over the average fuel efficiency of light-duty vehicles purchased by PWGSC in base-year 2009-10.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average fuel consumption rate of light-duty vehicles purchased in base year 8.6 L/100km (FY 2009-10)
Average fuel consumption rate of light-duty vehicles purchased in given year FY 2011-2012 Not reported  
FY 2012-2013 8 L/100km  
FY 2013-2014 7.3 L/100km  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.
  2. Scope of implementation:
    • Incorporating guidance on vehicle right-sizing into the PWGSC Motor Vehicle Fleet Management Policy and incorporating environmental considerations into vehicle procurement processes and controls.
    • Replacing light-duty vehicles within the Treasury Board Secretariat Guide to Fleet Management benchmark range.
  3. Changes to the target: The target has changed to a comparison of light-duty vehicles purchased in the given year against light-duty vehicles purchased in the base year of 2009-2010 for the following reason:
    • The original comparison of vehicles purchased in the given year against the entire base-year fleet of vehicles is not a 'like-to-like' comparison and results in the target being too easily met.
  4. Changes to the performance measure: The performance measure has changed from using actual vehicle kilometres traveled data to lab tested rated fuel consumption for the following reason:
    • Using actual, driver reported, data will result in a minimum lag of 3 quarters as any new vehicles will require at least that amount of time to accumulate a sufficient amount of odometer readings to provide accurate fuel consumption figures
  5. Tracking and Reporting:
    • Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target. Other information collected may contribute to communications related to the achievement of this target.
    • Performance against this target will be measured based on average fuel consumption rate of new vehicle purchases.
  6. Implementation strategies: The updated PWGSC Motor Vehicle Fleet Management Policy is being developed in consultation with departmental fleet management stakeholders and, upon approval, the finalized policy will be communicated to this same audience.
  7. Opportunities for continuous improvement: Green fleet management is a constantly evolving field, the Department will work to incorporate new technologies designed to reduce environmental impact as they become available and operationally feasible.
  8. Estimated environmental benefits: Achieving a 15% reduction in the average fuel consumption of all new purchased vehicles will decrease average GHG emissions of new purchased vehicles from 3956 kgCO2e to 3362 kgCO2e.


8.10.2 As of April 1, 2011, and on an ongoing basis, 95% of IT hardware will be purchased against PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments or meet the environmental criteria contained in the PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Purchases meeting the target relative to total of all purchases for IT hardware, as measured by dollar value, expressed as a percentage 97% (FY 2010-11)
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 95%  
FY 2012-2013 95%  
FY 2013-2014 95%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.
  2. Scope: "IT hardware" includes desktops, notebooks, and monitors. "PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments" includes Standing Offers and Requests for Volume Discount (RVDs).
  3. Processes / reporting requirements: Financial database.
  4. Implementation strategies: Departmental policy mandates the use PWGSC standing offers. For select IT hardware where a consolidated procurement instrument is not available or not suitable, the Department will work to ensure that IT hardware purchases incorporate the environmental criteria included in consolidated procurement instruments.
  5. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.


8.10.3 By March 31, 2013, PWGSC will establish a baseline and SMART target to reduce GHG emissions from its business-related travel.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of GHG target from business travel Yes (by March 31, 2013)  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 N/A  
FY 2012-2013 100%  
FY 2013-2014    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Changes to the target: PWGSC is refocusing a departmental target on its procurement of travel to center on a reduction of the environmental footprint associated with its business-related travel. Air travel makes up the majority of total business travel emissions (95%).
  2. The previous target as stated in RPP 2011-2012 was to increase by 5% employee trips taken by rail over trips by all modes of transportation, where operational requirements allow. Following analysis of detailed departmental travel data, this target was found to be of limited scope, as it focused on only a small portion of total travel (in particular, where air travel could be realistically displaced by a shift to rail).
  3. By September 30, 2012, PWGSC will further analyse the relevant data and emission reduction potentials, determine a baseline and set a GHG reduction target from business travel for inclusion in RPP 2013-2014.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


8.11.1 Training for select employees.

As of April 1, 2011, and an on ongoing basis, 90% of materiel managers and procurement personnel, and 100% of acquisition cardholders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of materiel managers, procurement personnel, and acquisition cardholders who have completed training relative to the total number of materiel managers, procurement personnel, and acquisition cardholders.

Actual results for FY 2009-2010:

100% materiel managers

84% of procurement personnel

100% of acquisition cardholders

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 90% materiel managers and procurement personnel, 100% of acquisition cardholders  
FY 2012-2013 Same as 2011-2012  
FY 2013-2014 Same as 2011-2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.
  2. Scope: This target applies to all PWGSC materiel managers, procurement personnel, and acquisition cardholders.
  3. PWGSC notes that setting a target of 100% for materiel managers and procurement personnel is difficult due to employee turnover, individual learning requirements, and other challenges.
  4. Methodology for designating/identifying employees requiring green procurement training: The following criteria are used to identify employees who are required to complete Green Procurement Training
    1. Positions whose key job functions are procurement activities (e.g. development of procurement strategy and plans, document preparation, bid evaluation, negotiation, and/or contract management).
    2. Positions whose key job functions are materiel management activities (e.g. requirements planning, asset distribution, inventory management and disposal).
    3. Managers or supervisors who lead a procurement or materiel management project or activity focused teams.
    4. Managers or supervisors who plan, assign, and supervise procurement or materiel management activities within a team.
    5. Managers or supervisors who evaluate the performance of procurement and/or materiel management officers.
    6. All new acquisition cardholders must complete green procurement training in order to receive their acquisition card.
  5. Implementation strategies: Mitigation strategies will be in place to ensure that new and outstanding materiel managers, procurement personnel and acquisition cardholders will receive green procurement training (CSPS C215).
  6. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.


8.11.2 Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

As of April 1, 2011, and an on ongoing basis, 90% of identified managers and functional heads will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions. 100% of 117 identified positions (FY 2010-2011)  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 90%  
FY 2012-2013 90%  
FY 2013-2014 90%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.
  2. Scope: All identifies managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.
  3. PWGSC notes that maintaining a target of 100% over the long term is difficult due to employee turnover, individual performance requirements, and other challenges.
  4. Methodology for designating/identifying managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management:
    1. Positions whose key job functions are procurement activities (e.g. development of procurement strategy and plans, document preparation, bid evaluation, negotiation, and/or contract management).
    2. Positions whose key job functions are materiel management activities (e.g. requirements planning, asset distribution, inventory management and disposal).
    3. Managers or supervisors who lead a procurement or materiel management project or activity focused teams.
    4. Managers or supervisors who plan, assign, and supervise procurement or materiel management activities within a team.
    5. Managers or supervisors who evaluate the performance of procurement and/or materiel management officers.
    6. Functional Heads of Procurement or Materiel Management were identified as Executives with varying levels of responsibility for the work performed by subordinate units performing work in the area of procurement or materiel management.
  5. Implementation strategies: A suite of sample environmental performance objectives was developed to assist with the inclusion of appropriate environmental performance objectives in performance agreements.
  6. Tracking and Reporting: PWGSC will monitor the inclusion of environmental/green procurement considerations in performance evaluations taking into consideration the EPMA planning cycle using established system.
  7. Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.


8.11.3 Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2014, a minimum of three management processes and controls related to procurement and/or materiel management will be adjusted to support departmental green procurement implementation.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of processes, controls and management information systems that will be adjusted as a result of green procurement implementation strategies Minimum of 3, by FY 2013-14  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 1  
FY 2012-2013 2  
FY 2013-2014 3  

Strategies / Comments

  1. PWGSC has ensured that this target meets all requirements of the SMART criteria, including specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time bound.
  2. Scope: A minimum of three management processes and controls will be completed from April 1, 2011 to March 31, 2014. The PWGSC Motor Vehicle Fleet Management Policy was identified for revision in 2011-2012 and Shared Travel Services is the process identified for revision in 2012-2013.
  3. Methodology: Processes targeted to date were selected based on their ability to support achievement of targets set under 8.10. An additional process or control to target is expected to be identified as a result of a business process audit that is currently underway. The PWGSC Motor Vehicle Fleet Management Policy was identified for revision in 2011-2012 and Shared Travel Services is the process identified for revision in 2012-2013.
  4. Continuous improvement: Recognizing that the field of green procurement is continually evolving, PWGSC will continue to periodically review the procurement and materiel management processes and controls to ensure the integration of green procurement principles and practices into the review process.
  5. Implementation strategies: The updated PWGSC Motor Vehicle Fleet Management Policy is being developed in consultation with departmental fleet management stakeholders and, upon approval, the finalized policy will be communicated to this same audience. Implementation and engagement strategies related to Shared Travel Services are under development in collaboration with key regions at time of preparation for this document.
  6. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


By March 31, 2014 complete remediation or complete risk management plans at 72% of known contaminated sites
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status   
Percentage of known contaminated sites with completed remediation or completed risk management plans, as of March 2010. Actual results for FY 2009-2010: 65% 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. FY 2011-2012 67%  
FY 2012-2013 71.8%*  
FY 2013-2014 72%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: PWGSC is responsible for 254 known contaminated sites, as of December 2010 which represents the baseline denominator for the calculation of our target. As of November 3rd 2011, PWGSC is responsible for 308 known or suspected contaminated sites.
  2. As of March 2010, 172 active contaminated sites (listed on the Federal Contaminated Sites Inventory (FCSI) were listed with a status of either "remediation complete" (i.e., completed remediation or risk management plan implemented) or "assessed, no action required" as indicated in the FCSI effective June 2009 which represents the baseline numerator for the calculation of our target.
  3. As of November 3rd, 2011, 196 active contaminated sites (listed on the Federal Contaminated Sites Inventory (FCSI) were listed with a status of either "remediation complete" (i.e., completed remediation or risk management plan implemented) or "assessed, no action required" as indicated in the FCSI effective June 2009.
  4. *Changes to target for 2012-2013: The number of active sites has decreased by 10 between F Y2008-09 and FY2009-10 primarily due to divestiture. This change has resulted in more rapid achievement of interim targets and thus, these targets have been revised.
  5. This target is in line with previous sustainable development commitments (PWGSC SDS 2007-2009, Target 4.1.1)
  6. Tracking and Reporting: Data will be collected quarterly to track progress against this target.

Notes:

1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

Top of Page

RCMP External Review committee



Greening Government Operations


Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section.
Strategies/Comments
i. Approach: The RCMP External Review Committee (ERC) approach to implementing green procurement is to explore whenever feasible the use of PWGSC procurement instruments and to continue to encourage staff to take into account environmental considerations in their day-to-day work. The scope of implementation activity is limited to the ERC’s sole worksite which is within the National Capital Region.
ii. Management Processes and Controls: The ERC will use PWGSC procurement instruments whenever feasible and will leverage the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers by PWGSC. Purchases made outside of these green consolidated procurement instruments will take into account environmental considerations. The ERC will explore sources of affordable recycled copier paper. The ERC will initiate a 3-month pilot project to assess the feasibility of accepting digitized case files from the Commissioner of the RCMP in place of bound paper copies. The ERC will undertake a review of its information management processes to achieve greater digitization and to consequently reduce paper printing.
iii. Setting Targets: In addition to commitments identified in ii. and iv., the ERC has the following targets:

  • Reduce photocopier and printer paper usage by 5%
  • Reduce volume of paper sent for shredding by 5%
These targets were selected through an analysis of the ERC’s spend, in consideration of the ERC’s mandate and the nature and risks of the ERC’s purchases.
iv. Training: The ERC does not have a designated procurement and materiel management functional specialist staff as defined by the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat’s Procurement, Materiel Management and Real Property Communities Management Office: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/pd-pp/doc/rpmmrpc-rcagmbi/rpmmrpc-rcagmbi-eng.aspx. However, it will ensure that the administrative assistant take the CSPS course C215 by the end of fiscal year 2013-14 (1 employee in total).
v. Performance Evaluations: Please note iv. above. This is not applicable to the ERC because there is no designated procurement and material management functional specialist position.
vi. Meeting Targets: The ERC will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.

Top of Page

Royal Canadian Mounted Police



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least three SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

 

As of April 1, 2013, the RCMP will utilize green consolidated procurement instruments for 85% of its purchases of laptop computers, desktop computers and network printers.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status n/a n/a
Dollar value of purchases against green consolidated procurement instruments for laptop computers, desktop computers and network printers relative to total dollar value of all purchases for laptop computers, desktop computers and network printers in the baseline year selected. (FY 2011-12)   n/a
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.   n/a

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism
  2. Measurable: Information available from RCMP financial systems
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of PWGSC standing offers
  4. Relevant: High volume / cost of computer and printer purchases
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations

  1. Scope: All purchases for laptop computers, desktop computers and network printers
  2. Processes / reporting requirements: Financial database
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Procurement Unit Managers; Manager, Technical Planning Services

 

As of April 1, 2013, 75% of all RCMP administrative fleet vehicles purchased (subject to availability) will be hybrid vehicles or the most fuel efficient vehicle in its class.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status n/a n/a
Dollar value of purchases for hybrid and/or lowest fuel efficient in class administrative vehicles relative to total dollar value of all purchases of administrative vehicles. (FY 2012-2013)   n/a
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.   n/a

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Refers to specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism
  2. Measurable: Information available from RCMP financial systems
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating purchase of smaller class vehicles equipped with fuel/pollution reduction technology, e.g., hybrid power
  4. Relevant: High environmental cost of vehicles
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations

  1. Scope: All RCMP administrative fleet vehicles
  2. Processes / reporting requirements: Financial database
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Director, Procurement and Contracting Services; National Manager, Moveable Assets

 

By March 31, 2013, 85% of all solicitation documents will incorporate environmental clauses.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status n/a n/a
Percentage of solicitation documents that incorporated environmental clauses relative to the total number of solicitation documents. (FY 2012-13)   n/a
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.   n/a

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Type and percentage of documents that will include environmental consideration
  2. Measurable: Information available from electronic contracting system and physical files
  3. Achievable: HQ Contract Quality Control will integrate an environmental clause in all solicitation templates and promote its use across all regions
  4. Relevant: The RCMP issues a significant number of solicitations for the provision of a wide range of goods and services
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.

Training for select employees.

As of April 1, 2013, 95% of Procurement Personnel and Materiel Managers will have received green procurement training through the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) course C215 or its equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status n/a n/a
Number of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff.   n/a
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.   n/a

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Achievement level of 95%, type of employee, and type of training
  2. Measurable: Information available from CSPS and in-house HR tracking system
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandates all procurement and material management employees take green procurement training
  4. Relevant: Targets all relevant employees
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion

Other Reporting Considerations

  1. In-house training used: None – CSPS Course C215 only
  2. Reporting requirements: Collect data from CSPS annually; RCMP Procurement and Contracting maintains an up-to-date list of employees who have received or who need training
  3. Roles and responsibilities: Director, Procurement Policy

 

Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2012, all Directors of Procurement will have environmental clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status n/a n/a
Percentage of performance evaluations of targeted Directors of Procurement that have environmental clauses relative to that of the total number of Directors of Procurement.   n/a
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.   n/a

Strategies / Comments

This self-selected target is SMART:
  1. Specific: Target precisely identifies the positions that should have environmental clauses incorporated in the performance evaluations
  2. Measurable: Number of Directors of Procurement who have an environmental clause in their performance evaluation relative to that of the total number of Directors of Procurement
  3. Achievable: Positions have been identified and responsible authority has been identified to ensure clauses are included in the performance evaluations
  4. Relevant: Clear accountabilities at the Director level will increase support for green procurement initiatives
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion
Top of Page

Security Intelligence Review Committee



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Security and Intelligence Review Committee’s approach to meeting its obligations under Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement.


Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: SIRC’s approach to implementing green procurement is to target the use of PWGSC procurement instruments, the delivery of training to key personnel and the inclusion of green procurement objectives in the employee performance evaluations of key decision makers.

  2. Management Processes and Controls: SIRC uses PWGSC procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism and leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers by PWGSC. Furthermore:
    • In 2012-13, SIRC’s procurement and materiel management policies will be reviewed to ensure environmental considerations are integrated;
    • The Statement of Work templates used for contracting for services and the contract review checklist will be reviewed in 2012-13 to identify opportunities to include environmental considerations.
    These management processes and controls were selected through an analysis of SIRC’s decision-making processes and controls. The analysis was conducted to identify those processes and controls that should include environmental considerations and referenced PWGSC’s Guideline for Integrating Environmental Considerations into Departmental Procurement Management Frameworks.

  3. Setting Targets: In addition to commitments identified in ii., iv., and v., SIRC has the following target:
    • Ensure that 90% of the value of all purchases are made through PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments where available.
    This target was selected through an analysis of SIRC’s expenditures, in consideration of SIRC’s mandate and the nature and risks of SIRC’s purchases.

  4. Training: SIRC will ensure that all existing procurement and materiel management staff take the Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) course C215 by the end of the fiscal year (3 employees in total). SIRC will also require that all new functional specialist staff take CSPS course C215 within three months of being hired.

  5. Performance Evaluations: In 2012-13, SIRC will ensure that an objective to take environmental considerations into account for all procurement activities is included in the performance management agreement of each manager of procurement functional specialists (1 manager total).

Meeting Targets: SIRC will report against these targets in the 2012-13 Departmental Performance Report.

Top of Page

Shared Services Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement reporting for departments and agencies not bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Below is Shared Services Canada’s (SSC) mandatory reporting on meeting the requirement of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement, but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act.


Strategies / Comments

  1. Approach: SSC’s approach to implementing green procurement is to concentrate on maximizing the use of established procurement vehicles such as standing offers and supply arrangements, and encourage the use of acquisition cards for goods and services under $10K. The Department will also afford key personnel the opportunity for training and negotiating green procurement objectives in employee performance evaluations.
  2. Management Processes and Controls: SSC uses established procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism and leverages environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers.

    Furthermore SSC will:

    • review its procurement and materiel management policies to ensure they incorporate environmental considerations;
    • issue contracts in accordance with the Departmental Delegation of Authorities Instrument;
    • ensure clear links are established between procurement activities and departmental investments;
    • establish effective and accountable procurement management processes and controls;
    • ensure procurement staff is qualified and competent by promoting consistent and ongoing training;
    • ensure integrated procurement information systems and processes are in place; and
    • review the Request for Acquisition Services (RAS) templates used for initiating goods and services contracts to identify opportunities to include environmental considerations.

    These management processes and controls were selected because they were the driving force behind the establishment of SSC’s Procurement and Vendor Relations Sector.

  3. Targets: In addition to commitments identified in ii., iv., and v., SSC has set the following target:
    • Establish the baseline for and maximize the use of consolidated procurement instruments.
  4. Training: SSC will ensure that all existing procurement and materiel management functional specialist staff complete Canada School of Public Service (CSPS) course C215 – Green Procurement, by the end of the fiscal year. The Department will also require that all new functional specialist staff complete the course within three months of being hired.
  5. Performance Evaluations: In its first full year, SSC will make environmental considerations a part of the performance management agreements of every procurement manager.
  6. Meeting Targets: The Department is committed to implementing improvements and efficiencies through the analysis of current processes and controls and to setting attainable targets. Our ongoing analysis will identify opportunities for these improvements and serve as the catalyst for changes in green procurement behaviour. This ongoing commitment will highlight specific processes and controls. SSC will report against these targets in the 2012-13 Departmental Performance Report (DPR).

Top of Page

Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Strategies / Comments

I. Approach

In keeping with the nature and scope of its procurement activities, SSHRC is continuing its ongoing investigation and incorporation of green procurement opportunities as part of its business practices. The vice-president, Common Administrative Services Directorate, is responsible for SSHRC’s application of the Policy on Green Procurement. In 2012-13, as part of its organizational business transformation initiatives, SSHRC will explore new green solution opportunities, and will build on its existing good green practices.

II. Management processes and controls
  1. SSHRC uses Public Works and Government Services Canada procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism.
  2. In 2012-13, all SSHRC contracting documents will be reviewed to ensure that new contracts include a clause addressing environmental considerations in the performance of the work required.
III. Setting targets

SSHRC has set the following targets for 2012-13:

  1. Maintain reduction in paper usage by continuing to set double-sided printing as the default option for SSHRC printers, and continuing the transition to online application submission options in place of hard-copy submission requirements.
  2. By March 2013, be able to identify 65 per cent of office supplies as having environmental features.
  3. In 2012-13, assess additional possible reduction targets for specific office supply goods.
IV. Training
  1. The organization will ensure that all existing procurement and materiel management functional staff take the Canada School of Public Service Course 215 on green procurement as part of the current on-boarding program to be integrated into SSHRC’s training curriculum.
  2. SSHRC will raise internal awareness regarding green procurement with key stakeholders.
  3. Management will increase staff awareness of environmental practices, such as limiting the number of printed copies of documents and using two-sided printing and copying.

Performance evaluation
The performance management agreement of the manager, Procurement, Contracts and Materiel Management, includes the objective of ensuring that environmental considerations are taken into account in all procurement activities.

Meeting targets
SSHRC will review its green procurement strategies at mid-year to ensure they are on track to be achieved by the end of the fiscal year.

Top of Page

Statistics Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Policy Implementation Status (Optional)  

Strategies / Comments

Approach
The Agency's Director of Corporate Support Services Division has been mandated to address all aspects of the Policy on Green Procurement.

Management processes and controls
Statistics Canada has already taken strong steps regarding office supply purchases. All such purchases are now made through the Statistics Canada Store—this has been mandatory since April 2009.

Green procurement considerations have been also embedded in Statistics Canada's procurement checklist.

The bulk of Statistics Canada's buy—71.2%—is done using Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) procurement tools, which have green considerations incorporated in them. Statistics Canada has contributed to the development of those tools by membership on certain commodity teams. Statistics Canada will continue to do so. In particular, the Agency will continue to promote the use of existing Government of Canada procurement tools, will actively participate at the Client Advisory Board, and will participate as a member of various PWGSC commodity councils.

The development of the Statistics Canada Green Procurement Action Plan was not completed as intended, owing to several unforeseen factors. Nonetheless, Material and Contract Services co-ordinated and consolidated the acquisitions requirements for the Census of Population Program, and green procurement commodities were added to Able Commerce.

Setting targets
In addition, Statistics Canada is committed to ensuring that 70% of all purchases are made using PWGSC green consolidated procurement instruments, where available.

Meeting targets
A decision was made to migrate from the Automated Materiel Management Information System (AMMIS) to the Central Departmental Financial System (CDFS) at the end of March 2013. In light of that, Statistics Canada proceeded to create a new coding block to AMMIS to allow the organization to automatically track green procurement effective April 1, 2011. Therefore, fiscal year 2011-12 will become the baseline year from which realistic targets will be established.

Training
Formal green procurement training was in the past given to all procurement and materiel management staff. To accommodate newly-arrived staff, they are reminded to register for the Green Procurement Course offered online by the Canada School of the Public Service. Corporate Support Services Division is also encouraging administrative support staff across the Agency who have acquisition cards to take this training.

In addition, training sessions are being arranged for financial responsibility centre managers. These sessions will include green procurement information. This will help generate awareness.

Performance evaluations
This fiscal year, green procurement clauses were added to the performance evaluations of the staff of the Contracting and Materiel Management Unit. These will ensure that new procurement employees receive green procurement training promptly, and promote existing Government of Canada procurement tools. In fiscal year 2011-12, green procurement clauses will again be added to the performance evaluations of the Contracting and Materiel Management Unit.

Other initiatives
Paper: Paper consumption was expected to rise considerably in 2010-11 because of the Census of Population, the National Household Survey and the Census of Agriculture. However, the data show a slight decrease from our baseline to 4,173 sheets/FTE. This is mainly explained by the Agency's ongoing paper-reduction initiatives.

In addition, the Agency is seeking to use paper with a high percentage of recycled inputs. A target of 80% recycled printer and photocopy paper, with a minimum of 30% recycled inputs, is anticipated.

Packaging materials: Statistics Canada continues to seek ways to reduce the quantity of packaging materials involved in its purchases. In March 2011, for example, 1,903 computer towers and 1,679 monitors were purchased with limited packaging material.

The bulk acquisition of stationery supplies through the Statistics Canada store offers the advantages of reduced individual packaging and reduced delivery frequency—once per week.

Printers: Statistics Canada plans to reach, by March 31, 2013, a ratio of departmental office employees to printing units of 8 to 1, where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow. This ratio is in line with Federal Sustainability Development Strategy requirements. Print rationalization initiatives are being pursued in certain divisions to glean lessons learned. Further issues and opportunities are being considered, but strategy development is still at the conceptual stage. These significant initiatives will result in fewer printers and photocopiers and a greater percentage of green supplies for these machines. This will help the environment and save money.

Disposal of electrical and electronic equipment (EEE): Statistics Canada has a plan in place for disposal of all department-generated EEE. Old-but-functional equipment is being reused in census operations before it is declared surplus. The Agency participates in the Computers for Schools Program, and the remaining units going to Crown Assets Disposal and to the Government of Canada Recycling Program.

Green Procurement Forum: Statistics Canada had two participants, one from Material and Contract Services and the other from Facilities Management at the third annual interdepartmental Green Procurement Forum, organized by PWGSC.

Top of Page

Status of Women Canada



Green Procurement Reporting for Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act
 

Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act are required to report on their compliance with Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement. They must use this section.
Strategies / Comments
i. Approach: The organization’s approach to implementing green procurement is to target the use of PWGSC procurement instruments and the delivery of training to key personnel.
ii. Management Processes and Controls: The organization uses PWGSC procurement instruments when purchasing mandatory commodities and uses standing offers/supply arrangements as its primary mechanism when available. This allows the organization to leverage the environmental considerations incorporated into these standing offers and supply arrangements. The organization will strive to increase by 5% the use of PWGSC consolidated procurement instruments where available when purchasing goods.
iii. Training: The organization will ensure that all existing staff that are currently responsible for procurement and materiel management take the CSPS course C215 by the end of the fiscal year (5 employees in total). The organization will also require that all new staff with procurement and materiel management responsibilities take the CSPS course C215 within six months of being hired.
iv. Meeting Targets: The organization will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.
Top of Page

Supreme Court of Canada



Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Strategies / Comments

  1. Creation of a green committee to develop strategies on Government Greening Operations
  2. Procurement officers to complete Procurement training certification as required. SCC sectors and managers to be advised of environmental impact when considering procurement options when possible.
  3. SCC is using PWGSC Tools, like the standing offer index as much as possible since green initiatives are already in place where applicable within the Standing offers and Supply arrangements.
  4. SCC follows PWGSC Electronic Waste Strategy for disposal of surplus electronic & electrical equipment EEE through programs such as Computers for Schools (CFS) and Crown Assets Distribution Directorate (CADD). 

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


[Increase Use of Recycled Products]
Performance Measure RPP DPR

SCC starts promoting the use of recycled paper for non-court related sectors in supporting Govt. Greening Ops with target of 10% for FY 12/13 and 15% for FY 13/14.

To purchase 5% more recycled office supplies during FY 2012-2013.

   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    


[Packaging and Box Returns]
Performance Measure RPP DPR

All boxes and packaging are returned to furniture suppliers for re-use. Plans are to increase this by 10% in FY12/13 by returning packaging to our supplier(s) of office supplies.

   
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    
Top of Page

The National Battlefields Commission



Green Government Operations (GGO)


Green Procurement Reporting for the NBC not
bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act (RPP — 2012-13)


Mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement, as applicable to departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act.

Strategies / Comments:

The NBC will continue, in 2012-13, the implementation of its three-year sustainable development action plan prepared in 2011-12 to maintain the environmental health and sustainability of the Park. The Secretary/Director General will oversee the implementation of the measures described below.

  • Green procurement to reduce environmental impacts:

    • Replace the light components of the Park’s lampposts with a more energy efficient system.
    • Replace old appliances with energy efficient Energy Star-qualified products.
    • Purchase biodegradable, eco-friendly cleaning products that won’t affect the health of occupants.
    • Purchase green renovation and building materials, especially with regard to paint, glues and solvents.

    Procurement management processes and controls:

    • Educate staff, suppliers and sub-contractors about responsible purchasing.
    • Develop an awareness guide on responsible purchasing for all NBC buyers.
    • Take steps to include sustainable development criteria in bids.
    • Improve the recycling collection system (more recycling bins)

An annual follow-up concerning the implementation of the sustainable development plan will be carried out with all managers.

Top of Page

Transport Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance 1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework (Optional in fiscal year (FY) 2011-2012) 0  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-2012) 0  
Existence of strategic framework (Optional in the 2011-2012 Report on Plans and Priorities [RPP]) Yes: completed March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of environmental performance: leed nc Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.
  2. Appropriate threshold (dollar value or floor area): $1 million and 1,000m2.
  3. Applicable building types: All Transport Canada-owned buildings over 1,000m2 occupied by Transport Canada employees, including airport hangars, terminal buildings, maintenance/garage buildings and warehouses.
  4. Transport Canada’s strategies have been developed and incorporated into the strategic framework.
  5. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Building implementation plan can be found online.


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool 2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1,000m2, as per departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-2012) 17  
Percentage of buildings over 1,000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per the departmental strategic framework  FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 0  
FY 2013-14 100  
Existence of strategic framework (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) Yes: completed March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of assessment: boma best, Green Globes or equivalent.
  2. Appropriate threshold (dollar value or floor area): 1,000m2.
  3. Applicable building types: All Transport Canada-owned buildings over 1,000m2 occupied by Transport Canada employees.
  4. Transport Canada’s strategies have been developed and incorporated into the strategic framework.
  5. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Building implementation plan can be found online.


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool 3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1,000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-2012) 0  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1,000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-2012) 0  
Existence of strategic framework (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) Yes: completed March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of assessment: boma best, an appropriately tailored BOMA.
  2. Appropriate threshold (dollar value or floor area): $1 million and 1,000m2.
  3. Applicable building types: Any building occupied by Transport Canada employees, where Transport Canada is the major lessee.
  4. Transport Canada’s strategies have been developed and incorporated into the strategic framework.
  5. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Building implementation plan can be found online.


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance 4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-2012) 0  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per the departmental strategic framework (Optional in FY 2011-2012) 0  
Existence of strategic framework (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) Yes: completed March 2012  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Minimum level of environmental performance: leed ci Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes or equivalent.
  2. Appropriate threshold (dollar value or floor area): $1 million and 1,000m2.
  3. Applicable building types: All Transport Canada-owned buildings with office space greater than 1,000m2 that are occupied by Transport Canada employees.
  4. Transport Canada’s strategies have been developed and incorporated into the strategic framework.
  5. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Building implementation plan can be found online.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-2021, relative to fiscal year 2005-2006 21  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-2006, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent 64.26  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 53.66  
FY 2012-13 53.34  
FY 2013-14 53.01  
FY 2014-15 52.69  
FY 2015-16 52.37  
FY 2016-17 52.05  
FY 2017-18 51.73  
FY 2018-19 51.41  
FY 2019-20 51.09  
FY 2020-21 50.77  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 16  
FY 2012-13 16.5  
FY 2013-14 17  
FY 2014-15 17.5  
FY 2015-16 18  
FY 2016-17 18.5  
FY 2017-18 19  
FY 2018-19 19.5  
FY 2019-20 20  
FY 2020-21 21  
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. Yes: completed November 2011  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Targeted GHG emission sources include facilities and fleet.
  2. Exclusions: Guardhouses where energy consumption is minimal and that are used for security reasons, where billing includes other electrical costs that cannot be separated (three in total).
  3. Identify any changes to the departmental GHG reduction target, as per changing operational requirements, newly available data and/or available resources: No changes since 2011-2012.
  4. Identify key components of the departmental implementation plan to reduce greenhouse gas emission levels, as per the first mandatory implementation strategy for target 8.5 in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy:

    • annual reporting;
    • maintenance and renovation planning;
    • working with building landlords;
    • innovative technology strategies;
    • awareness and promotional programs aimed at employees;
    • continuous fleet management; and
    • leadership vehicles.
  5. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline to Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Greenhouse Gas Reduction implementation plan can be found online.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) Yes: completed March 2012  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 17  
FY 2012-13 60  
FY 2013-14 100  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of location: Number of locations is six, based on consolidated responsibility for waste disposal at the regional office level, including the National Capital Region.
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Procurement Services. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our EEE waste implementation plan can be found online.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in FY 2010-2011, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow (Optional) N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given FY, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 5:1  
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 10:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition: Multifunctional devices, desktop printers, network printers, photocopiers and faxes.
  2. Scope: The department is in the process of determining the possibility of meeting the 8:1 ratio at Transport Canada buildings across the nation, based on building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configurations. While some buildings may have a smaller ratio due to the above-mentioned considerations, on average, the department will meet this target for all employees (100 per cent).
  3. Method used for determining number of printing units: Information Management / Information Technology (Corprate Services) is leading a departmental initiative to inventory (via electronic and manual means) all printing units.
  4. Method used for determining number of office employees: Number of Transport Canada unique user identifications as validated against Human Resources (HR) statistics (6,192 employees).
  5. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Printing Unit Reduction implementation plan can be found online.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per the departmental scope (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) 9,030 sheets per departmental employee in 2010-2011  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to the baseline year selected (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) FY 2011-12 N/A  
FY 2012-13 5  
FY 2013-14 20  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Scope: Our department has elected to include all departmental employees, instead of just office employees.
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption: Information available within the department.
  3. Justification for change in methodology from 2011-2012 RPP: Further analysis and better data availability prompted the modification of the methodology.
  4. Method used for determining the number of office employees: Number of Transport Canada unique user identifications as validated against HR statistics.          
  5. Number of office employees subject to the target: 6,192 (based on 2011-2012 available data).
  6. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Paper Consumption implementation plan can be found online.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of a green meeting guide (Optional in RPP 2011-2012) Yes: adopted and approved in 2010  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Adoption: Transport Canada has incorporated Environment Canada’s green meeting guide into its environmental management system and has developed an internal Web page to link Transport Canada employees to the document.
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Sevices Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Meeting implementation plan can be found online.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 smart green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


By March 31, 2014, 80 per cent of all vehicles purchased annually are right sized for operational needs, fuel-efficient vehicles in their class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide, and/or alternative fuel vehicles.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of vehicle purchases that meet the target relative to the total number of all vehicle purchases in the given year.

52 expected to meet target
65 expected purchases in total 

Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 80%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Specific: Refers to a specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism.
  2. Measurable: Information available through the department’s tracking and financial systems.
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of Public Works and Government Services Canada standing offers.
  4. Relevant: High rating according to the environmental issue impact assessment.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Procurement implementation plan can be found online.


As of April 1, 2012, all office computers will have a minimum average of a four-year life in the department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Average life of office computers in the department 4
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 4-year life span maintained  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self-selected target is smart

  1. Specific: Refers to a specific type of commodity.
  2. Measurable: Information available from the departmental tracking system.
  3. Achievable: Department’s Desktop Life Cycle Plan
  4. Relevant: High rating according to the environmental issue impact assessment.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Procurement implementation plan can be found online.


By March 31, 2014, 100 per cent of copy paper purchases contain a minimum of 30 per cent recycled fibres and have forest management certification, or ecologo 5 or equivalent certification.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Volume of paper purchases meeting the target relative to the total volume of all paper purchases in the given year Baseline:
81% in FY 2010-2011
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 83% in 2012-2013  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self-selected target is smart

  1. Specific: Refers to a specific type of commodity.
  2. Measurable: Information available within the department. Justification for change from FY 2010-2011: further analysis and better data availability prompted the modification of the methodology.
  3. Achievable: Departmental bulletin mandating that copy purchases contain a minimum of 30 per cent recycled fibres and have forest management certification, or ecologom, or equivalent certification.
  4. Relevant: High rating according to the environmental issue impact assessment.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations

  1. Baseline: 2010-2011 statistics from information available within the department. Justification of change in methodology from fiscal year 2011-2012: Further analysis and better data availability.
  2. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Procurement Services. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Paper Consumption implementation plan can be found online.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish smart targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

By March 31, 2014, 90 per cent of designated contracting specialists and 60 per cent of new acquisition cardholders will have taken a recognized training course on green procurement offered by the Canada School of Public Service or any other federal government department.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of designated contracting specialists who have completed training relative to the total number of material managers and procurement personnel N/A N/A
Number of new acquisition cardholders who have completed training relative to the total number of acquisition cardholders N/A N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 50% of designated contracting specialists and 60% of new acquisition cardholders  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Why this self-selected target is smart
  2. Specific: Refers to a specific type of training and purchasing mechanism.
  3. Measurable: Combination of manual, HR and financial systems.
  4. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating participation in a green procurement course.
  5. Relevant: Main requirement of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  6. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations The performance measure was slightly modified from the 2011-2012 Report on Plans and Priorities to match the target wording.

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Procurement implementation plan can be found online.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

By March 31, 2012, identified designated contracting specialists, and their managers and functional heads will have environmental consideration clauses incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental consideration clauses relative to the total of identified positions N/A N/A
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 90%  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self-selected target is smart

  1. Specific: Refers to a specific type of target group, based on pre-established criteria.
  2. Measurable: Information on the number of positions will be tracked, based on manual recording, and will be captured by HR. Since information is protected upon completion, actual performance results cannot be captured or released.
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating inclusion of a performance clause in positions that have been identified as requiring such a clause based on pre-established criteria.
  4. Relevant: Main requirement of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Procurement implementation plan can be found online.


Management processes and controls.

By March 31, 2013, departmental fleet management policies, guidelines and/or standards that include mandatory green fleet practices and purchasing will be reviewed and evaluated.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of reviews and evaluations conducted to verify that the fleet management standards are met 2
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 1  

Strategies / Comments

Why this self-selected target is smart

  1. Specific: Refers to a specific type of commodity and purchasing mechanism.
  2. Measurable: Information available from Transport Canada’s financial system.
  3. Achievable: Departmental policy mandating use of Public Works and Government Services Canada standing offers.
  4. Relevant: Main requirement of the Policy on Green Procurement.
  5. Time-bound: Date established for target implementation and completion.

Other Reporting Considerations

  1. Transport Canada’s implementation plan includes all of the required elements and non-mandatory information specified in the Guideline for Greening Services Procurement. In the spirit of transparency and accountability, our Green Procurement implementation plan can be found online.

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given FY (Optional for all RPPs) N/A  

Strategies / Comments

N/A



Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving leed nc Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: boma best, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: boma best, an appropriately tailored boma International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving leed ci Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" section in the above table.

Top of Page

Transportation Safety Board of Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

  1. Approach: As detailed below, the Transportation Safety Board of Canada's (TSB) approach to greening its operations is to ensure green considerations are incorporated in its procurement and disposal practices and that key personnel are trained and evaluated on green objectives.
  2. Management Processes and Controls:
    • The TSB uses Public Works and Government Services Canada's (PWGSC) procurement instruments as its primary procurement mechanism and leverages the environmental considerations incorporated into these Standing Offers and Supply Arrangements by PWGSC.
    • The TSB will continue to follow the Federal Electronic Waste Strategy for the disposal of electronic and electrical equipment.
    • In 2012-13, the TSB's procurement and contracting policy and procurement guidelines will be reviewed to ensure that environmental considerations are incorporated.
    • The Request for Proposal, Request for Goods and Services and Service Contract templates will be reviewed in 2012-13 to identify opportunities to include environmental considerations in solicitation and contractual documents.
  3. Setting Targets: The TSB has set the following targets:
    • 90% (on a dollar value basis) of TSB purchases of goods that are available on Standing Offers and Supply Arrangements will be made through these PWGSC procurement instruments.
    • All TSB procurement and material management personnel will receive green procurement training.
    • All procurement and material management personnel will have green procurement objectives in their performance agreements.
  4. Meeting Targets: The Department will report against these targets in the Departmental Performance Report.
Top of Page

Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

The following outlines the Secretariat's targets and implementation strategies to meet federal targets identified in the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy (FSDS) under Goal 8: Greening Government Operations (GGO). The targets that are relevant to the Secretariat's operations relate to the areas of electronic waste (8.6), printing units (8.7), paper consumption (8.8), green meetings (8.9), and green procurement (8.10 and 8.11). For more information on the GGO targets, visit the Environment Canada website.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to the Report on Plans and Priorities and represents planned/expected results.
  • DPR refers to the Departmental Performance Report and represents actual results.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally generated EEE. Yes: Completed December 2011  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 201112 100%  
FY 201213 100%  
FY 201314 100%  

Strategies and Comments

  1. FY 2011–12: The Secretariat has evaluated and adjusted its practices to be fully compliant in all 11 of its employment locations. These practices are documented in the Secretariat's Asset Management Framework and reinforced at operational levels.
  2. FY 2012–13: The Secretariat will monitor compliance and adjust operations as appropriate.
  3. FY 2013–14: The Secretariat will monitor compliance and adjust operations as appropriate.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration permit.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010–11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration permit. N/A  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration permit. FY 201112 2.4:1  
FY 201213 8:1  
FY 201314 8:1  

Strategies and Comments

  1. FY 2011–12: The Secretariat has undertaken a study to determine the departmental inventory of printing units.
    1. A centralized procurement model and associated controls were implemented to replace the decentralized approach historically used within the department.
    2. A plan has been developed to consolidate and reduce the number of printing units in order to move rapidly toward achieving the 8:1 ratio of staff to printing units in 2012–13. A senior advisor and a project manager are in place to ensure the plan is implemented; they will be working with the Secretariat's administrators in the first two quarters of 2012–13 to confirm plans and implement next steps.
    3. "Printing Units" has been defined as desktop printers, networked printers, multi-functional devices, photocopiers and facsimile machines.
    4. A tracking methodology for the printing units deployed and the office employees has been established. The number and location of printers are available through IT system reports. The number of office employees is provided by the department's financial management plans (2,273 employees).
    5. A non-compliance directive is being developed for senior management approval.
  2. FY 2012–13: The Secretariat will implement the printer device reduction plan.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005–06 and 2011–12, and an applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 12,318 per employee in 2011–12 (51 sheets per employee per day)  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 201112 N/A  
FY 201213 10% or 5 fewer sheets per employee per day  
FY 201314 20% or 10 fewer sheets per employee per day  

Strategies and Comments

  1. In FY 2011–12, the Secretariat conducted a baseline study of its estimated annual paper usage per employee per day.
  2. A measurement methodology for tracking paper consumption and employee counts has been developed. The paper consumption rate was determined from the quantity of paper used in one fiscal year. The employee number of 2,273 was derived from financial management plans for the department.
  3. A strategy to reduce consumption by targeting a number of specific initiatives has been developed (green meetings, double-sided printing and employee engagement). New technologies (e.g., tablets) are also being piloted in the department to demonstrate leadership in achieving the digital office of the future.
  4. The ratio of 51 sheets per employee per day was calculated by dividing the overall quantity of paper used by the number of employees and then dividing the result by the average number of annual working days (242) in a fiscal year.
  5. In FY 2011–12, Departmental Performance Reports and the 11th edition of the Canada's Performance report were made available to members of Parliament and Canadians in electronic format, rather than in thousands of pages of printed volumes, as was done only a year ago.
  6. In FY 2012–13, the Secretariat will track and report paper usage internally to assess progress against the objectives of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Yes: March 2012  

Strategies and Comments

  1. The Secretariat defines adoption as occurring once the guide has been formally endorsed by the appropriate senior management committee.
  2. In FY 2011–12, the Secretariat's Sustainable Development Committee assessed a proven, federally accepted guide for green meetings and adapted it for the department's meeting purposes.
  3. The key components of the guide include information for meeting organizers and meeting participants, roles and responsibilities, key principles of green meetings and key greening areas.
  4. The Secretariat will formally endorse and communicate the guide.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

1. By April 1, 2014, all workstation monitors will have default settings for shutting off after a certain length of time if the computer is not being used, and computer workstations will be completely shut down after hours.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2012, the Secretariat has surveyed its existing equipment, procures only compliant equipment and has developed an implementation plan. 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. Continuous Improvement  

Strategies and Comments

  1. This SMART target was selected by management after a full review of internal corporate services' operations. It meets the criteria for being specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. The settings are applied to all employees without exception. Shut-down time is set to start after midnight to provide flexibility for employees working late. Workstations include desktops and laptops.
  3. FY 2011–12: The Secretariat has surveyed its current equipment and has implemented a third-party application for managing desktop power management at the enterprise level. All new computers and monitors will support this power management system.
  4. FY 2012–13: The Secretariat will seek to continuously improve power management capabilities by deploying SMART IT procurement strategies and extending the duration of the shut-down periods, as the technology of the desktop operating system permits.
  5. FY 2013–14: The Secretariat seeks ongoing continuous improvement.


2. By March 31, 2014, all purchases of appliances (e.g., microwave ovens and refrigerators) will be Energy Star, or equivalent.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2012, Secretariat procedures are documented. 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies and Comments

  1. This SMART target was selected by management after a full review of internal corporate services' operations. It meets the criteria for being specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. FY 2011–12: The Secretariat has ensured that the procedures for the purchase of small appliances were received by all employees through a formal communiqué. All purchases are now vetted through a central corporate services team to ensure consistency with energy use standards. 


3. By April 1, 2011, all fleet vehicle purchases by the Secretariat will be hybrid or Ultra Low Emission Vehicles (ULEVs).
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By April 1, 2011, all new vehicles are hybrid or Ultra Low Emission Vehicles. 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies and Comments

  1. This SMART target was selected by management after a full review of internal corporate services' operations. It meets the criteria for being specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. The Secretariat operates a very small fleet of executive vehicles, which are purchased centrally. Effective April 1, 2011, any vehicles purchased to support these activities will meet the stated target. No vehicles were purchased this fiscal year.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.

Training for Select Employees

1. By March 31, 2014, all Secretariat fund centre managers with contracting authority will receive green procurement training.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By March 31, 2013, the Secretariat has developed a procurement training program for fund centre managers that includes green procurement training. 100% of relevant fund centre managers have received green procurement training.
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies and Comments

  1. This SMART target was selected by management after a full review of internal corporate services' operations. It meets the criteria for being specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. The Secretariat's Contracting and Procurement Division has reviewed and accepted the training material offered in the Delegation of Authority course for fund centre managers that is mandated by the department and offered by the Canada School of Public Service.
  3. The Secretariat's fund centre managers receive green procurement training as part of their mandatory training to receive delegation of financial signing authority. Training statuses are monitored to ensure they are up-to-date.
  4. The Secretariat's Contracting and Procurement Division is currently offering two-hour bilingual training sessions to all interested employees. Training material and discussion fora include Federal Sustainable Development Strategy components.
  5. FY 2012–13 and ongoing: Continuous monitoring.


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

2. As of April 1, 2012, 90% of identified managers will have environmental considerations incorporated into their performance evaluations.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations of identified positions that have environmental considerations relative to the total of identified positions. 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies and Comments

  1. This SMART target was selected by management after a full review of internal corporate services' operations. It meets the criteria for being specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. FY 2011–12: The Secretariat identified six key positions within the department that have responsibility to manage or lead procurement services for programs and services.
  3. FY 2012–13 and ongoing: Environmental considerations will remain part of performance measures.


Management processes and controls

3. By March 31, 2012, the Secretariat will ensure that environmental considerations are factored into the development of the procurement strategies for the acquisition of goods and services.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By December 31, 2011, all procurement strategies developed in support of Secretariat requirements include green procurement considerations. 100%
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 100%  

Strategies and Comments

  1. This SMART target was selected by management after a full review of internal corporate services' operations. It meets the criteria for being specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. The Secretariat has documented its procurement procedures and incorporated green procurement considerations in the development of the procurement strategies for contracted goods and services; they form part of the integrated procurement planning process.
  3. For every significant purchase through the Contracting and Procurement Division, the Secretariat has adopted documented procedures that capture any green procurement considerations via a Procurement Strategy Form, which must be filled out and included in all contracting files.

Management processes and controls.

4. By December 31, 2011, processes and controls relating to green procurement will be formally documented and communicated to fund centre managers making procurement decisions.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
By December 31, 2011, the Secretariat has procurement processes that clearly incorporate green procurement considerations. Processes and controls have been developed and are in place.
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 50%  

Strategies and Comments

  1. This SMART target was selected by management after a full review of internal corporate services' operations. It meets the criteria for being specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
  2. FY 2011–12: The Secretariat has documented its procurement procedures and controls.
  3. FY 2012–13: The Secretariat will incorporate its green procurement processes into its procurement guidance, and this will be communicated to all fund centre managers involved in procurement decisions.
Top of Page

Veterans Affairs Canada



Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Existence of strategic framework. No
(see comments)
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. VAC is in negotiations with the province of Quebec to divest itself of its only property.
  2. Therefore it would not be practical or feasible for the dept to develop a strategic framework and implement targets 8.1 – 8.4
  3. Timeline for this divestment is to be determined


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. FY 2011-12 0  
FY 2012-13 0  
FY 2013-14 0  
Existence of strategic framework. No
(see comments)
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. See comments in target 8.1


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Existence of strategic framework. No
(see comments)
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. See comments in target 8.1


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. 0  
Existence of strategic framework. No
(see comments)
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. See comments in target 8.1

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. n/a  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. n/a  
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12 n/a  
FY 2012-13 n/a  
FY 2013-14 n/a  
FY 2014-15 n/a  
FY 2015-16 n/a  
FY 2016-17 n/a  
FY 2017-18 n/a  
FY 2018-19 n/a  
FY 2019-20 n/a  
FY 2020-21 n/a  
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 n/a  
FY 2012-13 n/a  
FY 2013-14 n/a  
FY 2014-15 n/a  
FY 2015-16 n/a  
FY 2016-17 n/a  
FY 2017-18 n/a  
FY 2018-19 n/a  
FY 2019-20 n/a  
FY 2020-21 n/a  
Existitance of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions. n/a  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Not applicable

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. Yes  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13 100%  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Locations are defined by region (Western, Ontaio, Quebec, Atlantic), Ste Annes Hospital and Head Office

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow.    
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 8 :1  
FY 2012-13 8 :1  
FY 2013-14 8 :1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Printing unit is defined as all print devices except label printers, highly specialized printers, testing printers, printers in storage, faxes, photocopiers and scanners.
  2. Method for determining # of ptr units - AMMIS
  3. Method for determining # of office employees – HR information confirmed by each location

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. Available
after 03/31/12
 
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. FY 2011-12 Baseline Year  
FY 2012-13 20%  
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. Baseline year – 2011 -2012
  2. Method used for determining paper consumption – SIC (Stock and Forms Inventory System)
  3. Method for determining # of office employees – HR information confirmed by each location
  4. # of employees subject to target = All staff

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. Draft  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Draft being reviewed by all locations
  2. Adoption is defined as approval by Senior Management Committee all locations except Ste. Anne’s Hospital which will be approved by Hospital management committee.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


8.10.1 Vehicles
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Number of vehicles purchased that meet the target relative to total number of all vehicle purchases in the given year (executive vehicles are excluded).

By March 31, 2012, 90% of vehicles purchased annually are right-sized for operational needs and are the most fuel efficient vehicle in its class in the Government Motor Vehicle Ordering Guide and/or are an alternative fuel vehicle.  

Strategies / Comments

  1.  The criteria set out in Annex F of the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Guideline for Target 8.10 will be used to identify whether a vehicle is right-sized.


8.10.2 Office Equipment
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Volume of office equipment purchased meeting the target relactive to total volume of all office equipment purchased. By March 31, 2012, 70% of purchases of printers, faxes, scanners and photocopiers will have environmental features.   

Strategies / Comments

  1.  Measurement requires the availability of procurement or assets management data for reporting. Performance may be assessed by sampling methods.


8.10.3 Paper Consumption
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Dollar value of paper purchases meeting the target relative to total dollar value of all paper purchases in the given year. By March 31, 2014, 65% of copy paper purchases contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and have forest management certification or EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.  

Strategies / Comments

  1. This target requires the availability of procurement data for reporting. Performance may be assessed by sampling methods.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


8.11.1 Green Procurement Training
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of procurement and materiel management staff with formal green procurement training relative to total number of procurement and materiel management staff. As of April 1, 2011, 70% of Materiel Managers and Procurement Personnel (including all PG classified employees, as well as employees and managers identified as a procurement and/or materiel management functional specialist) will receive green procurement training through CSPS course C215 or in-house equivalent.  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 60% in 2010-11  

Strategies / Comments



8.11.2 Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of performance evaluations that incorporated environmental considerations, relative to total number of performance evaluations of managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management. As of April 1, 2012, 85% of environmental considerations will be incorporated into the performance evaluations of all functional heads of procurement and materiel management  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 75% in 2010-11  

Strategies / Comments



8.11.3 Management processes and controls
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Number of departmental procurement processes and controls that incorporate environmental considerations relative to total number of departmental procurement processes and controls that should address environmental considerations.

As of April 1, 2012, 25% of all identified processes and controls, relating to procurement, will have incorporated environmental considerations.

 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. 0% in 2010-11  

Strategies / Comments

Top of Page

Veterans Review and Appeal Board



Erratum

Subsequent to tabling in Parliament and online publication of the 2012 2013 Report on Plans and Priorities, the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB) determined that the Greening Government Operations Table contained an error in both the English and French versions.

In the Paper Consumption Target 8.8 information table for VRAB, the number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee and the baseline year for the target were wrong. They should have been as follows:

  • Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope. 12,111
  • Strategies / Comments VRAB will use the FY 2008 09 as its baseline for this target; the total number of sheets of paper purchased or consumed per office employee was 12,111

The HTML version has been updated to now include the correct wording.

Greening Government Operations (GGO)

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Green Building Targets


8.1 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new construction and build-to-lease projects, and major renovation projects, will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance1.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A*  
Number of completed new construction, build-to-lease and major renovation projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12)    
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12)    

Strategies / Comments

  1.  *Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).


8.2 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, existing crown buildings over 1000m2 will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool2.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of buildings over 1000m2, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A*  
Percentage of buildings over 1000m2 that have been assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12)    

Strategies / Comments

  1. *Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).  


8.3 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, new lease or lease renewal projects over 1000m2, where the Crown is the major lessee, will be assessed for environmental performance using an industry-recognized assessment tool3.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A*  
Number of completed lease and lease renewal projects over 1000m2 that were assessed using an industry-recognized assessment tool in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12)    
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12)    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).


8.4 As of April 1, 2012, and pursuant to departmental strategic frameworks, fit-up and refit projects will achieve an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance4.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12) N/A*  
Number of completed fit-up and refit projects that have achieved an industry-recognized level of high environmental performance in the given fiscal year, as per departmental strategic framework. (Optional in FY 2011-12)    
Existence of strategic framework. (Optional in RPP 2011-12)    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).

Greenhouse Gas Emissions Target


8.5 The federal government will take action now to reduce levels of greenhouse gas emissions from its operations to match the national target of 17% below 2005 by 2020.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Departmental GHG reduction target: Percentage of absolute reduction in GHG emissions by fiscal year 2020-21, relative to fiscal year 2005-06. N/A*  
Departmental GHG emissions in fiscal year 2005-06, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent.    
Departmental GHG emissions in the given fiscal year, in kilotonnes of CO2 equivalent. FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21    
Percent change in departmental GHG emissions from fiscal year 2005-2006 to the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    
FY 2014-15    
FY 2015-16    
FY 2016-17    
FY 2017-18    
FY 2018-19    
FY 2019-20    
FY 2020-21    
Existence of an implementation plan to reduce GHG emissions.
   

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) N/A*  
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year. FY 2011-12    
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. (Optional) 2.17 : 1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow. FY 2011-12 3.82 : 1  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

  1. The Human Resources Dashboard was used to determine there were 88 employees in 2010-11 and a manual count of 14 Board Members in Head Office, for a total of 102. Using the same methodology, in 2011-12 there were 90 employees and 13 Board Members in Head Office. In both 2010-11 and 2011-12 there were 11 Board Members who did not spend the majority of their working hours in an office environment. A printing unit was defined as a printer used by one or more persons for general printing use. The number of printing units was determined through inventory records and compared to a physical count in the office.
  2. Only network printers will be used and all remaining stand alone printers will be removed.
  3. The location of all remaining network printers will be reconfigured to accommodate more users per printer.


Paper Consumption Target

8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, and applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  

Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope.  12,111
(Optional in RPP 2011-12)

N/A*  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) FY 2011-12 N/A*  
FY 2012-13    
FY 2013-14    

Strategies / Comments

*VRAB will use the FY 2008‑09 as its baseline for this target; the total number of sheets of paper purchased or consumed per office employee was 12,111

  1. Methodology for determining paper consumption and number of office employees will be developed.
  2. E-mail messages and posters will be used to create awareness regarding paper reduction practices.
  3. Employees will be encouraged to use alternative tools and work arrangements to support a reduced consumption of paper.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide. (Optional in RPP 2011-12) Developed
31 March 2012
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. VRAB developed its Green Meetings and Event Guide and Green Meetings Organizer Checklist which were approved in January 2012, communicated and made available electronically.
  2. Implementation will be carried out in 2012-13.
  3. Specific intended results VRAB will achieve are:
    • A reduction in paper consumption for meetings
    • An increase in the number of corporate telephone conferences
    • Meetings will be planned using the Green Meeting Guide

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.


[ENTER FIRST GREEN PROCUREMENT DEPARTMENTAL TARGET]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).


[ENTER SECOND GREEN PROCUREMENT DEPARTMENTAL TARGET]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).


[ENTER THIRD GREEN PROCUREMENT DEPARTMENTAL TARGET]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, and management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision-making.


Training for Select Employees.

[ENTER DEPARTMENTAL TARGET]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).


Employee performance evaluations for managers and functional heads of procurement and materiel management.

[ENTER DEPARTMENTAL TARGET]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).


Management processes and controls.

[ENTER DEPARTMENTAL TARGET]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).

Reporting on the Purchases of Offset Credits


Mandatory reporting on the purchase of greenhouse gas emissions offset credits, as per the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events, should be reported here.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Quantity of emissions offset in the given fiscal year. (Optional for all RPPs) N/A*  

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).

Green Procurement Reporting For Departments and Agencies Not Bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act


Departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act must complete mandatory reporting on meeting the requirements of Section 7 of the Policy on Green Procurement using this section5.

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).

Voluntary Reporting on Any Other Greening Government Operations Initiative


[ENTER TARGET OR INITIATIVE]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).


[ENTER TARGET OR INITIATIVE]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).


[ENTER TARGET OR INITIATIVE]
Performance Measure RPP DPR
[Enter Performance Measure (Using baseline data if available)] N/A*
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year.    

Strategies / Comments

  1. * Veterans Affairs Canada's (VAC) Sustainable Development Strategy is responsible for these services through a Memorandum of Understanding for Internal Services with the Veterans Review and Appeal Board (VRAB).


Notes:

  • 1 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED NC Silver, Green Globes Design 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 2 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, Green Globes or equivalent.

  • 3 Assessment tools include: BOMA BESt, an appropriately tailored BOMA International Green Lease Standard, or equivalent.

  • 4 This would be demonstrated by achieving LEED CI Silver, Green Globes Fit-Up 3 Globes, or equivalent.

  • 5 Alternatively, departments and agencies bound by the Policy on Green Procurement but not the Federal Sustainable Development Act (FSDA) can follow the approach required of FSDA departments for green procurement by setting and reporting on green procurement targets as specified in the "Green Procurement Targets" sections 8.10 and 8.11 above.

Top of Page

Western Economic Diversification Canada



Greening Government Operations

Overview

The GGO supplementary table applies to departments and agencies bound by the Federal Sustainable Development Act, the Policy on Green Procurement, or the Policy Framework for Offsetting Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Major International Events.

Please note:

  • RPP refers to Reports on Plans and Priorities and represents planned / expected results.
  • DPR refers to Departmental Performance Reports and represents actual results.

Surplus Electronic and Electrical Equipment Target


8.6 By March 31, 2014, each department will reuse or recycle all surplus electronic and electrical equipment (EEE) in an environmentally sound and secure manner.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Existence of implementation plan for the disposal of all departmentally-generated EEE Yes
See ii. below
 
Total number of departmental locations with EEE implementation plan fully implemented, expressed as a percentage of all locations, by the end of the given fiscal year (FY) FY 2011-12 100%  
FY 2012-13 100%  
FY 2013-14 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. For the purposes of this target, Western Economic Diversification Canada (WD) has defined ‘location’ as cities where it has offices. There are six departmental locations:
    • - Vancouver, British Columbia;
    • - Edmonton, Alberta;
    • - Calgary, Alberta;
    • - Saskatoon, Saskatchewan;
    • - Winnipeg, Manitoba;
    • - Ottawa, Ontario.
  2. As of June 2009, WD achieved full implementation of acceptable EEE disposal practices using the following means:
    • - Computers for Schools;
    • - Crown Assets Distribution;
    • - Return to Vendor Programs;
    • - Provincial Recyclers;
    • - Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Electronic Waste Disposal Standing Offer.
  3. Electronic Data Storage devices are cleared and declassified according to the Communications Security Establishment Canada Directive ITSG-06, dated July 2006.

  4. WD follows Information Technology (IT) Media Overwrite Guidelines as set out in the RCMP Technical Security Branch - IT Security Bulletin Lead Agency Publication B2-002, dated May 2009.

Printing Unit Reduction Target


8.7 By March 31, 2013, each department will achieve an 8:1 average ratio of office employees to printing units. Departments will apply target where building occupancy levels, security considerations, and space configuration allow.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units in fiscal year 2010-11, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow 3.92:1  
Ratio of departmental office employees to printing units at the end of the given fiscal year, where building occupancy levels, security considerations and space configuration allow FY 2011-12 4.39:1
see iv. below
 
FY 2012-13 8:1  
FY 2013-14 8:1  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Definition of a Printing Unit:
    Units that are networked (including local and desktop printers), stand-alone (non-networked), as well as single-purpose and multi-function (e.g., photocopiers) are included.

  2. Method Used for Determining the Number of Printing Units:
    1. The January 2011 inventory listed 139 printers, comprising 100 networked and 39 stand-alone units.
    2. The November 2011 inventory shows 117 printers, comprising 88 networked and 29 stand-alone units, representing a reduction of 22 printers.
  3. Method Used for Determining the Number of Employees:
    1. Employees include indeterminate and term employees and students.
    2. Payroll data list 545 employees in January 2011 and 466 employees in November 2011, representing a reduction of 79 employees.
  4. Target Scope:
    Units do not include fax machines, scanners and communication security equipment, or the units in the offices of the Minister and Deputy Minister, as well as offices with less than eight people.
    1. Employees reduced by nine, for a scope total of 457;
    2. Printers reduced by 13, for a scope total of 104.
  5. Implementation Strategies:
    1. Mandatory duplex printing standard set on all printers;
    2. Stand-alone and single-purpose printers not replaced at end-of-life;
    3. Multi-function printers to replace single-purpose units.

Paper Consumption Target


8.8 By March 31, 2014, each department will reduce internal paper consumption per office employee by 20%. Each department will establish a baseline between 2005-2006 and 2011-2012, as well as an applicable scope.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Number of sheets of internal office paper purchased or consumed per office employee in the baseline year selected, as per departmental scope
(FY 2010-11 baseline)
8,850  
Cumulative reduction (or increase) in paper consumption, expressed as a percentage, relative to baseline year selected FY 2011-12 7%  
FY 2012-13 15%  
FY 2013-14 20%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Target Scope:
    All employees and all paper purchased are included.

  2. Method Used for Determining Paper Consumption:
    The PWGSC Paper Standing Offer (PSO) purchasing data and financial system data calculate 4,823,017 sheets of paper, normalized to letter size equivalent.

  3. Method Used for Determining the Number of Employees:
    1. Employees include indeterminate and term employees and students.
    2. Payroll data list 545 employees in January 2011 and 466 employees in November 2011, representing a reduction of 79 employees.
  4. Implementation Strategies:
    1. Automatic duplex printing standard on printers;
    2. Dual screens;
    3. Adopting a Green Meeting Guide;
    4. encouraging reduced printing through communication.

Green Meetings Target


8.9 By March 31, 2012, each department will adopt a guide for greening meetings.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Presence of a green meeting guide Yes  

Strategies / Comments

  1. The green meeting guide was completed and approved by the Federal Sustainable Development Strategy Committee in November 2011.

  2. The guide was introduced and implemented as an activity during the Greening Government Awareness Event in January 2012.

Green Procurement Targets

8.10 As of April 1, 2011, each department will establish at least 3 SMART green procurement targets to reduce environmental impacts.

WD is not a commodity-heavy department and it chose the green procurement targets as outlined in targets 8.10 (i), 8.10 (ii) and 8.10 (iii) for the following reasons:

  • Specific - targets are tangible and supported by business practices and systems;
  • Measurable - data is readily available and easily tracked;
  • Achievable - strategic implementation plans are in place;
  • Relevant - each commodity or service (or both) is used in WD’s day-to-day operations;
  • Time - reasonable timelines have been identified and they ensure WD will achieve and maintain targets.
8.10 (i) Effective April 1, 2012, 100% of copy paper purchased will contain a minimum of 30% recycled content and a forest management, EcoLogoM or equivalent certification.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of copy paper purchased that contains a minimum of 30% recycled content and a forest management, EcoLogoM or equivalent certification (FY 2009-10 baseline) 88%  
Progress against measure in FY 2010-11 80.23%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year 100%
See iii. below
 

Strategies / Comments

  1. The FY 2009-10 percentage represents data from one paper supplier on the PWGSC PSO.

  2. Paper consumption data from FY 2010-11 includes information from PWGSC PSO suppliers.

  3. Implementation Strategy:
    The paper ordering process will be investigated and corrected.


8.10 (ii) As of April 1, 2011, WD purchased 100% of its IT hardware from PWGSC Consolidated Procurement Instruments.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of IT hardware purchased from PWGSC Consolidated Procurement Instruments (CPIs) (FY 2009-10 baseline) 100%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year. (ongoing) 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. WD will continue to purchase its IT hardware from CPIs, which are ‘greened’ through PWGSC’s Commodity Management Framework.


8.10 (iii) By March 31, 2013, WD will procure recycling services to ensure that all paper and paper products are disposed of in an environmentally responsible manner. Full department implementation of recycling services will be completed by March 31, 2014.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Performance Measure See iii. below  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year See iii. below  

Strategies / Comments

  1. WD has six departmental locations, with varying disposal methods for paper and paper products. (See target 8.6 for definition of ‘location.’)

  2. In FY 2011-12, each location outlined current process and amount (weight) of waste paper and paper products.

  3. In FY 2012-13, recycling programs will be investigated. The best method(s) to meet WD’s operations needs will be determined through an appropriate procurement strategy.

  4. A recycling program will be launched on April 1, 2013, with full implementation by March 31, 2014.

8.11 As of April 1, 2011, WD will establish SMART targets for training, employee performance evaluations, as well as management processes and controls, as they pertain to procurement decision making.


8.11 (i) As of April 1, 2011, Green Procurement Training became mandatory for the following employees:
    1.   Procurement Functional Specialists;
    2.   Material Management Functional Specialists;
    3.   Acquisition Card Holders;
    4.   Manager, Corporate Administration - Headquarters;
    5.   Regional Managers, Finance & Corporate Services.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of designated employees who completed green procurement training (FY 2009-10 baseline) 70%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year (ongoing) 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Basic Green Procurement information was provided as part of WD in-house Procurement 101 training.

  2. The Canada School of Public Service course Green Procurement - C215 became mandatory for the employees identified in target 8.11 (i).

  3. The Corporate Learning initiative became effective on April 1, 2011, and it will be completed by March 31, 2012.

  4. Ongoing training will be offered for new employees identified in target 8.11 (i), as required.


8.11 (ii) As of April 1, 2012, all designated employees will have green performance evaluation measures identified.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of designated employees with green performance evaluation measures identified
(FY 2009-10 baseline)
14.3%
See ii. below
 
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year (ongoing) 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Designated employees include:
    • - Manager, Corporate Administration - Headquarters;
    • - Manager, Finance & Corporate Services - British Columbia;
    • - Manager, Finance & Corporate Services - Alberta;
    • - Manager, Finance & corporate Services - Saskatchewan;
    • - Manager, Finance & Corporate Services - Manitoba;
    • - Manager, Finance & Corporate Services - Policy and Strategic Direction;
    • - Procurement Services Advisor, Corporate Services - Headquarters.
  2. The Procurement Services Advisor has green performance evaluation measures identified.


8.11 (iii) As of April 1, 2011, the following management processes and controls were fully implemented:
    1.   WD Procurement Strategy;
    2.   Electronic Bid Box;
    3.   Lifecycle Management in Asset Management Framework;
    4.   Bi-Annual Green Government awareness events and ongoing communication;
    5.   GX Financial System Green tracking.
Performance Measure RPP DPR
Target Status  
Percentage of management processes and controls implemented (FY 2009-10 baseline) 80%  
Progress against measure in the given fiscal year (ongoing) 100%  

Strategies / Comments

  1. Green procurement commitments were stated in the WD Procurement Strategy. The use of PWGSC Green CPIs is mandatory.

  2. The use of Electronic Bid Box is fully integrated in all offices, resulting in decreased paper usage and increased electronic filing.

  3. Lifecycle Management will reduce the number of printer units and paper consumption, to achieve targets 8.7 and 8.8.

  4. Various events, tips and hints will reduce footprint, including ongoing advice to procurement staff and communication bulletins.

  5. Project tracking in financial system was improved, with full identification of Green purchases.